  BAR S2063 2010: Trade and Market in New Kingdom Egypt Internal socio-economic processes and transformations by Andrea Paula Zingarelli. ISBN 9781407305547. £33.00. 141 pages; 10 figures and 5 tables.
In this study the author focuses on trade and markets in New Kingdom, Egypt. Contents: 1) Introduction and overview of internal exchange systems and the Egyptian economy; 2) Theoretical approaches to the Egyptian economy; 3) Local markets; 4) Economic transactions of movable goods (in particular relation to Thebes; 5) The ‘Swtyw’ (‘traders’; 6) Real estate and land exchange; 7) Trade in slaves.
BAR S2062 2010: Por una arqueología agraria. Perspectivas de investigación sobre espacios de cultivo en las sociedades medievales hispánicas edited by Helena Kirchner. ISBN 9781407305530. £65.00. iv+202 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs in colour and black and white; in Spanish.
A collection of papers presented at the seminar series held at the Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona in November 2008. The papers mainly deal with the theme of agrarian field systems in Medieval Spain. Although there is a notable tradition in the study of medieval agrarian field systems throughout Europe, this subject has received little attention amongst historians and archaeologists working within Spanish contexts. The name given to the seminar series derives from the translation of the title from Jean Guilaine’s 1991 book, Pour une archéologie agraire. À la croissée des sciences de l'homme et de la nature. Like Guilaine had done nearly two decades earlier, the contributors too wanted to stress the importance of agrarian landscapes, plants and cultivation systems, within what is generally known as rural settlement. The main objective of the work is to bring together in a single book diverse methodologies and research experiences as well as to assess and contrast the quality of the results obtained. Above all, the book looks to establish research strategies which may constitute a guide for those who have an interest in contributing to historiographic debates. Such debates may be centered around the formation of village networks between the 5th – 10th centuries, the processes of ‘incastellamento’ and the consolidation of the feudal settlement system, the organization of peasant settlement in al-Andalus and finally the impact of Christian conquests and colonization on al-Andalus from the 12th century onwards. We believe that one of the keys to fully understanding these issues lies with a better understanding of agrarian spaces, the fields themselves, and so we have initiated our own project with this very subject. Contents: Presentación (H. Kirchner, F. Retamero); 1) Formas de parcelario en las aldeas altomedievales del Sur de Madrid. una aproximación arqueológica preliminary (Alfonso Vigil-Escalera Guirado); 2) De la arqueología agraria a la arqueología de las aldeas medievales (Juan Antonio Quirós Castillo); 3) Arqueología rural y la contrucción de un paisaje agrario medieval: el caso de Galicia (Paula Ballesteros Arias); 4) Campos de cultivo en la Cordillera Cantábrica. La Agricultura en zonas de montaña (Margarita Fernández Mier); 5) Espacios Agrarios y redes de asentamientos andalusíes en Manacor (Mallorca) (Eugènia Sitjes); 6) Redes de asentamientos andalusíes y espacios irrigados a partir de qanât(s) en la sierra de Tramuntana de Mallorca: una reconsideración de la construcción del espacio campesino en Mayûrqa (Helena Kirchner); 7) Los espacios agrícolas de Madîna Manûrqa (Ciutadella de Menorca). Siglos X-XIII (Fèlix Retamero, Bernat Moll); 8) Arqueología de los espacios agrarios andalusíes en el sureste peninsular: nuevas perspectivas desde la periferia (Jorge A. Eiroa Rodríguez); 9) La agricultura de los vencedores y la agricultura de los vencidos: La investigación de las transformaciones feudales de los paisajes agrarios en el valle del Ebro (siglos XII-XIII) (Julián M. Ortega Ortega); 10) Espacios drenados andalusíes y la imposición de las pautas agrarias feudales en el Prado de Tortosa (segunda mitat del siglo XII) (Antoni Virgili); 11) Tierras ganadas. Aterrazamiento de pendientes y desecación de marjales en la colonización cristiana del territorio valenciano (Josep Torró); 12) Repartimientos castellanos del occidente granadino y arqueología agraria: El caso de Torrox (Virgilio Martínez Enamorado); 13) Por una arqueología agraria de las sociedades medievales hispánicas. Propuesta de un protocolo de investigación (Paula Ballesteros Arias, Jorge Eiroa, Margarita Fernández Mier, Helena Kirchner, Julián Ortega Ortega, Juan Antonio Quirós Castillo, Fèlix Retamero, Eugènia Sitjes, Josep Torró, Alfonso Vigil-Escalera).
BAR S2061 2010: Archaic Greek Culture: History, Archaeology, Art and Museology Proceedings of the International Round-Table Conference June 2005, St-Petersburg, Russia edited by Sergey Solovyov. ISBN 9781407305523. £53.00. 63 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs in colour and black and white.
The proceedings of the international round-table conference held from 23–25 June 2005 at the State Hermitage Museum, St Petersburg. The topics related to the culture, history and archaeology of Archaic Greece. Attention was also devoted to questions of exhibiting ancient Greek monuments in museums. Contents: 1) Archaic Greek Culture (John Boardman); 2) A Kore in Amber (Faya Causey); 3) Greeks and the Local Population in the Mediterranean: Sicily and the Iberian Peninsula (Adolfo J. Domínguez); 4) The Contribution of Archeometric Results to Our Understanding of Archaic East-Greek Trade (Pierre Dupont); 5) Greeks in the East: A View from Cilicia (Charles Gates); 6) The Collection of Works in Archaistic Style in the Hermitage Museum’s Department of Classical Antiquities (Alexander Kruglov); 7) Greek-Ionian Necropoleis in the Black Sea area: Cremation and Colonisation (Vasilica Lungu); 8) Greeks and the Local Populations in Magna Graecia and in Gaul (Jean-Paul Morel); 9) Greek Gems and Rings of the Archaic Period. The Formation of the Hermitage Collection (Oleg Neverov); 10) Archaic Greek Culture: The Archaic Ionian Pottery from Berezan (Richard Posamentir); 11) Black-Figure on the Black Sea: Art and Visual Culture at Berezan (Tyler Jo Smith); 12) Borysthenes and Olbia: Greeks and Natives Interactions on the Initial Stage of Colonisation (Sergey Solovyov); 13) Die Beziehungen zwischen Borysthenes, Olbia und Bosporos in der archaischen Zeit nach den epigraphischen Quellen (Sergey R. Tokhtasev); 14) Аrchaic Bronzes. Greece – Asia Minor – North Pontic Area (Mikhail Treister); 15) The Program of the Rearrangement of the Classical Antiquities Galleries. The Display of Archaic Art in the State Hermitage Museum (Anna Trofimova); 16) The Polis in the Northern Black Sea Area (Yuryi Vinogradov).
BAR S2060 2010: Ginecología y patología sexual femenina en las Colecciones Médicas de Oribasio by Mercedes López Pérez. ISBN 9781407305516. £40.00. x+207 pages; tables. In Spanish.
Oribasius of Pergamum (fl. AD 300) was the Emperor Julian’s personal physician and author of a considerable canon of medial literature. In this study, the author has collected and presented a bilingual translation of a selection of Oribasius’ writing concerning female sexual pathology. In addition the author looks at Oribasius within the broader historical context – from the Corpus Hippocraticum, through Aristotle, to the great Hellenistic doctors Galenus and Soranus Ephesius.
BAR S2059 2010: The Complex of Tumuli 9, 10, and 11 in the Necropolis of Apollonia (Albania) by Maria Grazia Amore Special studies by V. Dimo, L. Bejko, and L. Schepartz with Contributions by S. Aliu, P. Pearce, A. Bardho, E. Bitri, L. Buchet, B. N. Damiata, V. Grimes, A. Powell, M. P. Richards, J. Southon, and J. Stallo. ISBN 9781407305509. £114.00. x+878 pages in two volumes; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs in colour and black and white; with catalogue and conservation reports..
Between 2002 and 2006 the Albanian Rescue Archaeology Unit excavated at Apollonia, one of the most important Archaic Greek colonies in the Mediterranean, and one of the three major sites of Albania, with Butrint and Durres. The city is located approximately 10 km from the Adriatic coast. This work presents the findings of this extensive site. Contents: Volume I: 1) Introduction; 2) The importance of Apollonia in history; 3) The physical anthropological analysis. 4) Methodology of excavation and processing of finds. 5) Burial rites and grave types; catalogue of graves; 6) Animal deposits and ceramic deposits; catalogue of ceramic deposits; 7) Datings. Volume II: 8) Grave goods; 9) Finds; pottery catalogue; small finds catalogue; 10) Conclusions; technical reports; conservation; faunal analysis; documentation and database structure; bibliography; index.
BAR S2058 2010: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 41 Conceptualising Space and Place On the role of agency, memory and identity in the construction of space from the Upper Palaeolithic to the Iron Age in Europe edited by Ana M. S. Bettencourt, M. Jesus Sanches, Lara B. Alves and Ramon Fábregas Valcarce . ISBN 9781407305479. £36.00. vii+167 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
Papers from Sessions C41: ‘The creation of “significant places” and “landscapes” in the Northwestern half of the Iberia, during Pre and Proto-historic times and C72: ‘Space, Memory and Identity in the European Bronze Age’ from the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents: INTRODUCTION: Conceptualizing space and place. On the role of agency, memory and identity in the construction of space from the Upper Palaeolithic to the Iron Age in Europe: an introduction (Ana M. S. Bettencourt et al) PART 1 (Sceneries for death and the social role of the dead): 1) The inner scenography of the decorated Neolithic dolmens of North-western Iberia: an interplay between broader communitarian genealogies and more localized histories (Maria de Jesus Sanches); 2) Engendering burial place and the formation of individual identity - an aspect on social change from the Late Neolithic to the Early Bronze Age in South Germany (Jong-Il Kim); 3) Burials, corpses and offerings in the Bronze Age of NW Iberia as agents of social identity and memory (Ana M. S. Bettencourt); 4) The princely grave and cultic monument from Hüsby (Northern Germany): a place of memory and identity (Mechtild Freudenberg); 5) Inventory of oblong and keyhole-shaped burial ditches of Bronze Age between the rivers Aller (Northern Germany) and Dordogne (Southern France): preliminary report of the state of the project (Otto Mathias Wilbertz) PART 2 (The creations of places through the depositions of signs and metalwork) 6) Confronting two sceneries on the same stage: from Gravettian-Solutrean to Magdalenian in Penascosa/Quinta da Barca (Vila Nova de Foz Côa, Portugal) (António Martinho Baptista & André Tomás Santos); 7) Metal and the symbols of ancestors in Northern Iberia (Primitiva Bueno Ramirez et al.); 8) Space of memory and representation: Bouça da Cova da Moura (Ardegães, Maia, NW of Portugal): a case study (André Tomé Ribeiro et al.); 9) Space and memory at the mouth of Ulla River (Galicia, Spain) (Beatriz Comendador Rey); 10) “Melting the Power”. The foundry area of Fraga dos Corvos- Hut 4 (Macedo de Cavaleiros, NE Portugal) (João C. Senna-Martinez et al.); 11) Bronze Age spaces and symbols. The Paramuna settlement and rock engravings (Penalva do Castelo): a case study from Central Portugal (João M. Perpétuo & Filipe J. C. Santos); 12) Between the engraving and the sculpture: a phenomenological approach to the prehistoric rock place of Lampaça (Valpaços - NW Iberian Peninsula) (Joana C. Teixeira); 13) New approaches to the configuration and the spatial distribution of prehistoric rock art in the North of the Barbanza Peninsula (Galicia, NW of Spain) (Ramón Fábregas Valcarce et al.) PART 3 (Architectures for the living) 14) Unlike communities: domestic architectural duality in Late Prehistory of the western Mediterranean (Pedro V. Castro Martínez et al.); 15) The place of Cividade. An approach to Late Bronze Age/IronAge Transition in the Arouca valley (NW Portugal) (António Silva & Joana Leite); 16) Ceremonial spaces from Late Bronze Age to Roman Period in Western Cantabrian hillforts (Angel Villa Valdez).
BAR S2057 2010: The Large Egyptian Pyramids Modelling a complex engineering project by H. J. de Haan. ISBN 9781407305462. £36.00. xi+125 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs, including 4 in colour.
The building process of the Egyptian pyramids has been the subject of many publications. However, a thorough review of this literature reveals that only certain aspects of this process have been studied in isolation, without taking into account the interaction between various activities involved, such as quarrying, transportation and building and without a sound quantitative basis. The present study aims at filling this gap by means of an integrated mathematical model. Attention is focussed on the largest pyramid, the one built by Cheops. The model simulates an efficient project co-ordination by balancing supply and demand of the building material, with all the activities related to the growth of the pyramid and by assuming a constant total workforce. It enables the reader to determine the effects of different building methods and of the productivity of the workers. Three building methods have been studied, successively making use of a linear ramp, of a spiral ramp and of levers. These methods are compared in terms of the number of men and man-years required. Calculations have been carried out for two sets of input data, indicated as base case and maximum case. In addition to the development of a comprehensive model for the construction of the pyramids, this work also contains a comparative analysis of other publications dealing with this subject.
BAR S2056 2010: Archaeological Investigations at Yaxuná, 1986-1996 Results of the Selz Foundation Yaxuna Project by Travis W. Stanton, David A. Freidel, Charles K. Suhler, Traci Ardren, James N. Ambrosino, Justine M. Shaw, and Sharon Bennett. ISBN 9781407305455. £49.00. xi+296 pages illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs. With DVD.
This volume represents the final report of the Selz Foundation Yaxuná Archaeological Project at the Precolumbian Maya center of Yaxuná, Yucatán, Mexico from 1986 to 1996. This volume contains summaries of all survey data, excavations, artifact analyses, and current interpretations. Contents: 1) Introduction; 2) Background to the investigations; 3) The natural setting; 4) Chronology (Yaxuná Ia (750/500 B.C.-250 B.C.), Yaxuná Ib (250 B.C.-A.D. 250), Yaxuná IIa (A.D. 250-A.D. 400), Yaxuná IIb (A.D. 400-A.D. 550), Yaxuná IIc (A.D. 550-A.D. 600), Yaxuná III (A.D. 600-700/730), Yaxuná IVa (A.D. 700/730-A.D. 900/950), Yaxuná IVb (A.D. 900/950- A.D. 1100/1200), Yaxuná V (1100/1200-1400?), Yaxuná VI (?)), 5) Excavations; 6) Conclusions; Appendices.
BAR S2055 2010: Pietre da Macina, Macine per Mulini Definizione e sviluppo delle tecniche per la macinazione nell’area del Vicino Oriente e del Mediterraneo orientale antico by Luca Bombardieri.. ISBN 9781407305448. £61.00. iii+571 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs. In Italian.
A study of the development patterns of grinding and milling techniques in the Near East and Eastern Mediterranean (III-I millennia BC)
BAR S2054 2010: Nabataean Settlement and Self-Organized Economy in the Central Negev Crisis and renewal by Tali Erickson-Gini. ISBN 9781407305431. £53.00. viii+330 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
This study examines the transformation that took place in the central Negev (Israel) during the Late Roman
and Early Byzantine periods by addressing questions such as: What do existing historical records and past
archaeological research tell us about the transformation that took place in the Negev and in neighbouring regions during this period? What can the material finds from recent excavations in the area, for the purposes of this study at Mampsis, Oboda, and Mezad ‘En Hazeva, provide to supplement that information? What factors contributed to the greatest population increase and permanent settlement activity to have ever taken place in such an inhospitable desert environment as occurred in the Byzantine period between the fourth and the seventh century CE? In the first chapter the geographical setting, including the geology, climate, hydrology and vegetation are discussed. In the second chapter a summary of archaeological research of the region under discussion, including surveys and excavations, is presented. In chapters three through six the historical background in the early centuries of the first millennium CE is presented together with historical and archaeological evidence pertaining to the region. In the second part of this work, the material finds from sealed deposits found in recent excavations from Mampsis, Oboda and Mezad ‘En Hazeva are presented and discussed in their archaeological and historical contexts. Attention is directed to the ceramic evidence and the implications that this evidence holds with regard to demographic and economic developments in the region in the period under discussion.
BAR S2053 2010: Dawn of Discovery: The Early British Travellers to Crete Richard Pococke, Robert Pashley and Thomas Spratt, and their contribution to the island’s Bronze Age archaeological heritage by Dudley Moore. ISBN 9781407305424. £46.00. iv+174 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
This work focuses on three important British travellers to Crete during the 18th and 19th centuries to establish whether or not they made any significant contribution to the field of research with regard to the archaeological heritage of Bronze Age Crete. It brings these ‘lost pioneers’ of antiquity to the fore and to recognize their efforts as part of the foundation of the discovery of the island’s Bronze Age archaeology prior to the groundbreaking excavations of Sir Arthur Evans. They are Richard Pococke (1704-65), Robert Pashley (1805-59) and Thomas Spratt (1811-88). Having dealt with the terms that these travellers used in describing ancient remains, the work looks briefly at the background to Bronze Age Crete itself. Thereafter the development from antiquarianism into archaeology is followed to establish the motives behind these travellers’ wanderings in Crete. Consideration is given to whether any sites they described might have been of the Bronze Age and, in addition, various views of the mythical Labyrinth are looked at in an attempt to compound the theory that there may have been a certain belief in a period prior to the known Classical era (of the 5th century BC Greece). Questions answered include: How do the travellers’ ‘field surveys’ and discoveries compare with what is now known today from excavation? Were some of their references to ‘Cyclopean’ stonework an identification of Bronze Age architecture? Do they deserve recognition for the identification of a prehistory of Crete? Why are their names missing from so many books on the history of archaeology and the discovery of Cretan archaeology? This work brings together, for the first time, an understanding of the views and comparative discoveries of three 18th and 19th century travellers of the, then, unknown ancient pre-history of Bronze Age Crete.
BAR S2052 2009: Society for Arabian Studies Monographs 8 Connected Hinterlands: Proceedings of Red Sea Project IV held at the University of Southampton September 2008 edited by Lucy Blue, John Cooper, Ross Thomas and Julian Whitewright. ISBN 9781407306315. £43.00. x+232 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, photographs.
Papers from the conference Connected Hinterlands (Proceedings of Red Sea Project IV) held at the University of Southampton in September 2008. Contents: 1) Ancient polities and interrelations along the red sea and its western and eastern hinterlands (Kenneth Kitchen); 2) History and use of an ethnonym: ichthyophágoi (Oscar Nalesini); 3) The identification of the ancient pastoral nomads on the north-western Red Sea littoral (Hans Barnard); 4) Patterns of trade in the red sea during the age of the Periplus Maris Erythrae (Federico de Romanis); 5) Glass, glassworking and glass transportation in Aksum (Jacke Phillips); 6) Adulis and the Eritrean coast in museum collections and Italian and other European travelers’ accounts (Chiara Zazzaro); 7) The linguistic situation on the Dahlak Islands in Eritrea (Marie-Claude Simeone-Senelle); 8) Roman policy in the red sea between Anastasius and Justinian (Dario Nappo); 9) The roman port of Alia: economic connections with the Red Sea litoral (S. Thomas Parker); 10) A Palestinian Red Sea port on the Egyptian road to Arabia: Early Islamic Aqaba and its many hinterlands (Kristoffer Damgaard); 11) ‘Amr B. Al-‘ās’s refurbishment of Trajan’s canal: Red Sea contacts in the Aphrodito and Apollōnonas Anō papyri (Frank Trombley); 12) The expansion of Muslim commerce in the Red Sea basin, c. AD 833-969 (Tim Power); 13) Transcontinental trade and economic growth in the early Islamic Empire: the Red Sea corridor in the 8th-10th centuries (Maya Shatzmiller); 14) From the Tihamah plain to Thailand and beyond: preliminary analysis of selected ceramics from Quseir al-Qadim (Rebecca Bridgman); 15) Textiles with writing from Quseir al-Qadim – finds from the Southampton excavations 1999-2003 (Fiona Handley and Anne Regourd); 16) Thieves or sultans? Dahlak and the rulers and merchants of Indian Ocean port cities, 11th to 13th centuries AD (Roxani Margariti); 17) Jiddah: Port of Makkah, gateway of the India trade (William Facey); 18) Shipwreck, maroons and monsters: the hazards of ancient Red Sea navigation (Eivind Seland); 19. Early Christian pilgrimages, the Sinai Peninsula and the Red Sea (Walter Ward); 20) Egypt’s Nile/Red Sea canals: chronology, location, seasonality and function (John Cooper); 21) João de Castro’s Roteiro Do Mar Roxo (1541) (Paul Lunde); 22) Trans-national practices and sanitary risks in the red sea region: the case of the pilgrimage to Mecca (Sofiane Bouhdiba).
BAR S2050 2009: A History of the Greek City edited by Alexandros Ph. Lagopoulos. ISBN 9781407306261. £72.00. iv+376 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, photographs and colour plates.
The present volume is an extension of the periodical Archaiologia kai Technes (Archaeology and Arts) 1997. The complete volume was first published in Greek in 2004 by the journal in association with Hermes publishing house, and now appears in an English translation. The subject of the special edition and of the present volume as follow-up is the ‘city’, as well as – more broadly – any type of settlement, regardless of size. The time-span covered commences with the first appearance of permanent settlements in Greece, during the Neolithic Age, that is from the early seventh millennium BC, and concludes with the metropolises and metropolitan areas of the country today. The geographical area covered encompasses Greece and the wider region of the Mediterranean and the Balkans to which Hellenic civilization spread at various times in its history. Contents: 1) The City, the Village and the Social Sciences (A.P. Lagopoulos); 2) The Prehistoric Settlement: Quantities and qualities (G.C. Chourmouziadis); 3) Historico-Geographical Views on the City and Urbanism from Prehistoric to Modern Times (M. Billinge); 4) The Neolithic Settlement: Space of production and ideology (K. Kotsakis); 5) Built Space and Neolithic Builders (G.C. Chourmouziadis); 6) Early Urbanization in Mainland Greece (D.N. Konsola); 7) Early Urbanization in the Aegean Islands (C.G. Doumas); 8) The Cities of Crete During the Minoan Age (C. Palyvou); 9) Representations of Cities in Aegean Art of the Second Millennium BC: Mute narratives of prehistory (C. Boulotis); 10) Habitation in the Mycenaean Period (S.E. Iakovidis); 11) The Settlements of the Dark Ages (N. Kourou); 12) City-Polis in the Late Geometric and the Archaic Period (A. Gounaris); 13) The City in the Greek Colonial World (G.R. Tsetskhladze); 14) Urban Planning in the Classical Period (W. Hoepfner); 15) The Hellenistic City (E.J. Owens); 16) The Religious and Political Symbolism of the City in Ancient Greece (A.P. Lagopoulos); 17) The Transformation of the Classical City in Greece during the Roman Age (C. Mantas); 18) The Transformation of the Hellenistic City in the Roman East (E.J. Owens); 19) Major Early Christian Ecclesiastical Centres in Macedonia (B. Aleksova); 20) The Early and Middle Byzantine City (N.K. Moutsopoulos); 21) The Late Byzantine City (T. Kiousopoulou); 22) The Religious Symbolism of the Byzantine City (A.P. Lagopoulos); 23) The Effects of the Turkish Conquest on the Cities of Asia Minor and the Balkans (N.K. Moutsopoulos); 24) Cities and Villages in the Early Ottoman Period (D.N. Karydis); 25) Greek Highland Refuges of Northern Greece in the Early Ottoman Period (N.K. Moutsopoulos); 26) The Rebirth of Settlements in Greece During the Late Ottoman Period (E.P. Dimitriadis) 27) The Greek City and Neoclassicism: Greek urban planning in the nineteenth century (P. Tsakopoulos); 28) The Greek City and Modernism: 1900-1940 (E.V. Marmaras); 29) Social and Urban Transformations Before and After the Asia Minor Catastrophe (V.D. Gizeli); 30. The Contemporary Greek City: Transformation trends in the spatial diffusion of urbanization (P.K. Loukakis).
BAR S2049 2009: The First Neolithic Sites in Central/South-East European Transect Volume V: Settlement of the Linear Pottery Culture in Southeastern Poland by Agnieszka Czekaj-Zastawny. ISBN 9781407306254. £35.00. 131 pages; illustrated throughout with maps (including 2 fold outs), plans, figures, tables, photographs and colour plates.
Volume V in a series of inventories of ‘First Neolithic Sites’ in Europe. The series will consist of I) Bulgaria, II) Romania, III) Eastern Hungary, IV) Eastern Slovakia, V) Southeastern Poland. The main themes of each volume will be: 1) General information about cultural evolution at the onset of the Neolithic, 2) Additional data on cultural and economic problems specific for a given region, 3) A list of radiometric dates, 4) A catalogue of sites in alphabetical order. Contents of volume V: 1) Introduction; 2) Linear Pottery Culture in Southeastern Poland; 3) Settlement of earliest farming communities; 4) Funerary rite of the Linear Pottery Culture; 5) Final remarks; 6) Catalogue of Linear Pottery Culture sites in Southeastern Poland. (See also BAR S2048
BAR S2048 2009: The First Neolithic Sites in Central/South-East European Transect Volume I: Early Neolithic Sites on the Territory of Bulgaria edited by Ivan Gatsov and Yavor Boyadzhiev. ISBN 9781407306247. £33.00. 84 pages; illustrated throughout with maps (including 1 fold-out), plans, figures, tables, photographs and colour plates.
The first in a series of five volumes of inventories of ‘First Neolithic Sites’ in Europe. The series will consist of I) Bulgaria, II) Romania, III) Eastern Hungary, IV) Eastern Slovakia, V) Southeastern Poland. The main themes of each volume will be: 1) General information about cultural evolution at the onset of the Neolithic, 2) Additional data on cultural and economic problems specific for a given region, 3) A list of radiometric dates, 4) A catalogue of sites in alphabetical order. Contents of volume I: 1) Early Neolithic Cultures on the territory of Bulgaria (Yavor D. Boyadzhiev); 2) Lithic production of the earliest Neolithic on the territory of Bulgaria (Ivan Gatsov and Petranka Nedelcheva); 3) Flint raw materials in Bulgaria (Chavdar Nachev); 4) Plant economy and vegetation during the Early Neolithic of Bulgaria (Elena Marinova); 5) Catalogue of the Early Neolithic settlements on the territory of Bulgaria (Ekaterina Stamboliyska and Zhivko Uzunov).
BAR S2047 2009: Arqueología de la Boca del Riachuelo. Puerto urbano de Buenos Aires, Argentina by Marcelo Norman Weissel. ISBN 9781407306230. £39.00. xiv+192 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, photographs; in Spanish.
A study of the urban archaeology (employing contemporary landscape theories) of the city port areas of Buenos Aires, in particular the port known as ‘La Boca’. The chronological record takes in a time span of some 300 years (AD 1700 to 2000) and study topics include commercial and domestic space usage.
BAR S2046 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 46 Archaeologists without Boundaries: Towards a History of International Archaeological Congresses (1866-2006) / Archéologues sans frontières : Pour une histoire des Congrès archéologiques internationaux (1866-2006) edited by Mircea Babes and Marc-Antoine Kaeser. ISBN 9781407306223. £24.00. iii+51 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, photographs and colour plates. Papers in English and French .
Papers from session C75, Archaeologists without Boundaries: Towards a History of International Archaeological Congresses (1866-2006) presented at the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) / Actes du XV Congrès Mondial (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006). Contents : 1) Establishing Prehistory. The Foundation of the International Congress (1865/1866) (Marc-Antoine Kaeser); 2) The 15th Congrès international d'Anthropologie et d'Archéologie préhistorique (Portugal, 1930) (Ana Cristina Martins); 3) A Portrait of Flóris Rómer in the frame of Budapest-Lisbon CIAAPs 1876 – 1880 Congresses (Erzsébet Marton); 4) The International Congress of Prehistoric Anthropology and Archaeology and German Archaeology (Ulrike Sommer); 5) Les congrès internationaux d’anthropologie et d’archéologie préhistoriques (1866-1912) et la question de l’éveil d’une conscience patrimoniale collective (fouilles, gisements, collections) (Arnaud Hurel, Amélie Vialet); 6) A Scandinavian view of the beginning of congress times (Jarl Nordbladh); Le début de la culture de cucuteni dans l’archéologie européenne (Nicolae Ursulescu, Mădălin-Cornel Văleanu).
BAR S2045 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 32 Defining a Methodological Approach to Interpret Structural Evidence edited by Fabio Cavulli. Archaeometry edited by Maria Isabel Prudêncio and Maria Isabel Dias Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) / Actes du XV Congrès Mondial (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006, Vol 32, Sessions WS28, C69, C70 and C71 . ISBN 9781407306216. £34.00. vii+148 pages; 131 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, photographs.
Papers from Session WS28 'Defining a Methodological Approach to Interpret Structural Evidence', AND papers from Sessions C69, C70 and C71 'Archaeometry', presented at the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents: 1) Defining a methodological approach to interpret structural evidence: an introduction (Fabio Cavulli); 2) Scant Structural Evidences of Mesolithic Sites in High Alpine Regions (Walter Leitner); 3) U-Shaped Scatters: Struggling between Theoretical Models and Archaeological Facts (Matteo Pilati); 4) Unearthing the hearths. Preliminary results on the Takarkori rockshelter fireplaces (Acacus Mts, Libya) (S. Biagetti, G. Poggi, S. di Lernia); 5) Structures d’habitat nord-africaines : la fouille de la rammadiya côtière holocène de SHM-1 (Hergla, Tunisie) (S. Mulazzani et al.); 6) Infilling processes of large pit features at Catignano – Neolithic (Italy) (Giovanni Boschian, Marta Colombo); 7) Experimental Archaeology as a Methodology to Understand the Formative Processes of ‘Pits’ (Fabio Cavulli); 8) Invisible Features and the Uses of Indirect Evidence (Dragos Gheorghiu); 9) Sleeping, eating, meeting, working: problems and methods in the study of structures in southern Italy settlements during the Bronze Age (A. Cazzella, G. Recchia); 10) Luminescence dating applied to stratigraphic definition of pre-historic occupations in urban contexts (Lisbon, Portugal) (M. I. Dias et al); 11) Luminescence dating of a fluvial deposit sequence: Ribeira da Ponte da Pedra – Middle Tagus Valley, Portugal (M. I. Dias et al.); 12) Luminescence date and archaeological ages: An epistemology of the luminescence dating (Antoine Zink); 13) Funerary Pottery in the Late Neolithic: Los Churuletes, Purchena Almería (Aixa Vidal and Ruth Maicas); 14) Phase and Chemical Composition Analysis on Cucuteni Neolithic Painted Ceramics Sherds Using SR-XRD – A Promising Tool in Ancient Pottery Research (R. Bugoi et al); 15) Pottery production during the Late Iberian Chalcolithic period: insights from the mineralogical and chemical analyses of Spanish Middle Guadiana River Basin (Badajoz, Spain) Bell Beaker pottery (Carlos Odriozola).
BAR S2044 2009: The Mamasani Archaeological Project Stage One A report on the first two seasons of the ICAR - University of Sydney expedition to the Mamasani District, Fars Province, Iran by Members of the Mamasani Archaeological Project Team . Edited by D. T. Potts, K. Roustaei, C. A. Petrie and L. R. Weeks. ISBN 9781407306209. £95.00. xiv+700 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, photographs and colour plates.
This large volume presents the results of the first stage of the Iranian Center for Archaeological Research (ICAR)-University of Sydney field research in Mamasani, south-western Iran. This comprised test soundings at Tol-e Nurabad and Tol-e Spid, and a regional survey of the Dasht-e Rostam-e Yek and Do plains. The research was conducted over two six-week seasons in 2003, with a subsequent one-month study season in 2004.
BAR S2043 2009: Grabados rupestres de la fachada atlántica europea y africana / Rock Carvings of the European and African Atlantic Façade edited by Rodrigo de Balbín Behrmann, Primitiva Bueno Ramirez, Rafael González Antón and Carmen del Arco Aguilar. ISBN 9781407306193. £54.00. i+349 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, photographs. Papers in English, Spanish and French .
A collection of papers on the rock carvings of the European and African Atlantic façade 1) Introduction: rock carvings of the European and African Atlantic façade; 2) Living stones: decoration and ritual in 4th and 3rd millennium bc Ireland (Muiris O’sullivan); 3) Nuevas reflexiones sobre el arte rupestre de Inglaterra, Gales y Escocia (Richard Bradley); 4. L’art gravé a l’air libre durant la prehistoire et la protohistoire en Bretagne (France) (Michel le Goffic); 5) Un nuevo milenio para el arte rupestre Galaico (Antonio de la Peña Santos); 6) A context for Galician rock art (Ramón Fábregas Valcarce); 7) Cien años de investigación de arte rupestre al aire libre en la Meseta Castellano-Leonesa. De las pinturas del “Peñón de Mirabueno” a los grabados de la comarca de la somoza 1908-2008 (Juan a. Gómez-Barrera); 8) The post-paleolithic rock art in Beira Alta (central Portugal) (André Tomás Santos); 9) rock art as land art. A diachronic view of the Côa Valley (n/e Portugal) post-palaeolithic rock art (Luís Luís); 10) Constructores de megalitos y marcadores gráficos. Diacronías y sincronías en el Atlántico Ibérico (Primitiva Bueno Ramirez et al.); 11) L’art rupestre du haut atlas marocain : sa place sur la façade Atlantique (Alain Rodrigue); 12) Manifestaciones rupestres protohistóricas de lanzarote: viejas y nuevas iconografías en un diferente contexto cronológico, cultural e interpretativo (Pablo Atoche Peña and M. Ángeles Ramírez Rodríguez); 13) Grabados y poblamiento prehistórico en el Archipiélago Canario (Rafael González Antón et al.); 14) Grabados rupestres en Tenerife. Espacios de culto (M. Carmen del Arco Aguilar et al.); 15) Sea-land relationships in the rock art of the prehispanic Canary Islands (Rodrigo de Balbín Behrmann et al.); 16) L’art rupestre post-paleolithique en plein air du presahara Marocain (Renate Heckendorf ); 17) Les manifestations rupestres dans la region de Smara (Sahara Occidental) et sa problematique. Un exemple: Asli Bukerch (Agnès Louart); 18) Recuperacion de un yacimiento del Sahara Occidental: Leyuad (Rodrigo de Balbín Behrmann and Primitiva Bueno Ramirez).
BAR S2042 2009: Reconstructing Late Pleistocene Human Behavior in the Jordan Rift Valley: The Middle Paleolithic Stone Tool Assemblage from Ar Rasfa by Ghufran Sabri Ahmad and John J. Shea. ISBN 9781407306186. £28.00. viii+83 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, photographs.
Ar Rasfa is a Middle Paleolithic open-air site located in the Rift Valley of Northwest Jordan excavated between 1997-1999. This book presents a detailed technological, typological, and paleoanthropological analysis of the stone tool assemblage from Ar Rasfa. Artifacts reflecting the initial preparation and exploitation of local flint sources dominate the Ar Rasfa assemblage. Typologically, the assemblage is most similar to Levantine Mousterian assemblages such as those from Naamé, Skhul and Qafzeh. Patterns of lithic variability and contextual evidence suggest Ar Rasfa was visited intermittently by human populations circulating between lake/river-edge resources in the Rift Valley bottom and woodland habitats along the ridge of the Transjordan Plateau.
BAR S2038 2009: Dress and Cultural Identity in the Rhine-Moselle Region of the Roman Empire by Ursula Rothe. ISBN 9781407306155. £41.00. iv+220 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs.
While the present inquiry charts new territory in Roman cultural research, there are in fact two academic disciplines that have long recognised the relationship between clothing and identity and have established useful theoretical frameworks in which to examine this relationship: anthropology and sociology. Following the introduction, chapter 2 begins with a discussion of the symbolic meanings of dress as identified by sociologists and anthropologists based on their research in more modern contexts. The next two sections set out the chronological and geographical scope of the study by explaining the time period chosen and the boundaries and histories of the study’s three areas. This investigation is primarily focussed on depictions on grave monuments. The reasons for this, as well as a discussion of the nature of the sources and their unique potential to inform us about identity, are the subject of chapter 3. More technical aspects of the use of Roman gravestones are included in Appendix III. In order to be able to gauge the effect integration into the Roman Empire had on the dress behaviour of the Rhine-Moselle population, it is important first to establish what was worn in the region before Roman conquest. This is closely linked to the question of the origins of the garments found in the Roman period. The first part of chapter 4 puts forward a number of new theories regarding pre-Roman dress in the region and the origins of garments. As a result, and also due to a certain amount of confusion in terminology in previous studies, the second part of chapter 4 presents a typology of garments including brief descriptions. Each garment is given a code number to facilitate identification in the catalogue which includes all civilian funerary monuments depicting identifiable clothing from the Rhine-Moselle region. Chapter 5 discusses the results from analysing dress behaviour on the stones in the catalogue which is presented, primarily in graphical form, in Appendix II. The penultimate section of chapter 5 investigates the meaning of headwear in general and the possible significance of the various bonnets that appear to have played such a central role in native dress in the Rhine-Moselle region. The final section looks at the phenomenon of mixing garments of different origin within the same outfit as a solution to the ‘problem of what to wear’ in a complicated cultural environment. A general summary and comparison of these results is undertaken in the conclusion (chapter 6) in order to link the findings back to the current state of Roman cultural studies and to assess how these findings contribute to our understanding of the social processes at work in the provinces of the Roman Empire.
BAR S2037 2009: A Connecting Sea: Maritime Interaction in Adriatic Prehistory edited by Staso Forenbaher. ISBN 9781407306148. £35.00. v+155 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs.
Papers stemming from a session at the EAA conference held in Zadar in September 2007. Contents: 1) The Relationship Between the Middle Palaeolithic Sites in the Zadar Hinterland and the Zadar Islands 1 (Dario Vujević); 2) The Beginnings of Trans-Adriatic Navigation: A View from Vela Spila Cave (Korcula Island) 13 (Dinko Radić); 3) Sources of Chert in Middle Dalmatia: Supplying Raw Material to Prehistoric Lithic Industries (Zlatko Perhoc); 4) Prehistoric Cultural Connections in Northeastern Adriatic Regions Identified by Archaeometric Analyses of Stone Axes (Federico Bernardini, Emanuela Montagnari Kokelj and Anton Veluscek); 5) The First Specialised Potters of the Adriatic Region: The Makers of Neolithic Figulina Ware (Michela Spataro); 6) Adriatic Offshore Islands and Long-Distance Interaction in Prehistory (Stašo Forenbaher); 7) Seafarers and Land-Travellers in the Bronze Age of the Northern Adriatic (Elisabetta Borgna and Paola Càssola Guida); 8) Albanian Coastal Settlement from Prehistory to the Iron Age (Ols Lafe and Michael L. Galaty); 9) An Overview of Prehistoric and Early Historic Settlement, Topography, and Maritime Connections on Lastovo Island, Croatia (Philippe Della Casa, Bryon Bass, Tea Katunarić, Branko Kirigin and Dinko Radić); 10) Palagruza - The Island of Diomedes - and Notes on Ancient Greek Navigation in the Adriatic (Branko Kirigin, Alan Johnston, Marko Vucetić and Zvonimir Lusić).
BAR S2036 2009: The Urnfield Culture in Continental Croatia by Snjezana Karavanic. ISBN 9781407306131. £43.00. vii+233; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs.
The main aim of this book is to provide a synthesis of all published research on sites of the Urnfield culture (c. 1300 BC - 750 BC) in continental Croatia. Using the basic division into settlements, cemeteries and hoards, the author concentrates on the analysis of the material culture following a typological-comparative method, while in the analysis of the finds from hoards a statistical method was used in order to show frequencies and distribution of certain types of items. Although the available data is scarce and includes a small number of sites that have not been excavated sufficiently, the study tries to obtain as complete a picture on the lifestyle of the people of the Urnfield culture in Croatia as possible. The work also looks for an insight into the economic activities that were occurring in the settlements. In the chapter on settlement finds there is a concentrated on the analysis of material culture and residential structures found in the settlements at Mackovac-Cricnjevi (early Urnfield culture) and Kalnik-Igrisće I and II (early and late Urnfield culture). Chapters on metal production and the appearance of hoards are linked to the chapter on settlements, as the assumption is that the production of these items took place within the Urnfield culture settlements. The wide variety of types and forms of bronze items found in hoards of the Urnfield culture in Croatia is indicative of local production of these items, as well as of a link of this region with other areas in Pannonia and the Carpathian Basin, as well as with the whole Middle Danube circle of the Urnfield culture. Thus, a comparison with sites and finds from Austria, Slovenia, Hungary, the Czech Republic and Slovakia was necessary.
BAR S2035 2009: Evolution de l'économie alimentaire et des pratiques d'élevage de l'Antiquité au haut Moyen Age en Gaule du nord Une étude régionale sur la zone limoneuse de la Moyenne Belgique et du sud des Pays-Bas by Fabienne Pigière. ISBN 9781407306124. £48.00. vi+276 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs. With CD. In French with English summary.
This research looks at the processes that led to the profound transformation of the Roman world between the 3rd and 7th century AD. By concentrating on archaeozoology this study provides information on socio-economic evolution during Antiquity and the Merovingian period in Northern Gaul. In particular, the economic aspects related to the production, distribution, and consumption of animal resources are studied. This archaeozoological study is based on a corpus of 106,486 faunal remains. Using an interdisciplinary approach, the geographical framework of the region investigated, the climatic conditions over time, and the changing regional landscape are all assessed.
BAR S2034 2009: Sacred Landscapes in Anatolia and Neighboring Regions edited by Charles Gates, Jacques Morin, and Thomas Zimmermann. ISBN 9781407306117. £31.00. v+112 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs.
The ritual dimension of land use in both prehistoric and historic societies is a flourishing research issue
examined by a growing number of archaeologists, historians, philologists, and anthropologists today.
Anatolia, because of the time depth of its human settlement and its geographical as well as cultural diversity, offers a great potential for such studies. The chronological span of these papers stretches from the enigmatic world of Chalcolithic cave paintings at Latmos to the contemporary yet no less mesmerizing reality of sacred spaces in the Yezidi religion. Space in terms of its geographical aspect is equally well covered, reaching from the western and southwestern shores of Asia Minor to the Anatolian highlands, Cappadocia, and the Black Sea littoral, finally touching
and crossing the easternmost borders of modern Turkey. Contents: 1) The Sacred Landscapes of Matar: Continuity and change from the Iron Age through the Roman period (Lynn E. Roller); 2) Sacred Space in Iron Age Phrygia (Susanne Berndt-Ersöz); 3) The Meaning of Shape: Pottery Innovations and Traditions in the Sanctuary at Bronze Age Miletus (Ivonne Kaiser) 4) Epigraphy versus Archaeology: Conflicting Evidence for Cult Continuity in Ionia during the Fifth Century BC (Anja Slawisch); 5) Vision and the Ordered Invisible: Geometry, Space, and Architecture in the Hellenistic Sanctuary of Athena Nikephoros in Pergamon (John R. Senseney); 6) Cult and Landscape at Pergamon (Soi Agelidis); 7) The Gods of the Latmos: Cults and Rituals at the Holy Mountain from Prehistoric to Byzantine Times (Anneliese Peschlow-Bindokat); 8) From Elyanas to Leto: The Physical Evolution of the Sanctuary of Leto at Xanthos (Jacques des Courtils); 9) Sacred Landscapes and the Colonization of the Sinop Promontory (Owen Doonan); 10) Sacred Boundaries and Protective Borders: Outlying Chapels of Middle Byzantine Settlements in Cappadocia (Veronica Kalas); 11. The Church of Mren and the Architecture of Intersection (Christina Maranci); 12) Sacred Spaces in the Yezidi Religion (Birgül Açıkyıldız).
BAR S2033 2009: Settlement Dynamics in the Middle Jordan Valley during Iron Age II by Lucas Pieter Petit. ISBN 9781407306100. £47.00. x+270 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs.
This study documents the search for settlement and abandonment processes in a highly vulnerable, but attractive, valley that was squeezed between the rising hills of Cis- and Transjordan. Throughout history this area changed in perception from a barrier to a demographic centre and back again. Especially during the period of this study - 1000 and 539 BC - the Middle Jordan Valley was a dynamic area in which many considerable population movements took place. By using newly-gathered excavation and survey data, different mechanism and motives of settling, surviving and abandoning is illuminated in this volume with the ultimate goal of reaching a regional synthesis.
BAR S2032 2009: Ushabti di militari del Museo Egizio di Firenze by Giacomo Cavillier. ISBN 9781407306094. £29.00. 101 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs. In Italian.
A study with catalogue of the ‘ushabti’ (funerary figurines) from the Egyptian Museum, Florence.
BAR S2031 2009: Personal Identity and Social Power in New Kingdom and Coptic Egypt by Mary Horbury. ISBN 9781407306087. £38.00. ii+146 pages; 4 colour plates.
The continual question of why identities are imposed, why people are excluded and why the insupportable is supported forms the basis of this study. The author takes the apparently opposing contexts of New Kingdom and Coptic Egypt as prime case studies in which to look at how and why people manage to live under extreme centralisation and under its opposite, locally based power. Chapter One places the topic in its historiographical and theoretical setting. Chapter Two looks at statements of self emanating from the centre of power, and assesses their impact. Letters in Middle/Late Egyptian from royal and non-royal contexts are discussed. In Chapter Three the author contrasts the material from the preceding chapter with evidence from New Kingdom Memphis. Chapter Four contrasts the New Kingdom world, with its superficially centralized and strong state, with that of the Coptic period. Chapter Five assesses how far beliefs expressed in textual sources were reflected in the built environment.
BAR S2030 2009: Cities in Transition: Urbanism in Byzantium between Late Antiquity and the Early Middle Ages (500-900 A.D.) by Luca Zavagno. ISBN 9781407306070. £40.00. v+206 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs.
In this work the author analyses how the nature and characteristics of urbanism in Byzantium changed between the sixth and the eighth century AD. By use of a multifunctional approach the work offers a methodological path to assess the future contributions of urban Byzantine archaeology and to interpret other possible models of Byzantine urbanism. Focusing on Athens, Gortyn, Ephesos and Amastris, the author gives a detailed analysis of each urban centre in its own regional context (Anatolia, and finally, Italy, and Syria-Palestine), allowing him to draw a regionally nuanced model of Byzantine urbanism that unifies the regional models set out in each case study and helps explain the specific outcomes of Byzantine urbanism from late Antiquity to the early middle ages, taking into consideration the dialectic between coastal and mainland sites and the peculiarities of each geographical area.
BAR S2029 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 37 Technology and Methodology for Archaeological Practice: Practical applications for the reconstruction of the past / Technologie et Méthodologie pour la pratique en Archéologie: Applications pratiques pour la reconstruction du passé Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) / Actes du XV Congrès Mondial (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006), Vol. 37, Session C04 edited by Alexandra Figueiredo and Hans Kamermans. ISBN 9781407306063. £33.00. ix+135 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs.
Papers from Session C04, ‘Technology and Methodology for Archaeological Practice: Practical applications for the past reconstruction’, from the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents: 1) 3D Analysis of Quartzite Industries, case study (Telmo Pereira, Vera Moitinho); 2) 3D scanning and three-dimensional modelling: a new methodology applied to the study and conservation of paleolithic rock art. The examples of ‘Las Caldas’ cave (Priorio, Asturias) and ‘Peña de Candamo’ (San Román de Candamo, Asturias, Spain) (Mª Soledad Corchón; E. García; D. G. Aguilera; A. L. Muñoz; J. G. Lahoz; J. S. Herrero); 3) Reconstructions of the past – How virtual can they be? (António José Mendes, Alexandrino Gonçalves, Fernando Silva); 4) Epistemic commitments, virtual reality, and archaeological representation (Matt Ratto); 5) Modelling early hominin behavioural ecology (Adam Newton); 6) Transforming archaeological data between different geographical scales – a GIS application for the estimation of population density (Karl Peter Wendt, Andreas Zimmermann); 7) Walkability analysis: A heuristic alternative method to pathway modelling (H.P. Blankholm); 8) Piecing together the fragmented potsherd information: Data-collecting methodology for reconstruction of a past action (Makoto Tomii); 9) GIS-based geomorphologycal models for prediction of the systems in prehistoric occupation (case-study of Obi-Rakhmat Rockshelter Vicinity, Western Tien-Shan) (I. S. Novikov); 10) The Challenge of Archaeological Data Integration (Keith W. Kintigh); 11) Historical and territorial analysis. A Contribution to the Study of the Defence of the City of Lisbon – The Peninsular Wars by (Helena Rua); 12) Environmental Suitability and land use - a diachronic comparison (Andreas Zimmermann, Karl Peter Wendt); 13) Advanced Methods for Dating (Léo Dubal); 14) Time Drilling Through the Past of the Island of Crete (A. Sarris et al); 15) ADABweb – Information System with Geo Web Services for the Cultural Heritage of Lower Saxony (Germany) (Otto Mathias Wilbertz); 16) Organic remains from the Copper Age settlement of Ecser (Katalin Herbich, Róbert Patay).
BAR S2028 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 27 Prehistoric Art: Signs, Symbols, Myth, Ideology Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) / Actes du XV Congrès Mondial (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006), Vol. 27, Session C26 edited by Dario Seglie, Marcel Otte, Luiz Oosterbeek and Laurence Remacle. ISBN 9781407306056. £35.00. viii+156 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs. Papers in English, French and Spanish.
Papers from Session C26, ‘Prehistoric Art: Signs, Symbols, Myth, Ideology’, from the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents: 1) Un nuevo conjunto de arte rupestre esquemático en el tramo final del río Ibor (Cáceres, España) (Mª A. Aldecoa Quintana, A. Domínguez García); 2) Towards a Pastoral Neolithic Society: Khanguet- El-Hadjar, Constantinois, Algeria (Idir Amara, Colette Roubet) ; 3) Les figures humaines sexuées segmentées et isolées : pérennité et ruptures (Raphaëlle Bourrillon) ; 3) Les Manifestations Esthétiques du Mésolithique (Florence Bouvry); 4) Death and Transfiguration of a sign. The cruciform on the Neolithic steles of western France (Serge Cassen) ; 5) Una aproximación interpretativa: Variabilidad y funcionalidad en los abrigos con arte rupestre. Su reflejo en el Parque Natural de Monfragüe (Cáceres) (Hipólito Collado Giraldo); 6) Complexo de Sítios de Pinturas Rupestres da Pedra Grande na Região dos Inselbergues de Itatim, Bahia, Brasil – Estado Atual e Perspectivas de Preservação de uma Área Arqueológica em Alto Risco de Degradação (Claudia Cunha, Flávio França, Efigênia de Melo, Jacqueline Miranda Gonçalves); 7) Sonajeros hechos con pupas de insectos entre cazadores recolectores andinos y sudafricanos. Su representación en Arte Rupestre (Alicia Ana Fernández Distel); 8) Palaeoart and Selection (Arsen Faradzhev); 9) Interpreting Visual Narrative – from North European Rock Art to Shamanic Drums of Northern Peoples (Liliana Janik); 10) Iconography and optical 3D measurements techniques: a modern view on the megalithic art of the gallery-grave at Züschen/Lohne (Germany) (Dieter Dirksen, Albrecht Jockenhövel, Lena Loerper); 11) Carved Rocks, Functional and Symbolic (Lemnos island, Greece) (Christina Marangou); 12) Schematic panel with palaeolithic punctuation and other questions of Paleoastronomy and Philosophy of Antiquity (José Fernández Quintano); 13) Rock-art from Houmian Valley, Lorestan Province, Iran (Laurence Remacle, Jalal Adeli, Marylise Lejeune, Sirvan Mohammadi, Marcel Otte); 14) Rock Art: From Prehistoric Time to Contemporary Man : Hypostasis, Metaphor, Meta-language ; From Reality to Virtual Museum (Dario Seglie); 15) Prehistoric Scandinavian rock art: iconography and interactions (Marie Vourc’h) ; 16) Remarques sur le symbolisme des stèles préhistoriques alpines (Adolfo Zavaroni); 17) Girls’ initiation rock art in south-central Africa : women’s voices (Leslie Zubieta).
BAR S2027 2009: Otters and Urchins: Continuity and Change in Haida Economy during the Late Holocene and Maritime Fur Trade Periods by Trevor J. Orchard. ISBN 9781407306049. £43.00. vi+232 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs.
This study examines changes in Haida economic adaptations during the late pre-contact and early contact
periods in Haida Gwaii (Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia). This was primarily achieved through the
analysis of faunal and artifactual assemblages recovered from archaeological excavations at eight village sites in
Gwaii Haanas National Park Reserve and Haida Heritage Site (southernmost Haida Gwaii). In addition, extensive
syntheses of early historic accounts, ethnographic descriptions, and previous archaeological work provide
context for the interpretation of the archaeological data and complementary data on the economic responses of
the Haida to European contact and the maritime fur trade. The new archaeological data presented in this volume,
combined with previously published results, form the basis of a detailed description of the nature of Haida
economic adaptations during the late pre-contact period (ca. 500 AD to 1774 AD). Most notably, these data
clarify a previously recognized shift from a more generalized, rockfish-oriented economy to a more
specialised, salmon-focused economy between 1,200 BP and 800 BP. These distinct economic adaptations, now
widely demonstrated for southern Haida Gwaii, have been formalized as an earlier Xyuu daw Phase (ca. 2,000
BP to 1,000 BP) and a later Qayjuu Phase (ca. 1,000 BP to contact), both within the previously described late
Graham Tradition.
BAR S2026 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 22 Humans: Evolution and Environment Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) / Actes du XV Congrès Mondial (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006), Vol.22, Sessions C06, C08, C14, C62 and WS32. edited by Eric Crubezy et al. ISBN 9781407306032. £36.00. viii+165 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs.
Papers from Sessions C06, C08, C14, C62 and WS32 grouped as ‘Humans: Evolution and Environment’ from the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents: 1) Authenticity in ancient human mitochondrial DNA studies: A review (Rafael Montiel); 2) Improving inferences on past human migrations: new data from complete mitochondrial sequencing studies (Luísa Pereira); 3) Bioarchaeology of the Sambaqui groups: skeletal morphology, physical stress and trauma (Claudia Rodrigues-Carvalho, Andrea Lessa and Sheila Mendonça de Souza); 4) Coastal versus Riverine Shellmound builders in Brazil: Methodological Issues Regarding Biodistance (Maria Mercedes M. Okumura, Ligia G. Bartolomucci, José Filippini, Rita Vargiu, Sabine Eggers); 5) Microfossils in dental calculus from a Brazilian Shellmound: where did they come from? (Célia Helena Boyadjian, Sabine Eggers, Karl Reinhard); 6) Teeth, nutrition, anemia, infection, mortality: costs of lifestyle at the Coastal Brazilian Sambaquis (Sheila Mendonça de Souza, Veronica Wesolowski, Claudia Rodrigues-Carvalho) 7) The contribution of cranial morphology of human skeletal remains to the understanding of the biological affinities between Coastal and Riverine Shellmounds in Southern Brazil (Maria Mercedes M. Okumura, Walter A. Neves); 8) Sambaquis the Brazilian Shell Mounds: What is that all about? (Sheila Mendonça de Souza, Claudia Rodrigues Carvalho); 9) Riverine versus Coastal Shellmounds in Brazil (Sabine Eggers); 10) Technical behavior of the Levantine Aurignacian at Raqefet Cave, Mount Carmel, Israel (György Lengyel); 11) Coastal Geoarchaeology: The Research of Shell Mounds, Introduction (Marisa Coutinho Afonso, Geoff Bailey); 12) Shell Mounds, Palimpsests and the Dynamics of Archaeological Site Visibility (Geoff Bailey); 13) Danish Stone Age Shell Middens and applied Geoarchaeological and Bioarchaeological Methods (Nina Nielsen); 14) A ocupação dos grupos pré-históricos de pescadores-coletores em paisagens insulares da Costa do Estado de São Paulo (Manoel M. B. Gonzalez, Sandra Nami Amenomori); 15) The Submerged Shell Mounds of Cananéia, São Paulo, Brazil: A case study of underwater archaeology (Flávio Rizzi Calippo); 16) Microstratigraphy of Shell Middens of Tierra del Fuego (Vila, A.; Estévez, J.; Piana, E.; Madella, M.; Barceló, J.A.; Zurro, D.; Clemente, I.; Terradas, X.; Verdún, E.; Pique, R.; Mameli, L.; Briz, I.); 17) Shellmiddens of the Atlantic Coast of Nicaragua: Something more than Mounds (Ignacio Clemente Conte, Ermengol Gassiot Ballbè, Leonardo Lechado Ríos); 18) Geoarchaeological Investigations at Shell Mounds, Southern Brazil (Marisa Coutinho Afonso, Laércio Loiola Brochier); 19) Interdisciplinary Studies in Human Evolution - Introduction (Grupo de Estudos em Evolução Humana and Eugénia Cunha); 20) Hammers, anvils & nuts: Chimpanzees technology? Applying the concept of “Chaîne Opératoire” to “nut-cracking” – Interdisciplinary research (Carvalho, S.; Matsuzawa, T.; Sousa, C.; Cunha, E.); 20) Ethology and Palaeolithic Art. Cervids and caprins in the Palaeolithic art of the Côa Valley (Vânia Carvalho); 21) Occupational stress markers in a skeletal sample: interdisciplinary approach (Sandra Assis); 22) Anthropological analysis of the osteological remains of a possible long termed pregnancy (Adro da Igreja Antiga do Olival-Ourém, Portugal) (Cristina Cruz & Rui Marques); 23) Working memory and modern human mind (Manuel Martín-Loeches).
BAR S2024 2009: Métallurgie des dépôts de bronzes à la fin de L’Age du Bronze final (IXe-VIIIe av. J.-C.) dans le domaine Sarre-Lorraine Essai de caractérisation d’une production bronzière au travers des études techniques : formage et analyses élémentaires by Cécile Véber. ISBN 978 1 4073 0599 8. £53.00. 340 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings, figures, tables and photographs. In French with English, German and Russian summaries.
A study of metal hoards in the regions along the Franco-German border.
BAR S2023 2009: Medieval and Post-Medieval Greece The Corfu papers edited by John Bintliff and Hanna Stöger. ISBN 978 1 4073 0598 1. £46.00. xi+258 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings, figures, tables and photographs. With CD.
This volume, edited by John Bintliff and Hanna Stöger, consists of 24 papers and an introduction covering recent developments in the Medieval and Post-Medieval Archaeology of Greece. These are revised and updated articles from a conference organized at the University of Corfu. The contributions are grouped under the following themes: Landscape Studies, Individual Site Studies, Medieval and Ottoman Mytilene, Vernacular Architecture, Ceramics and Material Culture, Early Modern Ethnoarchaeology and Heritage and Perception. The collection provides an excellent introduction into current research in till-recently neglected eras of Aegean Archaeology. Contents: 1.1) Three Forts in a Sea of Mountains: The Lidoriki District and the Medieval History of Aetolia (Sebastiaan Bommeljé); 1.2 Byzantine and Ottoman Maritime Traffic in the Estuary of the Strymon: Between Environment, State and Market (Archibald Dunn); 1.3 The Strymon Delta Project: The Palynological Evidence (Margaret A. Atherden and Jean A. Hall); 1.4 Settlement Patterns in Medieval and Post-Medieval Sphakia: Issues from the Archaeological and Historical Evidence (Lucia Nixon, Simon Price, Oliver Rackham and Jennifer Moody); 1.5 The Contribution of Pollen Analysis to the Study of Medieval Crete (Jean A. Hall and Margaret A. Atherden); 1.6 The Archaeologist and the Historian: Methodological Problems Faced by Historians Participating in Archaeological Surveys (Dimitris Tsougarakis and Helen Angelomatis-Tsougarakis); 1.7) Villages désertés a Chypre (fin XIIe- fin XIX siècle) : bilan et questions (Gilles Grivaud); 1.8) Ceramics, Metadata, and Expectations: The Problems of Synthetic Interpretation of Survey Data for Medieval Greece (Timothy E. Gregory); 1.9) The Pylos Regional Archaeological Project: Archaeology, History and Ethnography of the Medieval and Modern Periods (Jack L. Davis and John Bennet);2.1) Christian Archaeology and the Archaeology of Medieval (William Bowden); 2.2) A New Approach to an Old Archaeological Site: The Case of Delphi (Platon Petridis); 3.1) Medieval and Ottoman Mytilene (Hector Williams); 3.2) Human Remains from the Fortress of Mytilene (Sandra J. Garvie-Lok); 3.3) The Ottoman Clay Smoking Pipes from Mytilene (John Humphrey); 4.1 Social and Spatial Organisation in the Peninsula of the Mani (Southern Peleponnese): Medieval, Post-Medieval and Modern Times (Yanis Saitas); 4.2) The Morea Vernacular Architecture Project (Mary B. Coulton); 5.1) A Method for the Activity Analysis of Medieval Sites: From the Stratiké Surface Survey Project, Acarnania (Western Greece) (Franziska Lang); 5.2) Breaking Pots: Medieval and Post-Medieval ceramics from Central Greece (Joanita Vroom); 5.3) Material Culture Studies: The Case of the Medieval and Post-Medieval Cyclades, Greece (c. AD 1200-1800) (Athanasios K. Vionis); 6.1) Population and Settlement in Post-Medieval Doris, Central Greece (Peter Doorn); 6.2) Connecting the Archaeological Past with the Ethnographic Present: Local Population Records and Settlement Development on 19th Century Methana (Hamish Forbes); 7.1 The Concept of ‘diachronia’ in the Greek Archaeological Museum: Reflections on Current Challenges (Marlen Mouliou); 7.2) Material Remains and Past Ethno-Cultures in Greek Archaeology: The Contribution of Landscape Archaeology (Kostas Sbonias); 7.3) Coevolution of Environment and Culture in the 21st Century: The Impact of Modern Development and the Role of Cultural Resource Management (Lita Tzortzopoulou-Gregory).
BAR S2022 2009: Cambridge Monographs in African Archaeology 78 An Archaeological and Geomorphological Survey of the Luangwa Valley, Zambia by Dan Colton. ISBN 978 1 4073 0597 4. £40.00. x+200 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings, figures, tables and photographs.
The primary aim of this study of The Luangwa Valley (eastern Zambia), is to assess the integrity of the archaeological record in reference to geomorphological effects to determine what remains of the human behavioural record. To achieve the primary aim of this research an archaeological landscape survey was conducted, and a geomorphological survey built into the project design. Contents: 1) Introduction; 2) Background to Archaeological Research in Zambia and the Surrounding Region; 3) Geology, Geomorphology, and Past Climate of Zambia and the Luangwa Region; 4) Geographic Information Systems and Archaeology; 5) Methodological Approach for the Archaeological and Geomorphological Survey; 6) The Past and Present Geomorphological Processes in and Around the Survey Area; 7) Distribution of Archaeological Material in the Landscape and its Relationship to the Geomorphology; 8) Summary and Discussion.
BAR S2021 2009: Territorio Neolítico. Las primeras comunidades campesinas en la fachada oriental de la península Ibérica (ca. 5600-2800 cal BC) by Gabriel García Atiénzar. ISBN 978 1 4073 0596 7. £47.00. ii+279 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings, figures, tables and photographs. In Spanish with English summary.
This work discusses in depth the series of changes involving human communities that took place in the strip of land between the rivers Júcar and Segura (south-eastern Iberian Peninsular) over a period of nearly 3,000 years, ca. 5600 - 2600 cal BC, from the Ancient Neolithic Cardial period up to the Chalcolithic age.
BAR S2020 2009: The Evolution of the Built Environment: Complexity, Human Agency and Thermal Performance by Helen Wilkins. ISBN 978 1 4073 0595 0. £55.00. xii+353 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings, figures, tables and photographs.
This study investigates the relationship between the thermal performance of building assemblages (classes of buildings) and the social life of human communities using a multi-scalar Neo-Darwinian approach to study the evolution of the built environment. The work investigates levels of thermal operational adjustability associated with building assemblages and long-term social viability, given that social and contextual change is inevitable in the long-term. Contents: Chapter 1) Complexity, society and thermal performance; Chapter 2) Background theories: architectural studies; Chapter 3) Background theories: Archaeological studies; Chapter 4) Complexity theory and the study approach; Chapter 5) The methodology for testing for microclimate selection; Chapter 6) A global case study of generic buildings: an ethnographic sample; Chapter 7) A regional case study of buildings: long-term trends in the old world; Chapter 8) A case study of rooms in two regions: the pithouse-to-pueblo transition; Chapter 9) An urban site example: Mohenjo-Daro, Pakistan; Chapter 10) Microclimate selection in the built environment: implications.
BAR S2019 2009: ‘Being in Ancient Egypt’. Thoughts on Agency, Materiality and Cognition Proceedings of the seminar held in Copenhagen, September 29-30 2006 edited by Rune Nyord and Annette Kjølby. ISBN 978 1 4073 0594 3. £29.00. 98 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings, figures, tables and photographs.
Papers from a seminar held at the University of Copenhagen in September 2006. Contents: A New Look at the Conception of the Human Being in Ancient Egypt (John Gee); 2) Between Identity and Agency in Ancient Egyptian Ritual (Harold M. Hays); 3) Material Agency, Attribution and Experience of Agency in Ancient Egypt: The case of New Kingdom private temple statues (Annette Kjølby); 4) Self-perception and Self-assertion in the Portrait of Senwosret III: New methods for reading a face ((Maya Müller); 5) Taking Phenomenology to Heart: Some heuristic remarks on studying ancient Egyptian embodied experience (Rune Nyord); 6) Anger and Agency: The role of the emotions in Demotic and earlier narratives (John Tait); 7) Time and Space in Ancient Egypt: The importance of the creation of abstraction (David A. Warburton); Index of Egyptian and Greek words and expressions.
BAR S2018 2009: Ancient Maya Ceramic Economy in the Belize River Valley Region Petrographic analyses by Kay S. Sunahara. ISBN 978 1 4073 0593 6. £28.00. viii+88 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings, figures, tables and photographs.
Ancient Maya ceramic economy during the Late to Terminal Classic Period (800-900 A.D.) is the focus of this book. The author employed ceramic thin section petrology, raw materials sourcing, and contextual archaeological analyses and samples from a variety of excavated sites in the Belize River Valley region were included: Pacbitun, Cahal Pech, Baking Pot, El Pilar, Xunantunich, Blackman Eddy, Floral Park, and Ontario Village. Standardized petrofabric descriptions enabled the definition of distribution spheres for the ceramics and the study uses intersite comparison of distributional patterning to explore issues such as the scale, integration and disposition of the ceramic economy. A number of economic models were used heuristically to examine the possible meaning of the distributional patterning observed.
BAR S2017 2009: Paris Monographs in American Archaeology 24 Les débuts de la guerre institutionnalisée dans l'Aire Andine Centrale: vers la formation de l'État, du Formatif à la Période Intermédiaire Ancienne (2000 av. J.-C-500 apr. J.-C.) by Vincent Chamussy. ISBN 978 1 40730592 9. £58.00. v+383 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings, figures, tables and photographs. In French. With CD.
A study of war and the impact of war in the Central Andes from 2000 BC to AD 500.
BAR S2016 2009: Paris Monographs in American Archaeology 23 La structure de l’habitat du site maya classique de la Joyanca (Petén Nord-Ouest, Guatemala) dans son environnement local by Éva Lemonnier. ISBN 978 1 4073 0591 . £44.00. x+243 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings, figures, tables and photographs. In French.
A study of the Mayan site of Joyanca (north-west Guatemala)
BAR S2015 2009: Greek and Hellenistic Wheel and Mould Made Closed Oil Lamps in the Holy Land Collection of the Israel Antiquities Authority by Varda Sussman. ISBN 978 1 4073 0590 5. £40.00. iv+201 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings, figures, tables and photographs; Catalogue.
This catalogue of closed pottery oil lamps contains mainly intact oil lamps discovered in excavations and listed with the Israel Antiquities Authority up to the year 1988. The volume includes Archaic Greek and Hellenistic lamps made in Eastern Greece in the late 7th-5th centuries BCE; mainland Greece; Classical Greece of the 6th–4th centuries BCE; and lamps made after the conquest of the East by Alexander the Great (333-332 BCE) to the Roman conquest (1st century BCE-early 1st century CE), during which both civilizations - of the West and the East - merged into what is known as the Hellenistic period and the Hellenistic culture. The Catalogue contains 371 entries.
BAR S2012 2009: Römische Villen in Nordafrika Untersuchungen zu Architektur und Wirtschaftsweise by Mareike Rind. ISBN 978 1 4073 0588 2. £33.00. 133 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. In German.
A study of Roman villas in North Africa (Libya, Tunisia, Algeria, Morocco).
BAR S2011 2009: Time, Space and Innovation: an Archaeological Case Study on the Romanization of the North-Western Provinces (50 BC to AD 50) by Claudia Dürwächter. ISBN 978 1 4073 0587 5. £34.00. vii+147 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
This book is concerned with social stability and change. Despite continuing interest in both aspects by various disciplines of the social sciences they are still not fully understood. Unlike the natural sciences, where Darwin’s principles of random variation and selection are commonly accepted as mechanisms of change, the social sciences still lack a paradigm of cultural evolution and the explanation of social change remains a crucial question. This is not an ordinary archaeological case study based on expertise in one area, but rather an attempt at truly interdisciplinary research. It tries to bridge the gap between quantitative and discursive methods as well as the boundaries of modern disciplines because it is felt that social change affects all aspects of human society and cannot be fully investigated from any one-sided perspective. Specifically, the research: 1) Finds a definition of innovation that can be applied with equal facility in different branches of the social sciences namely: archaeology, social geography, economics and policy-research; 2) Explores the process of innovation in the archaeological record of Europe especially on the Romanization of the North-Western Provinces and its attendant social changes. The application of the conceptual model of innovation to the archaeological record provides new insights into pre-historical processes as well as testing the definition’s applicability for all four scientific domains mentioned above; 3) Extends techniques from Time Geography that have been developed in an EU funded project on time geography to the study of innovation in the historical and archaeological record.
BAR S2010 2009: The Art of Hellenistic Palestine by Adi Erlich. ISBN 978 1 4073 0586 8. £34.00. ix+139 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs, including 3 colour plates .
The art of the Hellenistic age (here taken as 332 BC to 37 BCE) in Palestine demonstrates the extent to which a province could be integrated into the rich, established culture of the Hellenistic world. Its study here examines the art itself, and specifically the themes, types, iconography, and style of local productions. The study can be instructive on the ethnic texture of Palestine, its regional differences, its widely practiced religion and cults, and its culture in general. Likewise, it may supplement both historical research on the period, which appears to have reached a dead end of sorts, and archaeological inquiry, the results of which have been partial or insufficient. It can help address whether the art was incorporated into the Hellenistic koine, the manner in which it utilized local and foreign elements, and the question of how the culture of the period left a mark so profound that it can be traced until the end of the Byzantine period.
 PSAS2009 2009: DVD with all volumes 1-37 as searchable PDF files . ISBN 9781905739257. £495.00. + VAT.
DVD of PSAS volumes 1-37 as searchable PDF files.
BAR S2008 2009: Rock Art of the Eastern Desert of Egypt Content, comparisons, dating and significance by Tony Judd. ISBN 978 1 4073 0584 4. £33.00. vi+141 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
BAR S2007 2009: Ecología de cazadores-recolectores del sector central de las Sierras de Córdoba (Rep. Argentina) by Diego Eduardo Rivero. ISBN 978 1 4073 0583 7. £32.00. 132 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs. In Spanish.
A study of the hunter-gatherers within central Argentina.
BAR S2006 2009: Prehistoric Human-Environment Interactions People, fire, climate, and vegetation on the Columbia Plateau, USA by Elizabeth A. Scharf. ISBN 978 1 4073 0583 7. £33.00. viii+134 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
Modern ecological studies are unable to examine long-term processes operating on the order of hundreds of years. Because of the limited length of modern and historic records, questions about long-term interactions between people and the environment can only be answered using paleoecological and archaeological information. This volume presents prehistoric records that span over a millennium to examine issues of human paleoecology on the Columbia Plateau of Washington State, USA. Unlike many previous studies, this study (1) quantifies past human population, (2) compares relative inputs of humans, climate, fire, and vegetation using multivariate statistics, (3) examines relationships between variables when leads and lags of different lengths are introduced, and (4) identifies multicollinearity, allowing variables of no unique explanatory value to be eliminated. This study indicates that research on human impacts that focuses on bivariate patterns, such as simple comparisons of coeval human population and fire, can suffer from the problem of equifinality. The multivariate statistical procedures employed in this work avoid these problems, however, and can be used in any study that employs observations taken at equally-spaced time intervals. Additionally, the protocols developed and used in this volume can be easily adapted and applied in new geographical areas—the methods and research design used need not be tied to this particular location.
BAR S2005 2009: Studies in Contemporary and Historical Archaeology 5 Defining Moments: Dramatic Archaeologies of the Twentieth-Century edited by John Schofield. ISBN 978 1 4073 0581 3. £35.00. ix+164; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
The shape of this collection of essays has emerged over time from an original session from the Theoretical Archaeology Group conference held at Cardiff in 1999. A few years later the original theme evolved through the then fledgling Contemporary and Historical Archaeology in Theory organisation, with its own series of books and conferences. This seemed an obvious home for ‘Defining Moments’ and the present volume appears after a decade-long gestation. Contents:1) 11.15 hrs, 24 June 2008 Drama and the moment (John Schofield); 2) 12.30 hrs, 12 December 1991 Marconi’s first transatlantic wireless message (Cassie Newland); 3) 11.40 hrs, 14 April 1912 The case of the RMS Titanic (David Miles); 4) 1 July 1916 The Battle of the Somme and the machine gun myth (Paul Cornish); 5) 11 August 1921 ? The discovery of insulin (E M Tansey); 6) 2 October 1925 From Ally Pally to Big Brother: Television makes viewers of us all (Martin Brown); 7) 1 June 1935 The introduction of compulsory driving tests in the United Kingdom: The neglected role of the state in motoring (John Beech) 80 Commentary: Visions of the twentieth century (Cornelius Holtorf) 9) 16/17 May 1943 Operation Chastise: The raid on the German dams (Richard Morris) 10) 11.30 hrs, 29 May 1953 Because it’s there: The ascent of Everest (Paul Graves-Brown); 11) 22.28:34 hrs (Moscow Time), 4 October 1957 The Space Age begins: The launch of Sputnik I, Earth’s first artificial satellite (Greg Fewer) 12) 11 February 1966 Proclamation 43 (Martin Hall); 13) March 1993 The Library of Babel: Origins of the World Wide Web (Paul Graves-Brown); 14) 0053 Hrs, 12 October 1998 The Murder of Matthew Wayne Shepard: An archaeologist’s personal defining moment (Thomas Dowson); 15) 00.00:00, 1 January 2000 ‘Three, two, one …?’: The material legacy of global millennium celebrations (Rodney Harrison); 16) n.d. Conservation and the British (Graham Fairclough).
BAR S2004 2009: A Hybrid Burial Practice’: Situated Practices and the Production of Situated Knowledges in the Archaeology of the Vestland Cauldron by Tove Hjørungdal. ISBN 978 1 4073 0580 6. £32.00. iii+129 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
The subject of this book is the archaeology of the Vestland cauldron. The Vestland cauldron counts among the true European connections in Scandinavian archaeology, and there is a substantial body of literature on how to approach this specific cauldron. Very little is however taken up about the history of research and analyses of different ways of producing knowledge about the Vestland cauldron are more or less absent. This book aims therefore to follow the archaeology of the Vestland cauldron during three different centuries, all from the 1800s into the early 21st century. The canon of knowledge about the Vestland cauldron places itself within two main issues; first within typology, and second within issues of Roman import where the Vestland cauldron is understood as a foreign and exotic status object of the Scandinavian Iron Age. Knowledge on typology and import is essential to knowledge on prehistoric conditions, but like all knowledge it is partial and limited. Contents: Introduction; Source Material; Key works and marginal works in the history of the Vestland cauldron; Practices of producing situated knowledges on the Vestland cauldron; Mortuary work nd its academic situation – Producing 21st Century Situated Knowledge on Vestland cauldron Cremations; Situated practices of producing Vestland cauldron cremation graves; Mortuary work as situated practice Interpretations and implications; Latest Reflections on the Archaeology of the Vestland Cauldron.
BAR S2003 2009: Landscape in Mind: Dialogue on Space between Anthropology and Archaeology edited by George Dimitriadis. ISBN 978 1 4073 0539 4. £32.00. iv+130 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
The contributors to the present volume were asked to variously address its central theme from perspectives offered by jointly anthropological and archaeological approaches, as well as to engage some of the philosophical implications of landscape as highly interdisciplinary concept – one, which can and does draw upon a range of life and physical sciences. Contents: 1) Landscape in Mind. Dialogue on Space between Anthropology and Archaeology (George Dimitriadis); 2) New and Old Paradigms: the Question of Space (Livio Dobrez); 3) The Emergent Novelty of Landscape in Poet Orators’ Perspectives: Landscape Archaeology and Sustaining Plurality of Future Aspirations (Stephanie Koerner); 4) From the ‘Natural’ Forest to the ‘Forest’ of Signs. The Production of Rock-art and the Management of Space in EBA Societies (George Dimitriadis); 5) Entre anthropologie, histoire et préhistoire (Antonio Guerci); 6) Mind Mapping among Mbowamb and around Motten - On the Significance of Landmarks in Interior New Guinea and Ancient Central Europe (Henry Doselda); 7) West Kennet Avenue: Avenue of Gender/Avenue of Power (Sims Lionel); 8) Terra Sapiens: How Landscape Invented Man (Meschiari Matteo); 9) The Connection Between the Terrestrial and Celestial Landscape during the Bronze Age in the Carpathian Basin: Orientation of houses (Emilia Pasztor); 10) Political and Religious Expression in Romanesque Sacral Architecture in Slovenia (Sasa Caval); 11) Sacred territories: astronomy, ritual and the creation of landscape at the passage grave sites of Neolithic Ireland (Kate Prendergrast); 12) What was the nature of the relationship between man and natural space at the neolithic stone circles at Avebury in Southern England? (Harry Meaden); 13) Gesture, Image, Architecture: how fire and rock art may have behaved in the passage graves of Anglesey, North Wales (George Nash); Is there a ‘natural’ space? (Luiz Oosterbeek) 14) To the world I belong: Places and monumental architecture at the Portuguese Alto Douro (Gonçalo Velho); 15) Val Bormida (Ligurie, Italie): espace antropologique dans la Prehistoire entre exploitation des ressources locals et domain de montagne (Davide Delfino) ; 16) Des Espaces Bons pour l’Exclusion (Hameau Philippe) ; 17) Room for rivalry and religion – ritualized rock art reflections of the Bronze Age landscape of Tanum in Bohuslän (Ulf Bertilsson); 18) The cultural nature of natural places in the Alps (Franco Nicolis); 19) Some Concluding Observations on Emergent Novelty and Promising New Relations between Archaeology, Anthropology nd Philosophy (Stephanie Koerner).
BAR S2002 2009: Urban Continuity in the Andes A pre-historical planning tradition by Lindsay Robert Hasluck. ISBN 978 1 4073 0538 7. £50.00. xi+265 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
This work investigates the evolution of urban design in the Andes of South America to ascertain if there existed in pre-Hispanic times a shared Andean tradition of urban planning. Since, in previous research, Andean urban planning has been treated as the product of individual sites or cultures, this study explores the repeated use of design elements within Andean urban planning, in order to isolate specific elements for individual functional analysis within the context of a cultural tradition. The primary focus is to demonstrate clearly the urban design connection that forms a coherent Andean urban planning tradition shared between the urban civilizations of the Andes from the inception of urbanism around the beginning of the third millennium BC until the cultural disruption of the Spanish conquest in the mid-sixteenth century AD. Through the investigation and understanding of the evolving sophistication of the cultures within the Andes cultural, political and geographical region, the study demonstrates that certain ideas of urban design, from very early times, began to form a coherent planning tradition that was shared by civilizations, cultures and settlements in close and distant contact. Moreover, these ideas for architectural designs and layouts for urban areas were not only shared geographically but also repeated through time.
BAR S2000 2009: Sudan Archaeological Research Society Publication 17 The Churches of Nobadia by William Y Adams. ISBN 9781407305363. £71.00. Vol 1: xvi+292 pages, Vol 2: xiv+473 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
This is a study of the churches of Nobadia – the most northerly of the three medieval Nubian kingdoms. Since more than two-thirds of its territory has now been flooded by the successive Aswan dams, and much of the remainder has been surveyed by archaeologists, there is probably not a great deal remaining to be learned. The time therefore seems appropriate for a summary overview. Volume I begins with an introduction to the study as a whole, followed by descriptions of 67 churches of the Early Christian period, built between about AD 550 and 850, and 47 Classic Christian churches, built between about SD 850-1100. The second volume deals with Late and Terminal Christian churches (c. AD 1100-1500), as well as a comparative overview of the various features of Nobadian church architecture. These chapters are followed by a brief survey of the churches of Makouria and Alwa, and a final discussion of the dynamics of development and change.
BAR S1999 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 40 Symbolic Spaces in Prehistoric Art Territories, travels and site locations edited by François Djindjian and Luiz Oosterbeek. ISBN 9781407305332. £31.00. vi+118 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; papers in French and English.
Papers from the session (Vol. 40, Session C28) ‘Symbolic Spaces in Prehistoric Art’, presented at the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents : Introduction (François Djindjian, Luiz Oosterbeek) ; 1) L’art pariétal et l’art mobilier pour l’identification des territoires de peuplement dans le Paléolithique supérieur européen: l’approche par les bestiaires (François Djindjian) ; 2) De l’art mobilier au système socio-symbolique dans le Paléolithique supérieur ancien et moyen d’Europe Orientale (Lioudmila Iakovleva) ; 3) Les grottes à mammouths et tectiformes de la vallée de la Vézère : vers la perception d'une province préhistorique (Frédéric Plassard) ; 4) Les Magdaléniens des Pyrénées occidentales. Réflexions sur l’exploitation d’un territoire (Morgane Dachary) ; 5) Un gisement jurassien du Magdalénien moyen, la grotte Grappin à Arlay (Jura, France): chronologie, environnement et espaces symboliques (Christophe Cupillard, Anne-Catherine Welté ) ; 6) L’Art mobilier magdalénien en Suisse (Ingmar Braun) ; 7) The role of art in Magdalenian life – The engraved stones from the site of La Marche (Nicolas Mélard) ; 8) Methodological approaches to the study of Rock Art in the landscape (Sara Fairén-Jiménez); 9) When open air carved rocks became sanctuaries: Methodological criteria for a classification (Fernando Augusto Coimbra); 10) Water and Symbols in Western Iberia Late Prehistory (Luiz Oosterbeek) ; 11) The symbolic construction and representation of the dwelt space in the lower Danube Chalcolithic (6th millennium BC) (Dragos Gheorghiu).
BAR S1998 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 39 Technological Analysis on Quartzite Exploitation edited by Stefano Grimaldi and Sara Cura. ISBN 9781407305325. £25.00. iii+56 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; papers in English and French.
Papers from the session (Vol. 39, Session WS15) ‘Technological Analysis on Quartzite Exploitation’ presented at the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents: 1) Quartzite et quartzites: aspects pétrographiques, économiques et technologiques des matériaux majoritaires du Paléolithique ancien et moyen du Sud-Ouest de la France (David Colonge and Vincent Mourre); 2) Quartz et quartzite dans les niveaux d’occupation OIS 7 et 5 du site de Payre (Sud-est, France): fonction spécifique et complémentaire? (Marie-Hélène Moncel, Arturo de Lombre Hermida and Deniaux Brigitte); 3) L’utilisation du quartzite dans l’industrie moustérienne de Zabrani (Banat,Roumanie) (Alain Tuffreau, Vasile Boroneant, Emilie Goval, Adina Boroneant, Adrian Dobos, Bertrand Lefevre and Gabi Popescu); 4) The exploitation of quartzite in layer 5 (Mousterian) of Scladina Cave (Wallonia, Belgium): Flexibility and dynamics of concepts of debitage in the Middle Palaeolithic (Kevin Di Modica and Dominique Bonjean); 5) Bečov I, A-III-6 - Middle Palaeolithic quartzite assemblage from Central Europe (Andrzej Wísniewski); 6) The quartzite exploitation in a middle pleistocene open air site: Ribeira da Ponte da Pedra (central Portugal) (Sara Cura and Stefano Grimaldi).
BAR S1997 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 30 Rock Art and Museum edited by George Dimitriadis, Dario Seglie and Guillermo Munoz . ISBN 9781407305318. £28.00. v+86 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; in Spanish, English and French.
Papers from the session (Vol. 30, Session WS19) ‘Rock Art and Museum’ presented at the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents : 1) New Perspective in Rock Art Museology: The Rocca of Cavour & the Phehistoric paintings Ecomuseum in the Western Alps (Dario Seglie ); 2) Les Parcs d’art rupestre en Lombardie, Italie: organisation, conservation et méthodes de documentation (Raffaella Poggiani Keller) ; 3) Visual impairments and archaeology: an experience with a Talking Book (Gabriella Dodero, Patrizia Garibaldi, Irene Molinari, Paola Signorini, Antonella Traverso); 4) Planning an Open Air rock art Museum: The case of Philippi, Greece (George Dimitriadis); 5) La «communication» de l’art préhistorique: de la pratique didactique à la redécouverte de l’invisible (Aldo Renato Daniele Accardi); 6) How to Visualize the Process and the Complexity of Rock Art Ivestigations? International Museum of Rock Art Research – Beta Version (Miguel Angel Albadán); 7) La complejidad cultural y la conservación del arte rupestre (Guillermo Muñoz ); 8) El arte rupestre de la Ruta de Bochica. Posibles conexiones entre la tradición oral y el sentido y función del arte rupestre (Judith Trujillo); 9) Museum of Prehistoric Art of Mação (Portugal) - scientific research and social dynamization (Luiz Oosterbeek, Sara Cura, Margarida Morais, Anabela Pereira); 10) Les gravures rupestres de Cerdagne. Réflexion sur leur protection. Département des Pyrénées Orientales (France) et Province de Gérone (Espagne) (Pierre Campmajo, Sylvie Candau, Denis Crabol).
BAR S1996 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 29 Rock Art Data Base New methods and guidelines in archiving and cataloguing edited by Raffaella Poggiani-Keller, George Dimitriadis, Fernando Coimbra, Carlo Liborio, Maria Giuseppina Ruggiero. ISBN 9781407305301. £27.00. iv+76 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
Papers from the session (Vol. 29, Session WS20) ‘Rock Art Data Base’ presented at the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents : 1) The Risk Map and rock engravings (Angela Maria Ferroni); 2) Valle Camonica (Italy). The Rock Art database by the Ministry of Cultural Heritage and Activities-Soprintendenza for Archaeological Heritage of Lombardia: from Ir Project to Irweb (Raffaella Poggiani Keller, Carlo Liborio, Maria Giuseppina Ruggiero); 3) The digital cataloguing of Rock Art on Web: Server-Client Architecture and On-line Partnership (Daniele Vitali, Luca Megale); 4) The Europreart Project - Past signs and present memories. European Prehistoric Art: inventory, contextualisation, preservation and accessibility (Dario Seglie) ; 5) Philippi Rock Art. Guidelines for a methodological recovery and preventive action (George Dimitriadis, Fernando Coimbra, Carmelo Prestipino) ; 6) Inventarios Gráficos y Geográficos: un proyecto de registro y conservación del arte rupestre en Colombia (Guillermo Muñoz, Judith Trujillo) ; 7) New technology for rock art documentation by the Soprintendenza for Archaeological Heritage of Lombardia: Laser Scanner in Valle Camonica (Italy) (Emilio Colombo Zefinetti, Piergiorgio Peverelli) ; 8) Digital rights management for archived pictures in web contexts (Daniele Vitali, Luca Megale).
BAR S1995 2009: Analysis of the Early Bronze Age Graves in Tell Bi’a (Syria) by Ildiko Bosze. ISBN 9781407305295. £29.00. 100 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
This study concerns Early Bronze Age burials excavated on the mound of Tell Bi’a (northern Syria). Following the introduction, the author discusses the material evidence, the theoretical basis, and the methods used for inferring the structure of a living society from funerary remains. This is followed by an overview of the chronological framework as well as a historical outline of the Syrian Bronze Age in accordance with the current state of epigraphic and archaeological research, and finally by a formulation of the questions raised in this study.
BAR S1994 2009: Social Differentiation in the Late Copper Age and the Early Bronze Age in South Moravia (Czech Republic) by Daniel Sosna. ISBN 9781407305288. £42.00. viii+230 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
In this study the author tests three main hypotheses that focus on the institutionalization of vertical social differences, the different strategies that might have led to the institutionalization of vertical social differences, and changes in gender relations during the transition from the Late Copper Age to the Early Bronze Age in South Moravia (Czech Republic). In the nine chapters, the first outlines the main topics of interest and the central hypotheses, outlining the general research scope and methodology. Chapter 2 presents the main conceptual and theoretical framework, describing various aspects of social differences, their change over time, and the theoretical basis for the exploration of social differences in the mortuary archaeological record. Chapter 3 provides an introduction to the geomorphology of South Moravia and an overview of the archaeological cultures in the region, giving special attention to the Late Copper Age and the Early Bronze Age. Chapter 4 builds upon the previous two chapters and presents the three main hypotheses of this study. A series of expectations for each research hypothesis is presented along with the archaeological correlates – thus providing the necessary link between theory and characteristics that can be traced in the archaeological record. In Chapter 5 the author describes the methods used to test the research hypotheses. The first section describes the procedures for data collection. The second section discusses the methods for the analysis of intra-cemetery mortuary variability including its spatial aspects and mortuary variability between the sites and time periods.
Chapter 6 discusses the archaeological sites concerned, paying special attention to four main cemeteries that are analyzed in detail. Chapters 7 and 8 present the results and discussion of the analyses. Chapter 9 concludes the main findings of the study, presenting the model of changes that occurred during the transition from the Late Copper Age to the Early Bronze Age and place the results into archaeology’s wider anthropological context.
BAR S1993 2009: La “Nécropole Énéolithique” de Byblos Nouvelles Interprétations by Gassia Artin. ISBN 9781407305271. £40.00. 219 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. In French with English abstract.
The Chalcolithic Period of the Levant constitutes an important and complex phase in the evolution of prehistoric societies. Certain ‘prehistoric’ traditions such as the production and use of lithic tools, continued as new technical advancements were developed in stone tool production and, metallurgy. For this author, Byblos (40 km north of Beirut on the Lebanese coast) was an obvious choice for revisiting the Levantine Chalcolithic. Besides being the largest and most thoroughly excavated site (almost 70 % of the site has been excavated), the settlement features a variety of architecture comprising dwellings, houses, silos and paved roads, and an exceptionally rich and varied corpus of burials and grave artefacts (2097 tombs in total including 2059 jar burials with 3652 objects). Despite the remarkable quality of the eneolithic material, the necropolis remains relatively unknown. Statistical, qualitative, and spatial analyses of the data are modest, making past interpretations and syntheses either too general or too incomplete to be of any value to the archaeological community. To undertake an exhaustive study of the fourth millennium layers of Byblos, it was vital to examine the archives from the original excavations, including all the unpublished data. In this way, the mass of information from the past was critically re-evaluated when necessary. At the same time, the different terminologies were also standardised. This re-evaluation allowed for the confirmation or reconsideration of past hypotheses, and when appropriate, the creation of new ones. The main sections of this study include: Research methodology; Site sectorization and organization; Funerary practices; Grave finds and analyses; Socio-economic organization and development.
BAR S1992 2009: Enthésopathies et activités des hommes préhistoriques Recherche méthodologique et application aux fossiles européens du Paléolithique supérieur et du Mésolithique by Sébastien Villotte. ISBN 9781407305264. £45.00. xxvi+206 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs, 2 in colour. In French.
An in-depth study of lesions of muscle insertion sites on bone (enthesopathies) in recent and fossilised human skeletons. The work contributes to the field of anthropology in three ways. The author presents a new method of scoring enthesopathies that takes into account variation in muscle attachment site histology and morphology with a system that may well become the new standard for studying enthesopathies in prehistoric and recent populations. Second, the author provides an exhaustive analysis of enthesopathies in three large skeletal series (from Portugal, England and Italy) of individuals of known occupation. This section provides the first controlled comparative documentation of the relationship between activity and enthesopathies, and contributes greatly to the understanding of which muscle attachment sites best reflect activity levels and patterns in individuals, and which types of activity are most likely to contribute to variation in the severity of enthesopathies. Finally, the study describes the results when the new methods are applied to European Late Pleistocene and Early Holocene fossil humans.
BAR S1991 2009: rchaeological investigations at Nawinpukyo Change and continuity in an Early Intermediate Period and Middle Horizon community in Ayacucho, Peru by Juan B. Leoni. ISBN 9781407305257. £42.00. xvi+222 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
This work presents a study of the pre-Hispanic occupation at the site of Ñawinpukyo (Ayacucho, Peru) during the Early Intermediate Period (EIP) (ca. 200 BC – AD 600) and the Middle Horizon (MH) (ca. AD 600-1000). A local and diachronic perspective is adopted to examine the developmental trajectory of this community, in the context of the broader regional processes that took place in the valley during those periods. These processes brought about, especially during the MH, significant cultural changes not only in the Ayacucho Valley but in the whole central Andean area, with the rise of the powerful Wari society and culture. Earlier interpretations about the site and its role in Ayacucho prehistory are reevaluated in the light of the newly acquired information and the proposed interpretations. This study contributes to our current understanding of Ayacucho EIP and MH society by presenting new empirical information about the Huarpa and Wari cultures and describing the developmental trajectory of a particular local community. The specific patterns of human activities identified at the site and their changes over time illustrate from a local perspective the socio-cultural changes brought about by broader regional processes that took place in the valley during the EIP and the MH.
BAR S1990 2009: Le bassin du Rio Grande de Nazca, Pérou Archéologie d’un État andin 200 av. J.- C. – 650 ap. J.- C. by Oscar Daniel Llanos Jacinto. ISBN 9781407305240. £51.00. 323 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. In French.
A study of the Nasca region and culture (Peru) from 200 BC to AD 650.
BAR S1989 2009: Competitive Advantage Strategy in Cultural Heritage Management: A Case-Study of the Mani Area in the Southern Peloponnese, Greece by Konstantina Liwieratos. ISBN 9781407305233. £38.00. 194 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
This work introduces ‘competitive advantage strategy’ into heritage management within tourism and general development on the basis of differentiation. It argues that in a long term managerial policy, achieving sustainable conservation through development has a higher probability of success by shifting responsibilities to the public. The lack of a precedent managed in this way has necessitated the creation of a case-study, a strategic management model for the Mani, a region in the southern Peloponnese, Greece. The region is rich in cultural heritage but has been largely abandoned and the region’s many different aspects and the urgent need to save the Mani’s heritage are the main reasons for its selection in this study. The result is a strategic management and development plan for the Mani and a paradigmatic strategic model for further cases internationally.
BAR S1988 2009: Arquelogía Colonial Latinoamericana Modelos de estudio edited by Juan García Targa. ISBN 9781407305226. £48.00. iii+293 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; in Spanish with English abstracts.
Papers from the Historical Archaeology Symposium held in Seville, Spain in 2006. Contents: 1) Arqueología Historica de la Cuenca de México y la Región Simbiótica de la Meseta Central de México: Desarrollo, Condición Actual, y Provenir (Thomas Charlton Patricia Fournier and Cynthia Charlton); 2. Fundación y colapso. El altépetl de Ixmiquilpan entre los siglos X y XVIII. (Fernando López Aguilar); 3) Lo que quedó del sueño de vapor. Arqueología de una utopía en Sinaloa, México. Estudio de caso (Verónica Velasquez S.H.); 4. Arqueología en un lugar de enfrentamiento bélico entre indígenas y españoles durante la guerra del Mixtón (1541) ( Angélica María Medrano Enríquez); 5) Fuentes de la Alameda central de la ciudad de México, 1775 Arqlgo (Enrique Alcalá Castañeda); 6. El crisol de los pueblos de indios mesoamericanos (Jordi Gussiyer Alfonso); 7) La Arqueología Histórica del Noroeste de Yucatán (Anthony P. Andrews); 8. La localización de un sitio histórico: Chetumal (María de Guadalupe Suárez Castro); 9) Asentamientos mayas rurales coloniales: modelos históricos del siglo XVI (Juan García Targa); 10) Un estudio de caso de la Arqueología Histórica: organización espacial y memoria colectiva en Chichén Itzá (Alexandre G. Navarro Becario and Pedro Paulo A. Funari); 11) Obras hidraulicas coloniales en la región serrana de Yucatán (Jorge Victoria Ojeda and Sergio Grosjean Abimerhi); 12. La arqueología de La Isabela, República Dominicana: Primer asentamiento Europeo en América (1493-1498) (Kathleen Deagan and José M. Cruxent); 13) La Casa del Tipógrafo: arqueología de una larga historia en Santafé de Bogotá (Felipe Gaitán Ammann and Jimena Lobo Guerrero); 14) Excavaciones arqueológicas en una mision colonial franciscana del oriente de Venezuela (Alberta Zucchi); 15) Arqueologia de la primera Buenos Aires (1536-1541): entre la historia y el mito (Daniel Schávelzon); 16. Indicadores arqueológicos de cambio cultural en las comunidades indígenas pampeanas de los primeros momentos históricos (siglos XVI a XVIII). Región Pampeana, República Argentina (Fernando Oliva. F and María Laura); 17) La iglesia y convento de Santo Domingo Soriano del área fundacional de Mendoza: investigaciones arqueológicas e históricas en la antigua manzana de los dominicos (J. Roberto Bárcena).
BAR S1984 2009: War and Rumors of War. The Evidential Base for the Recognition of Warfare in Prehistory by Julie Wileman. ISBN 9781407305165. £36.00. iv+171 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
The goal of this study is to examine the potential for the understanding and recognition of the processes and
occurrence of prehistoric warfare through the development of a series of correlates, resulting in testable models that can be applied to the archaeological record. Such models need to be flexible and applicable across different periods and in a variety of geographical areas. To this purpose, examples of evidence are included from a wide spectrum of sources. After offering definitions of warfare and considering the nature of its archaeological evidence, the correlates and models will, for comparative purposes, be applied to a number of case studies which are located in later prehistoric societies. This study, therefore, provides models (from the UK, France and the US), for investigation, suggests some areas for research and data-gathering, and highlight potentials and problems for the interpretation of evidence, providing some frameworks for future appreciations of the concept of prehistoric war. If evidence can be sought and recognised for warfare on more extended scales, it may be possible to approach the questions of the prevalence, scale and influence of conflict on the development of societies with a little more certainty. The aim is to encourage further debate on the range of potential evidence and its value in this sphere of archaeological research.
BAR S1983 2009: Gender Identities in Italy in the First Millennium BC edited by Edward Herring and Kathryn Lomas. ISBN 9781407305158. £34.00. 148 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs .
Papers from a conference held at the Institute of Classical Studies, London, in June 2006. Contents: 1) Where have all the men gone? Sex, Gender and Women’s Studies (Ruth D. Whitehouse); 2) Gender identities and cultural identities in the pre-Roman Veneto (Kathryn Lomas); 3) Where are they hiding? The invisibility of the native women of Puglia in the fourth century bc (Edward Herring); 4) Warriors and weavers: sex and gender in Daunian stelae (Camilla Norman); 5) Expressions of gender through dress in Latial Iron Age mortuary contexts: the case of Osteria dell’Osa (Lisa Cougle); 6) Textile tools and specialisation in Early Iron Age female burials (Margarita Gleba); 7) United in death: the changing image of Etruscan couples (Marjatta Nielsen); 8) Isn’t s/he lovely? An investigation of androgyny in Etruscan art (Bridget Sandhoff ); 9) Gender Benders? (Larissa Bonfante); 10) Burning boats and building bridges: women and cult in Roman colonization (Fay Glinister); 11) Women and the Romanisation of Etruria(Vedia Izzet); 12) Ethnicity and the costume of the Roman bride (Karen K. Hersch); 13) Livia and the lex Voconia (Bronwyn Hopwood).
BAR S1982 2009: Iconografía náutica de la Península Ibérica en la Protohistoria by Arturo Rey da Silva. ISBN 9781407305141. £29.00. 108 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs. In Spanish .
A study of boat iconography in the Iberian Peninsular during Prehistory.
 BAR S1981 2009: Spatial and Religious Transformations in the Late Antique Polis A multi-disciplinary analysis with a case-study of the city of Gerasa by Charles March. ISBN 9781407305134. £40.00. x+202 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs .
This work looks at basic questions pertaining to sacred space and applies them to several well documented archaeological sites with strong material remains, interpreting the meanings and causes of the changes in spatial patterns that occurred within the late Antique polis in the East. The study is based on both physical and abstract spatial dimensions (the ‘real’ and metaphysical) of civic and sacred landscapes that defined the Classical and Early Christian city ‘types’. The archaeological sites of Gerasa of Jordan and Dura Europos of Syria were selected as interpretive models due to their strong archaeological records and architectural representations. While the main aim of the work is to explain the end of the classical city in the East, Dura remains frozen in time for us depicting the pre-Christian, pagan city sitting on the historical razor edge just prior to the events initiating monumental civic change.
BAR S1980 2009: Tall Zar'a in Jordan Report on the sondage at Tall Zar'a 2001-2002 (Gadara Region Project: Tall Ziraca) by Dijkstra, Meindert Dijkstra and Karel J.H. Vriezen. ISBN 9781407305127. £28.00. v+83 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs.
In 2001, the Gadara Region Project was started, and the tell in the centre of Wadi al-Arab, Tall Zar'a was chosen as an initial focus of research. During previous visits to the site, it had been established that this tell had been inhabited almost continuously from the Early Bronze Age to the Late Ottoman Period. Tall Zar'a is situated in the western sector of Wadi al-'Arab, which runs from the Transjordanian highlands near the city of Irbid to the Jordan Valley near northern Shunah. Contents: Introduction; Sondage and Stratigraphy; Architectural Remains; The Pottery; Small Finds; Stone Artefacts; Iron Age Cooking Vessels; Tall Zarca as ‘Gadara’ in the Later Bronze and Early Iron Age.
 BAR S1979 2009: The Romanesque Cathedral of Santiago de Compostela: A Reassessment by Christabel Watson. ISBN 9781407305110. £32.00. xii+117 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs .
In this work the author presents a modern study of the cathedral of Santiago de Compostela in the north-west of Spain, renowned for its Romanesque architecture and as a destination for pilgrims. The author has focussed on the two main contributors in the construction of the building: Archbishop Gelmírez and the Master Mason Mateo. The discussion over dating and building progression revolves around which of these two designed, built and completed the west end. Following a detailed study of the masonry, the author discloses fresh evidence which reveals more of the original Romanesque state of the building. She also examines how the Historia Compostelana (a contemporaneous account of the life and work of Gelmírez from circa 1100 to his death in 1140), and the fifth part of the Codex Calixtinus (purportedly written by Aymery Picaud in the mid-1130s), contribute to the understanding of the architecture of the cathedral-church. Contents: 1) An architectural survey; 2) Santiago according to Aymery Picaud; 3) Foreign influences and related problems; 4) The West Crypt; 5) The West End: from the narthex to the roof; 6) The language of architectural detailing; Conclusion, two Appendices of measurements; Glossary, Bibliography, Index.
BAR S1978 2009: Bioestratinomía de Macromamíferos Terrestres de Doñana Inferencias ecológicas en los yacimientos arqueológicos del S.O. de Andalucía by Eloísa Bernáldez Sánchez. ISBN 9781407305103. £41.00. 211 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs, 1 colour plate; in Spanish.
A biostratinomic study of the cadaver association scattered the Donana Biological Reserve (Huelva, SW Spain) to learn more of the general conservation dynamics and to deduce possible patterns that might be applied to the taphonomic study of archaeological sites. The work presents a methodology to analyse organic deposits in a natural ecosystem, studying formation dynamics of osseous assemblages in both natural and human cultural conditions.
BAR S1977 2009: Materializing Memory Archaeological material culture and the semantics of the past edited by Irene Barbiera, Alice M. Choyke and Judith A. Rasson. ISBN 9781407305097. £32.00. 131 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs.
Papers based on a session presented at the 10th EAA conference in Lyon in 2004. Contents: 1) Notes on Memory-Work and Materiality (John Chapman); 2) Introduction (Irene Barbiera); 3) Grandmother’s Awl: Individual and Collective Memory Through Material Culture (Alice M. Choyke); 4) The Re-Generation of the Neolithic: Social Memory, Monuments and Generations (Liam Kilmurray); 5) Rememberance Practices in Aquincum: Memory in the Roman Capital of Pannonia Inferior – Today’s Budapest (Paula Zsidi); 6) Memory of a Better Death: Conventional and Exceptional Burial Rites in Central European Cemeteries of the AD 6th and 7th Centuries (Irene Barbiera); 7) Ritual Memory and the Rituals of Memory: Carolingian and Post-Carolingian Kingship (Maria Fiano); 8) The Politics of Memory of the Lombard Monarchy in Pavia, the Kingdom’s Capital (Piero Majocchi); 9) Memory, Politics and Holy Relics: Catholic Tactics amidst the Hussite Reformation (Katerina Hornicková); 10) The Role of the Peacock “Sanjak” in Yezidi Religious Memory; Maintaining Yezidi Oral Tradition (Eszter Spät); 11) Creating a Place of Memory: Olvera Street, Los Angeles (Judith A. Rasson).
BAR S1976 2009: Dinámica del cambio cultural en Teotihuacan durante el Epiclásico (650-900 dC) by Natàlia Moragas Segura. . ISBN 9781407305080. £49.00. vi+297; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs. In Spanish .
This work deals with the collapse of Teotihuacan and the period 650-900 AD. Teotihuacan was the most important urban centre in Central Mexico before the rise of Tula. The study develops a new view of the cultural changes adopted by the new society. This is the first work that attempts to reconcile the archaeological complexities of the transition.
BAR S1975 2009: The Aegean and its Cultures Proceedings of the first Oxford-Athens graduate student workshop organized by the Greek Society and the University of Oxford Taylor Institution, 22-23 April 2005 edited by Georgios Deligiannakis and Yannis Galanakis. ISBN 9781407305073. £39.00. iii+149 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs, 3 colour plates .
Proceedings of the first Oxford-Athens graduate student workshop organized by the Greek Society and the University of Oxford Taylor Institution, April 2005. Contents: 1) Framing the Aegean (Georgios Deligiannakis); 2) What’s in a Word? The Manifold Character of the Term Koiné and its Uses in Aegean Prehistory (Yannis Galanakis); 3) An aspect of the ‘Mycenaean koiné’? The Uniformity of the Peloponnesian Late Helladic III Palatial Megara in its Heterogeneous Context (Vassilis Petrakis); 4) The Dissemination of Attic Pottery During the Protogeometric and Geometric Periods (Fani K. Seroglou); 5) Domestic space in the Geometric and post-Geometric Aegean: An Attempt to Reconstruct Morphology and Function in 8th and 7th c. BC Houses in the Cyclades and the Eastern Aegean (Anastasia Christophilopoulou); 6) The Contexts of Archaic Cretan Terracotta Relief Plaques with a Note on the Oxford Plaques from Papoura (Oliver Pilz); 7) Extra-Urban Sanctuaries in Classical and Hellenistic Crete (Angelos Chaniotis); 8) Vogue and Utility: Terracotta Products with Ionian Kymation in Relief from the Aegean Shores of Thrace (Petya Ilieva); 9) Preliminary Report of the ‘Halasarna Project’: An Intensive Archaeological Survey of the Ancient Demos Halasarna on Kos (Konstantinos Kopanias); 10) The Coan Banquet Reliefs: Parallels in the Aegean Region (Chrysanthe Tsouli) 11) Stone Agricultural Implements from the Island of Kos. The Evidence from Kardamaina, the Ancient Demos of Halasarna (Eirene Poupaki); 12) Searching for Byzantine Model-Books based on Artists’ Inscriptions from the Middle Byzantine Period (Lambros Travlos); 13) Coexistence in the Aegean under the Ottomans (Elizabeth A. Zachariadou); 14) The Dark Side of the Sun: Aegean Islands as Places of Exile, Desolation and Death in post-World War II Greek Poetry (Eirini Kotsovili); 15) The Concept of Authenticity in Managing Cultural Heritage Resources. The Aegean Paradigm (Stelios Lekakis).
BAR S1973 2009: Self-Sufficiency and Trade in Bracara Augusta during the Early Empire A contribution to the economic study of the city by Rui Morais. ISBN 9781407305066. £53.00. xii+328 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
The main goal of this monograph is the study of the trade of Bracara Augusta (modern Braga, northern Portugal) based on three factors: the history of the city; the trade and the means of transportation; the study of the goods which arrived here through the amphorae and other imported pottery materials. Chapter one presents a brief analysis of the economic geography of the region, taking in account the physical idiosyncrasies of the Minho region and of the city. Chapter two presents the antecedents of the city’s foundation and contextualizes it in the scene of its foundation and late development. Chapter three deals with the subject of Bracara Augusta’s trade in the global parameters of the empire and its role as a redistribution centre in the peninsular north-west. Chapter four is a comparative analysis of the rhythms and patterns of consumption in the city. We also present the values and the rates of the imported pottery and estimate the approximate annual average amount and its meaning for the economic and commercial life of the city.
BAR S1972 2009: Oil and Wine Presses in Israel from the Hellenistic, Roman and Byzantine Periods edited by Etan Ayalon, Rafael Frankel and Amos Kloner. ISBN 9781407305059. £65.00. vii+452 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
This volume presents the reader with a selection of installations for the production of wine and oil from Israel of the Hellenistic, Roman and Byzantine periods. Many such installations have been found in Israel from earlier periods also but the peak in their development, in the number of installations found, in the technology used and in their variety is towards the end of the Byzantine period. Several factors combined to create this situation. This comprehensive study investigates their archaeological remains. The installations presented in this volume reveal the remarkable variety of techniques and devices found in one small section of the complicated mosaic of local technical cultures that were spread throughout the Mediterranean basin, each developing separately but influenced by and influencing the others. Even techniques such as the use of the screw developed in different ways in different regions. The extent and borders of these technical cultures are in many cases closely related to those of political entities changing in extent and character together with these. Thus the study of these ancient crafts not only reveals important aspects of ancient technology, economics and day to day life but mapping the variegated regional technical cultures contributes a new and independent delineation of ancient human geography.
 BAR S1971 2009: Archaeotecture: Second Floor Papers from the Archaeology of Architecture sessions held at the EAA Meetings in St Petersburg (2003) and Lyon (2004) by Xurxo Ayán, Patricia Mañana and Rebeca Blanco. ISBN 9781407305042. £31.00. iii+96 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
This work focuses attention on the design of a renewed theoretical-methodological device on which a comprehensive Archaeology of Architecture could be based. It brings together the papers from two EAA sessions organized in San Petersburg 2003 and Lyon 2004. The interest in this line of work became evident in both sessions, with outstanding contributions from several European specialists, who at the same time, focused attention on chronological-cultural matters spanning the period from the Neolithic to the Modern Age. It follows on from BAR S1175 (2003) by the same editors. Contents: 1) The Lower Danube Chalcolithic Megaron House with Internal Column: the Technology of Building interpreted through experiments (Dragos Gheorghiu); 2) Liminality and the management of space on Late Bronze Age settlements in central and Eastern Slovenia (Phil Mason); 3) Architectural analysis of monumental motives Towards a methodological investigation into Iron Age drystone roundhouses in Scotland: an interim’s statement from an architectural perspective (Tanja Romankiewicz); 4) Landscape, Material Culture and Social Process along Galician Iron Age: the Architecture of Castros of Neixón (Galicia, Spain) (Xurxo M. Ayán Vila); 5) The ordinary medieval house: the use of wall stratification in French preventive archaeology of built space (Astrid Huser); 6) Concepts dominants en construction ancienne de maisons d’habitation de la zone forestière de la région de l’Oural ouest (Elisaveta Tchernykh); 7) The fortress of Rocha Forte and European military building trends A concentric castle (14th century) (Xosé M. Sánchez Sánchez); 8) The Archaeological impact of the Lisbon earthquake (1755): the Archaeology of Built Space applied to the monastery of Santa María de Melón (Galice, Spain) (Rebeca Blanco Rotea and Begoña Fernández González); 9) Deep-mapping the Gumuz house (Alfredo González Ruibal, Xurxo M. Ayán Vila and Álvaro Falquina Aparicio).
BAR S1970 2009: Toolkit Structure and Site Use: Results of a High-Power Use-Wear Analysis of Lithic Assemblages from Solutré (Saône-et-Loire), France by William E. Banks. ISBN 9781407305035. £26.00. iii+72 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
Upper Paleolithic groups used the open-air site of Solutré (Saône-et-Loire, south-eastern France) as a location to intercept and hunt horse and reindeer herds. The primary goal of this study is to conduct a high-power use-wear analysis of a sample of lithic artifacts from each of the Upper Paleolithic cultural components in an effort to address a number of topics. A further aim is to test the current inferences of site activities at Solutré and attempt to identify any consistencies and differences in lithic toolkit structure and tool use through time at the site. A use-wear analysis of this sort allows one to recognize other activities unrelated to or secondarily related to the primary site function. Such methods can also be used to determine if tool use strategies changed or remained stable over time against the backdrop of site function.
BAR S1969 2009: The Dispersal of the Neolithic over the Arabian Peninsula by Philipp Drechsler. ISBN 9781407305028. £45.00. vi+254 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs; with CD. Summary in German.
The general research question followed during the course of this study can be summarized as: Does the Neolithic in Arabia originate in the Levant? To approach this question, several facets of this topic have been investigated. The first aspect considered is the most fundamental one with respect to the general research question: What is the archaeological material evidence for the Neolithic dispersal over Arabia, and where did it originate? If one accepts the Levantine origin for the Arabian Neolithic, the next question which has to be answered is: How did it happen? Here, two opposing, general, explanatory concepts are provided in the archaeological, social and geographic sciences. The third focus of this study investigates the Neolithic dispersal over Arabia as a spatial process: What are the most advantageous routes the Levantine Neolithic herders could have taken during the dispersal? The structure of this book follows the research agenda as outlined: Chapter 1 describes the history of research in Arabia. Chapter 2 discusses the conceptual model which was developed to consider the Neolithic dispersal from the Levant as a spatial process. Chapter 3 provides details about the dispersal simulations performed with respect to the environmental situation on the Arabian Peninsula. Chapter 4 traces the dispersal routes suggested by the simulations by archaeological evidence. The concluding chapter 5 summarizes and compares the separate results of the study.
BAR S1968 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 28 Iran Palaeolithic / Le Paléolithique d’Iran edited by Marcel Otte, Ferreidoun Biglari and Jacques Jaubert. ISBN 9781407305011. £35.00. x+157 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs; papers in English and French.
Papers from the session Iran Palaeolithic presented at the XV UISPP World Congress, September 2006. Contents: 1) The Middle Palaeolithic occupation of Mar-Tarik, a new Zagros Mousterian site in Bisotun massif (Kermanshah, Iran) (J. Jaubert et al.); 2) Test Excavations at the Middle Paleolithic Sites of Qaleh Bozi, Southwest of Central Iran. A Preliminary Report (Fereidoun Biglari et al.); 3) Whither the Aurignacian in the Middle East? Assessing the Zagros Upper Paleolithic (Deborah I. Olszewski); 4) A Typo-technological Study of an Upper Paleolithic Collection from Sefid-Ab, Central Iran (Sonia Shidrang); 5) Origines du Paléolithique supérieur en Asie occidentale (Marcel Otte, Janusz K. Kozlowski); 6) The Upper Paleolithic faunal remains from Yafteh cave (central Zagros), 2005 campaign. A preliminary study (Marjane Mashkour et al.); 7) La séquence baradostienne de Yafteh (Khorramabad, Lorestan, Iran) (Jean-Guillaume Bordes, Sonia Shidrang); 8) Late Pleistocene Prehistory in Central Alborz: Preliminary Results of the French and Iranian Palaeoanthropological Programme 2006 on the excavation of Garm Roud 2 (Amol, Mazandaran) (Gilles Berillon et al.) 9) Iranian Paleolithic sites on Travertine and Tufa Formations (Saman Heydari, Elham Ghasidian, Nicholas J. Conard); 10) Late Palaeolithic cultural traditions in the Basht region of the Southwestern Zagros of Iran (Elham Ghasidian et al.); 11) The Open-air Late Paleolithic site of Bardia and the Paleolithic Occupation of the Qaleh Gusheh Sand Dunes, Esfahan Province, Iran (Nicholas J. Conard, Elham Ghasidian, Saman Heydari).
BAR S1967 2009: Health and Medicine in Ancient Egypt Magic and science by Paula Alexandra da Silva Veiga. ISBN 9781407305004. £27.00. ii+80 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
Health was a constant concern in life and even the deceased needed extra care so that they would be at their prime when enclosed in the sarcophagus; and in the possession of magical ‘weapons’ so that when they reached the Afterlife, they would be in complete possession of all their physical abilities. Medicine in ancient Egypt was trying to restrain all malefic beings from action and to preserve the well-being of the individual. Through this work, all descriptions and conceptions observed in the existing legacy of ancient Egypt will lead to conclusions that attest this unique duality: its main aim is to synthesize information from ancient Egyptian daily life; everything that has been written upon it and analyzed until today, throughout the world, in different perspectives and several languages, thus giving a contribution for international research and also possible future contributions for medicine and Egyptology. This work is divided into four chapters: Chapter 1: Sources of Information; Medical and Magical Papyri; Chapter 2: Heka –“the art of the magical written word”; Chapter 3: Pathological types; Chapter 4: Medical-magical prescriptions and their ingredients; this list is a description that contemplates from the global perspective to details, revealing all, from general existing sources to particular ingredients used in prescriptions.
 BAR S1966 2009: Culture, History and Identity: Landscapes of Inhabitation in the Mount Kilimanjaro Area, Tanzania Essays in Honour of Paramount Chief Thomas Lenana Mlanga Marealle II (1915-2007) edited by Timothy A. R. Clack. ISBN 9781407304496. £50.00. vi+303 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
Contents: Introduction: Landscapes of Inhabitation on Mount Kilimanjaro (Timothy Clack); 1) A Global Adventure and Conservation Icon (Jeffrey Durrant); 2) Past in the Present: Tradition, Land and ‘Customary’ Law on Kilimanjaro 1880-1980 (Sally Falk Moore); 3) People of the Banana Garden: Placing the Dead at the Ultimate Home in Kilimanjaro (Päivi Hasu); 4) Social and Cultural Dimensions of Irrigation Management in Kilimanjaro (Mattias Tagseth); 5) The History of Pre-colonial and Early Colonial Agriculture on Mount Kilimanjaro: A Review (Daryl Stump and Mattias Tagseth); 6) Becoming Chagga: Population and Politics around Kilimanjaro before 1886 (Festo Mkenda); 7) Politics, Cattle and Ivory: Regional Interaction and Changing Land-use Prior to Colonialism (Thomas Hakansson); 8) Continuity and Change in the Historical Landscape of Mount Kilimanjaro: The Rau Forest and Ashira Parish (Robert Munson); 9) Local Memories of Famines (Ludgar Wimmelbücker); 10) Infusing the Sacred: Syncretistic Landscapes, Ritual Performance and Religious Experience in Chaggaland (Timothy Clack); 11) The Impact of Population Pressure on Land Management in Kilimanjaro (Paul Maro); 12) Coffee and Dairying in Kilimanjaro: Historical Development, Income Diversification and Change in the Livelihood of the Chagga (Ntengua Mdoe); 13) Cultural responses to AIDS and Sexually Transmitted Diseases (Per Bergsjo); 14) Environment and Worldview: The Chagga Homegardens (Andreas Hemp, Claudia Hemp and J. Christoph Winter).
BAR S1965 2009: Syro-Palestinian Deities in New Kingdom Egypt The hermeneutics of their existence by Keiko Tazawa. ISBN 9781407304489. £43.00. xii+210 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs, including 2 colour plates.
How did Syro-Palestinian deities come into existence in Egyptian society? What was the raison d'etre of Syro-Palestinian deities in Egyptian society? These are among the central questions explored in this study. To answer them, the author applies interdisciplinary theories of anthropology to the pure results of data analyses of six Syro-Palestinian deities. With this purpose in mind, this work consists of compilations of as much evidence as possible of each
Deity (Baal, Reshef, Hauron, Anat, Astarte and Qadesh); analyses of these evidences from iconographic and textual representations with the use of statistical procedure; discussions of the results of these analyses for every deity from the viewpoints of history, theology, ideology and religious style and so on in the both royal and non-royal spheres; and conclusions are suggested through the discussions above with application of the anthropological theories: Tributary Relationship based on the comparative studies and Translative Adaptation theory.
BAR S1964 2009: The East European Plain on the Eve of Agriculture edited by Pavel M. Dolukhanov, Graeme R. Sarson and Anvar M. Shukurov. ISBN 9781407304472. £52.00. iv+246 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs, including 7 colour plates.
This volume deals with the prehistoric human groups and their environments that occurred during the early and middle Holocene (roughly 10 – 6 thousand years before present) in a huge segment of the Eurasian continent forming the East European Plain, which predated the early manifestations of food-producing economies: agriculture and stock-rearing. In archaeological terms widely accepted in the West, this period corresponds to the Mesolithic, panoply of hunter-gathering communities that evolved in the aftermath of the Last Ice Age. Contents: 1) Theoretical Background (P.M. Dolukhanov); 2) Geography of East European Plain (P.M. Dolukhanov); 3) Initial Human Settlement of East European Plain (P.M. Dolukhanov et al.); 4) The Mesolithic of East European Plain (P.M. Dolukhanov); 5) Late Quaternary Environments of Northern Black Sea Area (E.P. Larchenkov et al.); 6) The Holocene Vegetation, Climate and Early Human Subsistence in the Ukraine (G.A. Pashkevich & N.P. Gerasimenko); 7) Multiple sources for Neolithic European agriculture: Geographical origins of early domesticates in Moldova and Ukraine (G. Motuzaite-Matuzeviciute et al.); 8) Late Quaternary Environments of the North Caspian Lowland (P.M. Dolukhanov et al.); 9) The Middle Volga Neolithic (A.A. Vybornov et al.); 10) The North Caspian Mesolithic and Neolithic (A.A. Vybornov et al.); 11) The Lower Don Neolithic (A.L. Aleksandrovsky et al.); 12) Early Neolithic in the South of East European Plain (P. M. Dolukhanov et al.); 13) The Holocene Environment and Prehistoric Settlements in North-Western and Central Russia (Kh.A. Arslanov et al.); 14) The Holocene History of the Baltic Sea, Ladoga Lake and Early Human Movements (D.A. Subetto et al.); 15) Mesolithic and Neolithic in the Western Dvina-Lovat Area (A.N. Mazurkevich et al.); 16) The Beginning of Farming in the Eastern Baltic Area (A. Kriiska); 17) Early Farming and Metal Working in Boreal Russia: Zhizhitsa Lake Sits Case Study (B.S. Korotkevich et al.); 18) Mesolithic and Neolithic in North Eastern Europe (M. Lavento & P.M. Dolukhanov); 19) Multiple Sources of the European Neolithic: Mathematical Modelling Constrained by Radiocarbon Dates (K. Davison et al.); 20) Mathematical Modelling of the Neolithic Transition: a Review for Non-Mathematicians (J. Fort); 21) Population Spread Along Self-organized Paths (F.G. Feugier et al.); 22) Archaeology and Languages in Northern Eurasia: New Evidence and Hypotheses (P.M. Dolukhanov); 23) Human Genetics and Neolithic Dispersals (O.P. Balanovsky).
BAR S1963 2009: Santuarios y rituales en la Hispania Céltica by Silvia Alfayé Villa. ISBN 9781407304465. £78.00. xiv+583; 492 maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs; in Spanish.
This volume is a study of later Iberian prehistory and contributes to our understanding of the range of religious beliefs and practices present in the Celtic-speaking world. The author has brought together a huge mass of data and has added to it the results of her own careful observations through fieldwork and museum studies. It offers, for the first time, a balanced review of a data-set of crucial interest in the study of European pre and proto history. Dr Alfaye presents her results at several levels. There is an overview of earlier perceptions of “sacrificial stones and altars” presented in the context of developing visions of Celts and Druids beginning in the seventeenth century. There follows an in-depth study of one of the most extensively excavated hill top settlements – Numancia – a site which presents a microcosm of the issues involved in attempting to use raw archaeological evidence to interpret human behaviour. In addition there is a detailed assessment of urban and domestic sanctuaries and votive deposits; a detailed consideration of cave sanctuaries; and studies of votive metalwork, of the enigmatic “verracos”, of epigraphy from sanctuaries and or ritual artefacts. The research has been conducted, analysed and presented in the full knowledge of the much broader context of Celtic religion. Sylvia Alfaye’s new and original study of the religious beliefs and practices of Celtic Iberia helps us to address the crucial question of just how deep the roots of Iberian practices of the later first millennium BC run, and how much is shared with the broader region of Western Europe.
BAR S1962 2009: Measured on Stone: Stone Artefact Reduction, Residential Mobility, and Aboriginal Land Use in Arid Central Australia by Wallace Boone Law. ISBN 9781407304458. £37.00. x+154 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs .
This monograph explores the many ways in which stone artefact reduction can be measured and used to discern prehistoric changes in artefact technology and land use from two sites in arid Australia. Several empirical techniques are used to investigate the nature of stone artefact reduction on spatial and chronological scales at Puli Tjulkura quarry (a white chert stone artefact quarry and primary reduction site located near Mt. Peculiar, approximately 280km west of Alice Springs, Northern Territory) and Puritjarra rockshelter (located in the Cleland Hills of the Northern Territory approximately 50km southwest of Puli Tjulkura), two important Central Australian archaeological sites that both geochemical and ethnographic studies reveal are interrelated. From the studies, fresh insights are given upon the changing the settlement and subsistence strategies employed by early populations. It is concluded that the middle and late Holocene reduction trends recorded at Puritjarra are associated with a provisioning strategy and land use system characteristic of an increasingly mobile population.
 BAR S1960 2009: En Quête de la Lumière / In Quest of Light. Mélanges in Honorem Ashraf A. Sadek edited by Amanda–Alice Maravelia. ISBN 9781407304441. £45.00. xvii+221 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs; in French with English summary.
Contents: Prologue: Témoignage (Adel Sidarus); Introduction (Amanda-Alice Maravelia); 1) Cette Obscure Clarté qui tombe des Étoiles : Les Fêtes de Fondation et de Dédicace du Temple d’Edfou (Bernard Arquier & Nadine Guilhou); 2) Ténèbres et Lumières: A Propos d’une Scène Représentée à la Fin du Livre de la Nuit (Anne-Sophie Goddio-von Bomhard); 3) A Bronze Aegis of King Amasis II in the Egyptian Museum, Cairo (Sergej Ivanov); 4) Weni the Elder and his Royal Background (Naguib Kanawati); 5) The Growth of Plants in the Light of the Sun-God (Silvia Wiebach-Koepke); 6) Quelques Étincelles de Lumière Égyptienne pour la Théorie Nostratique: Une Lueur venue de l’Ancien Égyptien, du Copte, de l’Afro-Asiatique (Jean-Pierre Levet); 7) Les Astres selon l’Hymne Orphique Homonyme et des Textes (Funéraires) Égyptiens : Aspects d’une Métaphysique de la Lumière (Amanda-Alice Maravelia); 8) Lux et Lex: Les Six Pharaons Législateurs, d’après Diodore de Sicile (Bernadette Menu); 9) The Sun’s Rays and the Divine Image of Ramesses II (Alicia Meza); 10) The Corn-Mummy KS 342 of the Museo Civico Archeologico di Bologna (Daniela Picchi); 11) Solar Notions, Rituals and Images in Pre–Dynastic Egypt (Tatjana A. Sherkova); 12) Les Hypocéphales: Une Glorification Lumineuse d’Osiris (Brigitte Vallée); 13) Les Coptes vus par le Voyageur Johann Michael Vansleb au XVIIe Siècle (Gilbert-Robert Delahaye); 14) Philological Thoughts about the Theological Meaning of Light in Some Ancient Egyptian Words (Brigitte Göde); 15) L’Aveugle de Naissance ayant miraculeusement trouvé la Lumière, selon la «Vieille» Version Biblique Égyptienne (Bohairique B4-B74, Bodmer III, Ioan., IX) (Rodolphe Kasser); 16) De l’Âne à Roulettes à l’Âme de Lumière: pour une Lecture Iconographique du Chapiteau de la Fuite en Égypte de la Cathédrale d’Autun (Bernadette Sadek); 17) A Narrow-Sleeved Woollen Tunic from Byzantine Egypt (Sophia Tsourinaki); 18) The Monastery of Saint Macarius in the 16th Century (Youhanna Nessim Youssef); Epilogue: Conclusions, CV & Bibliography of Dr Ashraf Sadek (Amanda-Alice Maravelia).
BAR S1957 2009: Freiburg Dissertations in Aegean Archaeology 3 Raum und Ritus. Zur Rekonstruktion minoischer Kultpraxis by Mara Zatti. ISBN 9781407304403. £34.00. 145 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
In this study of Minoan cult practice, the author looks beyond the many vivid images from Cretan prehistory, focussing on the stratigraphy of the artefacts and buildings. She lists all the known cultural rooms in a database and divides them into “primary” and “secondary” rooms, according to their cultural objects and architectural situation. The former were selected for their good state of preservation, with their artefacts found in situ. These rooms were characterised by objects which were recognised as “cultural” by archaeology, present in other ancient religions better known from written sources (Egyptian, Hittite, Greek). Using this data it became clear that the same objects appeared in different contexts and their impact was only intelligible in combination with other findings belonging to the same surrounding architecture. Four groups of cultic activities were thus identified: Small offerings; Animal sacrifices; Ceremonial events; Purification rites.
BAR S1956 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 38 Antiquarians at the Megaliths edited by Magdalena S. Midgley. ISBN 9781407304397. £27.00. iii+78 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
Papers from the session ‘Antiquarians at the Megaliths’ presented at the XV UISPP World Congress, Lisbon, 2006. Contents: 1) Antiquarians at the megaliths: Introductory thoughts (Magdalena S. Midgley); 2) Chronicle of megalith research in the Netherlands, 1547-1900 (Jan Albert Bakker); 3) Jean-Marie Bachelot de la Pylaie (1786-1856). The journey of an archeologist among the antiquaries in Brittany in the second half of the XIXth century (Serge Cassen and Cyrille Chaigneau); 4) The Videdys long dolmen 1643-2006 (Torben Dehn); 5) Research history of the Altmark megalithic tombs (Barbara Fritsch); 6) Nineteenth-century Portuguese at the megaliths (Ana Cristina Martins); 7) William Greenwell and the diversity of antiquarianism (Jeff Sanders); 8) The Lukis family of Guernsey and the study of megaliths in the 19th century (Heather Sebire); 9) Antiquarians at Swedish megaliths by Karl-Göran Sjögren).
BAR S1955 2009: Ancient Maya Cityscapes Insights from Lagartera and Margarita, Quintana Roo, Mexico by Laura Villamil. ISBN 9781407304380. £40.00. vii+206 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
This study examines the spatial organization and long-term development of two ancient Maya centres – Lagartera and Margarita – located in south-central Quintana Roo, Mexico, that were occupied from the Middle Preclassic (ca. 500 B.C.) to the Terminal Classic (ca. A.D. 1000). Archaeological research at these two sites was designed to investigate the socio-political factors responsible for their different layouts. Spatial data, obtained through survey and mapping, and chronological data, obtained through excavations, were used to identify patterns in the built environments and to reconstruct the history of occupation of each site. By comparing the layout, composition, temporal development, and regional context of Lagartera and Margarita, this study highlights various dimensions of variability among ancient Maya centres and discusses the sources of this variability.
BAR S1954 2009: Archaeozoological Approach to Medieval Moldavia by Luminita Bejenaru. ISBN 9781407304373. £34.00. 153 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
In this work the author correlates animal history with the evolution of human society and with the ecological transformations in mediaeval Moldavia, revealing the role played by animals in the life of mediaeval communities, the exploitation strategies employed, the dynamics of the morphology, and the distribution of various animal species in mediaeval Moldavia. The objectives in view were: to evaluate the animal resources and the purposes of their use in various mediaeval settlements in Moldavian; to identify consumer diversity depending on the geographical, ethnical and religious factors on the urban or rural environment; to describe different animal species identified starting from the archaeozoological samples and to establish certain racial types of domestic animals in mediaeval Moldavia on the basis of the correlation of archaeozoological and historiographical data, as well as present-day zootechnological data; to estimate the ways in which animals were utilized (age, gender, butchering methods, etc.). The work is presented in four chapters, followed by conclusions, bibliography, and appendices of metric data inventories. The first chapter presents the general study framework and background on previously published data. Chapter two provides a general description of the archaeozoological samples on which the synthetic analysis is founded. Chapter three is an investigation of the animal resources used in mediaeval Moldavia. Chapter four contains the osteometric description of the domestic animal species identified in the archaeological samples.
BAR S1953 2009: Geoarchaeology of Lebanon’s Ancient Harbours by Nick Marriner. ISBN 9781407304366. £50.00. vii+307 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
Beirut, Sidon and Tyre have been occupied by human societies since the third millennium BC. The sites grew up around easily defendable promontories, for Beirut and Sidon, and an offshore island, as in the case of Tyre. All three possessed natural low energy basins that could be exploited as anchorage havens with little or no need for human artificialisation. In spite of their former maritime glories, however, the evolution of these three important Phoenician citystates has remained largely enigmatic. Chapter 1: Although innumerable studies have addressed the various aspects of ancient harbour geoarchaeology, there is no single monograph that treats the subject in its entirety. The aim of this first
chapter is therefore to comprehensively review the present literature, and set ancient harbour geoscience within the wider context of Mediterranean coastal archaeology Chapter 2: The most pronounced coastal changes of all three sites have been observed at Tyre and this chapter analyses the role of various natural and anthropogenic forcings to reconstruct the Holocene accretion and progradation of Tyre’s ‘tombolo’, a peculiar sand isthmus linking the former offshore bastion to the continent. Chapter 3: The exact location of Tyre’s ancient anchorages has been a source of archaeological speculation since the sixteenth century and this chapter reviews this earlier literature before moving on to precisely relocate the ancient northern harbour, the city’s principal transport hub during antiquity, and its phases of evolution. Chapter 4: At Sidon, coastal stratigraphy has been used to reconstruct where, when and how the city’s ancient anchorages evolved. During the Bronze Age, the city’s southern bay, or ‘Crique Ronde’. Chapter 5: At Beirut, redevelopment of the central business district during the 1990s exposed great tracts of the city’s archaeology. Often dubbed as the ‘largest archaeological dig in the world’ the author and his team were called upon to link the historical data with the coastal stratigraphy and reconstruct the ancient harbour’s history. Chapter 6 draws together the data from all three sites to propose a general model of Phoenician harbour evolution since the Bronze Age.
BAR S1952 2009: Prehistoria de la navegación Origen y desarrollo de la arquitectura naval primigenia by Víctor M. Guerrero Ayuso. ISBN 9781407304359. £54.00. xii+352 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs; in Spanish.
A study of vessels in prehistory, both sea and river, and in all materials, from around the world.
BAR S1951 2009: Beazley Archive - Studies in Gems and Jewellery 4 Gem Mounts and the Classical Tradition Supplement to A Collection of Classical and Eastern Intaglios, Rings and Cameos (2003) by Claudia Wagner and John Boardman. ISBN 9781407304342. £35.00. 120 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, drawings and 22 colour plates.
This volume is intended to supply some supplementary information about the gems and cameos published in A Collection of Classical and Eastern Intaglios, Rings and Cameos, published in 2003 as BAR S1136 These had been chosen from a large private collection formed mainly in Italy from about 1921 into the 1960s. It comprised ancient gems but there was a number of post-antique, and part of this publication is devoted to further consideration of some of them, as well as of some comparable examples in the collection not included before, and especially to their later, most distinctive mounts, a feature not always much remarked or explored in publications of ancient gems in later settings. Those on gems in this collection are mainly remarkable for demonstrating some characteristically elaborate Sicilian methods of mounting gems, mainly of the 18th century, and not commonly encountered in published collections. The opportunity is also taken to add a few more interesting examples from the collection, and to republish in colour some of the more important pieces in the original catalogue. The opportunity is, moreover, also taken reflect briefly upon the way in which the ancient traditions in gem engraving and the classical style and subject matter survived or was revived and rediscovered in later centuries. The accompanying text attempts also to summarise some of the problems of original and copy, not only à propos of gems. The study of such matters is extremely complex, requiring a breadth of knowledge about both antiquity and the artistic and literary activities of both the Renaissance and the Neo-Classical movements of the 17th to 19th centuries. A further essay explores the ways by which the subjects of the gems became known beyond the world of those who owned or could readily view the originals, since the publication of gems, by drawing or facsimile, plays a major role in the whole story. This offers the opportunity to illustrate pages from antiquarian books to demonstrate the style and quality of reproduction available and practised before photography.
BAR S1950 2009: Dollkeim-Kovrovo, Kaliningrad Region, Russia Research on the cemetery conducted in 1879 and 1992-2002 by V.I. Kulakov. ISBN 9781407304335. £55.00. iv+333 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
This monograph is the first within the European scholarship that presents data based on an archaeological site of the southeast Baltic. The flat cemetery of Dollkeim-Kovrovo is located in the Kaliningrad Oblast’ (Region) of Russia. Contents: Foreword; 1) History of research and historiography; 2) Catalogue of burials at the Dollkeim cemetery investigated in 1879; 3) Catalogue of objects excavated by the Baltic expeditions in 1992, 1994 and 1998-2002; 4) Chance finds and destroyed burials; 5) Catalogue of destroyed and incomplete burial assemblages found out on the Dollkeim-Kovrovo cemetery (1992-2002); 5) Religious structure at Dollkeim-Dolhaims; 6) The initial typological and chronological analysis of burial assemblages of the Dollkeim cemetery; 7) Chronology of Dollkeim’s burials; 8) Ethnic groups of Austeravia; Bibliography; Archival materials and German summary.
BAR S1949 2009: Procesos de formación de sitios arqueológicos: tres casos de estudio en la Puna meridional catamarqueña argentina by Débora M. Kligmann. ISBN 9781407304328. £58.00. xvi+359 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
Analyses of site formation processes in the Argentine Puna are uncommon and they are mainly devoted to answering taphonomic questions; understanding site formation processes is a prerequisite before inferring past human activity from the spatial distribution of the material remains recovered at any site. The main objective for this research (focusing on a high altitude marsh called “Vega de San Francisco” in the Puna region, located 21 km from the Argentina-Chile border) was to reconstruct the formation processes of the excavated units through the analysis of their sediments, providing the necessary information to discuss human occupation intensity as well as to examine site usage throughout the passage of time. The sediment analysis provided three research avenues: physical/chemical properties, microvertebrates and microfossils. A fourth avenue was explored by using information obtained through experimental control sites.
 BAR S1948 2009: The Archaeology of Pilgrimage on the Camino de Santiago de Compostela A landscape perspective by Julie Candy. ISBN 9781407304311. £35.00. vi+153 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
Theoretical perspectives on landscape and bodily engagement with place inform an approach to the medieval pilgrimage to Santiago de Compostela. Focused primarily, but not exclusively, on the central Middle Ages, this research confronts two core questions: How did transient, mobile groups perceive and experience the diverse terrain of the pilgrim route in northern Spain? And how may their ephemeral presence be traced in the archaeological record? This study is underpinned by the conviction that the journey of medieval pilgrims, as opposed to their destination, deserves greater scrutiny. Pilgrimage is envisaged as a sequence of movement through landscapes, in which both built “sites” and unaltered aspects of the physical environment, such as rivers, mountains and arid plains, are integral to the
experience and meaning of devotional travel. Three topographically distinct ‘study areas’ along the length of the Camino de Santiago in Navarre, Burgos and Galicia form the basis for the analysis of localised sets of material culture. Within these areas, historical and geographical information, surviving monuments and structures, and a fieldwork plan designed to engage with the processes of making a linear journey, combine to form data-sets from which to tackle more refined contextual research questions. Significant issues include pilgrim versus local identity, the exertion of control over the flow of traffic, the material expression of religious behaviour and, throughout, the complex meshing of landscape, perception, movement and belief. The research carried out for this thesis represents a positive addition to current debate that scrutinises the role of archaeology in the interrogation of ritual and religion in the past.
BAR S1946 2009: Roman Amphitheatres and Spectacula: a 21st-Century perspective Papers from an international conference held at Chester, 16th-18th February, 2007 edited by Tony Wilmott. ISBN 9781407304267. £44.00. i+238 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs, including 16 colour plates.
Papers from the international conference held at Chester, England, in February 2007 on Roman Amphitheatres and Spectacular. Contents: 1) Introduction (Tony Wilmott); 2) The setting out of amphitheatres: ellipse or oval? – Questions answered and not answered (Mark Wilson Jones); 3) The amphitheatres in Hispania: recent investigations (Rosalía Durán Cabello, Carmen Fernández Ochoa and Ángel Morillo Cerdan); 4) Amphitheatres in the Roman East (Hazel Dodge); 5) Amphitheatres of Auxiliary Forts on the Frontiers (C. Sebastian Sommer); 6) Excavations on the legionary amphitheatres of Chester (Deva), Britain (Tony Wilmott and Dan Garne); 7) Excavations on the legionary amphitheatre of Burnum, Croatia (Zeljko Miletic and Miroslav Glavicic); 8) The Roman amphitheatre at Richborough (Rutupiae) Kent: non-invasive research (Tony Wilmott, Louise Martin and Neil Linford); 9) The Trier amphitheatre, an ancient monument in the light of new research (Hans-Peter Kuhnen); 10) Theatres and Amphitheatres in Augst (Augusta Raurica), Switzerland (Thomas Hufschmid); 11) The amphitheatre of Serdica, Sofia, Bulgaria (Zharin Velichkov); 12) Pre-Augustan Seating in Italy and the West (Tamara Jones); 13) Function and Community: some thoughts on the amphitheatres of Roman Britain (Tony Wilmott); 14) What’s the point of London’s amphitheatre? - a clue from Diana (Nick Bateman); 15) The Magerius mosaic revisited (David Bomgardner); 16) What can the Inscriptions tell us about Spectacles? The example of Africa Proconsularis (Renate Lafer); 17) Reading Pompeii’s Walls: A Social archaeological approach to Gladiatorial Graffiti (Pedro Paulo A. Funari and Renata S. Garrafoni); 18) Victory and Defeat in the Roman Arena: the Evidence of Gladiatorial Iconography (Jon Coulston); 19) Dying in the Arena: the Osseous Evidence from Ephesian Gladiators (Fabian Kanz and Karl Grossschmidt); 20) No More Fun? The Ends of Entertainment Structures in the Late Roman West (Neil Christie).
BAR S1945 2009: Étude du matériel de Hulbuk (Mā waxa' al-nahr Khuttal), de la conquête islamique jusqu'au milieu du XIe siècle (90/712-441/1050) Contribution à l'étude de la céramique islamique d'Asie centrale by M. Pierre Siméon. ISBN 9781407304250. £62.00. 428 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs; in French with English summary.
This study sets forth a typological classification of hitherto undocumented ceramic artefacts from the Hulbuk excavation site (south east of Tadjikistan, Kuliob district). This material from the ninth to the mid-eleventh century, collected from 1953 to 1978 by the Russian-Tadjik campaigns, mainly comes from the citadel, some wells located in the lower part of the city and from one or two kilns. Concentrating on this site – the capital of Khuttal – the author focuses on the material culture of the Turkish-Iranian dynasty. Previous research in this area has not been on the same scale as that undertaken in mediaeval Central Asia (West to East Turkmenistan, Uzbekistan, Tajikistan, Kirghizstan and South Kazakhstan). The chronological period in question is rich in technical innovations and decorative creations. The ninth century saw the beginning of the development of glazed pottery. Under the Abbasids, considerable advances were made in science, in particular chemistry, and this led to the emergence of techniques, such as glaze, which modified the ceramic craft. In Part 1, the author examines specific aspects of the geography and history of Central Asia at the beginning of medieval period (the eighth to the eleventh century) to shed light on the extent to which this vast central-Asian area was physically and ideologically conquered. Regarding the Arab-Islamic conquest of this area, the study shows as far as is possible how a new culture and religion penetrated these countries, presenting also the influence of Near-East dynasties and the gradual lack of control of the caliph on local dynasties. Contacts and political tensions with China and tribal Turks are also taken into consideration. For the ceramic study (Part 2), the author puts in place a typology according to: fabric and shape for glazed and unglazed pottery; the nature of the glaze and decoration; and additives in the glaze-ware. This research offers an important ceramics corpus in a new typo-morphology, of interest to historians and archaeologists working on central-Asian Islamic pottery. Part 3 deals with the technical particularities of this geographical area, presenting a typology of ceramics produced in Hulbuk, and highlighted specific elements required for the manufacture of pottery (moulds), including placing and firing the pottery in the kiln. Part 4 deals briefly with the distribution of glazed and unglazed types of mains ceramics and commercial paths according to the historical sources.
 BAR S1944 2009: Ani 2004: Indagini sugli insediamenti sotterranei /Surveys on the underground settlements testi, foto e grafiche / texts, photos and graphics An examination of the underground structures of the ancient Armenian capital of Ani by Roberto Bixio, Vittoria Caloi, Vittorio Castellani and Mauro Traverso. ISBN 9781407304243. £27.00. 82 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs; in English and Italian.
The 2004 Ani (the ancient Armenian capital on the eastern border of modern Turkey) expedition was devoted to the inspection of the underground structures. The monumental town was built around the 10th century on a platform defined by deep canyons which cut the volcanic rocks of the plateau. The artificial cavities are located all along the walls of the canyons, often in two or more layers. The structures were first investigated in 1915, beginning a process of identifying, exploring and classified more than 800 cave forms. The 2004 mission checked the status of the dwellings with respect to the investigation of 90 years before, to undertake a detailed exploration of some selected dwellings chosen as term of comparison, and to investigate with special care those underground structures which were inside or close to the city walls, in order to establish the relations between the town and the underground sites. The first chapter of the report gives a short account of the objectives of the 2004 mission, together with an overview of the relevant literature and of the history of the town. Chapter 2 deals with the settlements outside the town (the rural settlements). The underground sites inside the town walls are discussed in Chapter 3. The nature of the underground sites is discussed in Chapter 4.
BAR S1943 2009: Karia and the Hekatomnids The creation of a dynasty by Anne Marie Carstens. ISBN 9781407304236. £35.00. 168 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs.
On the specific level, this work is an enquiry into Karia (south-western Turkey) and the Hekatomnids in the 4th century BC, a Persian satrapy and its political strategies expressed in its state monuments. On the general level, this is a study of divine kingship, on the creation of a national or shared identity, on acculturation and colonialism: thereby also on globalization. The result may be characterized as an ethnological dissertation on a topic of ancient history elucidated through archaeological analyses. The monograph examines how the Hekatomnids created a successful and prosperous dynasty, providing a lesson on how to enact, stage, and maintain power, by an active use of style and cultural affiliations. It is a study of the formation of an iconography of royal ideology (in its broadest sense) in the Hekatomnid dynasty of the 4th century BC, exploring the nature of power, ethnicity, and acculturation. Above all, the study narrates the story from the perspective of Karia as Karian – a landscape and people like other landscapes and peoples formed by its geographical, geopolitical, and cultural position.
 BAR S1942 2009: The Architectural Decoration of Marina el-Alamein An analysis and catalogue of the late Hellenistic and Roman decorative architectural features of the town and cemetery by Rafal Czerner. ISBN 9781407304229. £33.00. xi+132 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs, 12 in colour. Catalogue of architectural features.
The present study focuses on the ancient architectural decoration of a particular form uncovered on the excavation site of modern Marina which lies on the Mediterranean coast of Egypt, about 6 km east of el-Alamein. Also known as el-Bahrein, it is located 96 km west of Alexandria, 40 km west of ancient Taposiris Magna (Abu Sir), and 185 km east of Paraetonium (Marsa Matruh). For the past twenty years, Polish and Egyptian missions have been conducting archaeological research and preservation of the remains of the Hellenistic-Roman town and necropolis found on this spot and tentatively identified on the basis of descriptions of ancient destruction on the Mediterranean coast. The excavations occupy a section of the lagoon coast more than 1000 m long E-W and about 550 m wide N-S. The layout of the ancient town has been reconstructed on the basis of results of investigations conducted to date. The harbour infrastructure, including warehouses of which ruins have survived, lay immediately on the coast. Directly to the south of the port and commercial quarter, was the city centre which included baths, a civic basilica and other public buildings around a porticoed main square. Surrounding the centre were densely occupied habitation quarters. Remains of more than 50 different architectural structures have been discovered in the town and necropolis. On the basis of archaeological evidence, the town functioned from the 2nd century BC to the beginning of the 7th century AD. The earliest remains, some even from the mid 2nd century BC, were found in the necropolis. A very specific type of architectural decoration characterized by simplification and decorative geometrization appears in Marina where it also seems to have been prevalent. This kind of stylization has been associated mainly with Petra where a similar architectural decoration was commonly applied. Having been recognized first in Petra, it came to be known as Nabatean. The stylized architectural decoration discovered at Petra and Hegra is so specific and dissimilar from any of the Classical orders that it has even been described on occasion as a separate architectural order.
BAR S1941 2009: The Pottery Figurines of Pre-Columbian Peru Volume I: The figurines of the North Coast by Alexandra Morgan. ISBN 9781407304212. £62.00. 434 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, tables, drawings and photographs.
Pre-Columbian pottery figurines from Peru occur in astonishingly large numbers in museum and private collections. However in the published literature they generally occupy a place of ‘also ran’. The reason for this may be that—because of their scarcity in controlled excavations—their potential importance has been undervalued. The main purpose of this work therefore has been to fill this gap in the archaeological record by presenting a Corpus of Peruvian pottery figurines. This volume analyses material from the north coast of Peru and two subsequent volumes are planned to cover the central coast and the southern coast. For each geographic area the figurine groups are presented in chronological order. The periods covered are: The Preceramic Period; The Formative Period (subdivided into: The Lower or Early Formative, also known as Initial Period, The Middle Formative, incorporating the Early Horizon, The Epiformative, straddling Lumbreras’s Upper Formative and the beginning of the Early Intermediate Period); The Early Intermediate Period; The Middle Horizon; The Late Intermediate Period; The Late Horizon or Inca Period. Each figurine is listed on a Table, containing all the relevant data (collection, site provenance, sex, measurements, surface colour, manufacturing technique, special features and reference to publications) and illustrated on a Plate. The analytical part lists the group characteristics and discusses special features, links with other groups, context, geographic distribution and chronology of each group or sub-group. Additional data are presented in four Appendices: Appendix 1: Gives details about specific museum collections (acquisition of figurines, reliability of given provenances, etc.). Appendix 2: Describes some of the sites, with the location of successive excavations, dating of features etc. Appendix 3: Lists and briefly describes all the recorded gravelots containing figurines. Appendix 4: Quotes references to idols found in the chroniclers.
 BAR S1940 2009: University of Southampton Series in Archaeology 1 The Cave of Hearths: Makapan Middle Pleistocene Research Project Field research by Anthony Sinclair and Patrick Quinney, 1996-2001 edited by John McNabb and Anthony Sinclair. ISBN 9781407304205. £45.00. xii+193 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, tables, drawings and photographs, 2 in colour.
This volume represents the efforts of a significant collaborative project and provides a completely up-to-date interpretation of the Cave of Hearths (Makapan Cave Valley, Limpopo Province, South Africa), which has played a key role in furthering knowledge of hominin prehistory and evolution in southern Africa. This work provides new analyses and interpretations of this important site and its archaeology, geology and palaeontology.
BAR S1939 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 11 Non-Flint Raw Material Use in Prehistory / L’utilisation préhistorique de matières premières lithiques alternatives Old prejudices and new directions / Anciens préjugés, nouvelles perspectives edited by Farina Sternke, Lotte Eigeland and Laurent-Jacques Costa. ISBN 9781407304199. £45.00. xiv+248 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. Papers in English and French.
Papers from the session ‘Non-Flint Raw Material Use in Prehistory: Old prejudices and new directions’ (Vol. 11, Session C77) presented at the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents: 1) The Scar Identification of Lithic Quartz Industries (Arturo de Lombera Hermida); 2) Reflections on Prismatic Blades - The Terminology of Blades and Classification of Lithic Artefacts in Central Sweden (Per Falkenström); 3) Approche comportementale du Magdalénien d’après l’étude techno-fonctionnelle de l’outillage lithique hors silex. La grotte de Bourrouilla (Arancou, Pyrénées-Atlantiques, France) (Loïc Daulny & Morgane Dachary); 4) Petrographical composition and provenance of Neolithic Black stone artefacts in the collection of the Museum der Kulturen in Basel and in archaeological excavations near the shoreline of Lake Neuchâtel Switzerland (Inge Diethelm); 5) Instrumental Methods of Obsidian Characterization and Prehistoric Obsidian Provenance Studies: the current status (Gérard Poupeau, François -X. Le Bourdonnec, Sarah Delerue, Stephan Dubernet, Rosa B. Scorzelli & Mathieu Duttine); 6) Functional analysis of macro-lithic artefacts: a focus on working surfaces (Jenny Adams, Selina Delgado, Laure Dubreuil, Caroline Hamon, Hugues Plisson & Roberto Risch); 7) The rock that rocks the rock – An experimental study with hammerstones (Elin Hansen & Lotte Eigeland); 8) Lithic Raw Material Variability and Use-wear Accrual on Short-term Use Implements: An Example from Northwestern New Mexico (Harry Lerner); 9) Formation of use-wear traces in non-flint rocks: the case of quartzite and rhyolite. Differences and similarities (Ignacio Clemente Conte & Juan F. Gibaja Bao); 10) A functional comparison of Bečov quartzite and flint tools: preliminary results (Petra Priorová, Linda Hroníková & Andrea Šajnerová-Dušková); 11) Approche fonctionnelle des tessons à bords abrasés du site néolithique ancien de Kovačevo (6200-5500 avant J.-C., Bulgarie) (Julien Vieugué); 12) Quinzano and Rivoli – two Middle Neolithic sites in the Adige Valley (Verona, North-eastern Italy): lithic choices and functional aspects of the non-flint stone implements (Anna Lunardi); 13) Les râpes Baniwa et Wai Wai, derniers instruments de pierre taillé indigènes d’Amérique du Sud (André Prous, Jorge Manuel Costa e Souza, Filipe Amorelli, Marcio Alonso, Ana Carolina Rodriguez Cunha & Angelo Pessoa Lima); 14) Matières premières “alternatives” dans le Brésil central: quartz, quartzite, agate et hématite (André Prous, Andrei Isnardis, Ângelo Pessoa Lima, Marcio Alonso, Henrique Pilo & Maria Clara Migliacio); 15) Pitted and grinding stones from Middle Palaeolithic settlements in Bohemia: a functional study (Andrea Šajnerová-Dušková, Jan Fridrich & Ivana Sýkorová); 16) Le site magdalénien Final d’Etigny le Brassot (Yonne, France) : Un exemple d’utilisation des roches non taillées pour le Tardiglaciaire du bassin Parisien (Gaëlle Dumarçay); 17) The use of non-flint raw materials by Paleoindians in Eastern South America: A Brazilian perspective (Astolfo Gomes de Mello Araujo & Francisco Pugliese); 18) Lithic industries and raw material in Southern Italy Mousterian: an example from the Grotta dei Giganti (Salento, Apulia) (Enza Spinapolice); 19) The First Obsidian Workshop at the Polish Lowland – a Technological and Microwear Study (Małgorzata Winiarska-Kabacińska & Jacek Kabaciński); 20) Mesolithic quartz quarrying in Eastern Middle Sweden – In the light of a quarry excavated at Stjärneberg, Linköping (Fredrik Molin, Magnus Rolöf & Roger Wikell); 21) Obsidian Economy in the Rio Saboccu Open-Air Early Neolithic Site (Sardinia, Italy) (Carlo Lugliè, François-Xavier Le Bourdonnec, Gérard Poupeau, Consuelo Congia, Thomas Calligaro, Ignazio Sanna & Stéphan Duberne); 22) The use of quartzite as a chrono-cultural marker in the Mesolithic of the Low Countries (Yves Perdaen, Philippe Crombé & Joris Sergant); 23) Quartz and other knapped raw materials of the South Indian Neolithic: A comparison of surface assemblages from three Indian ashmound sites (Ulla Rajala, Marco Madella & Ravi Korisettar); 24) What shall we leave behind ? From the mechanical analysis of rocks to stylistic variability in the Mesolithic of Brittany (Grégor Marchand & Rodrigue Tsobgou Ahoupe); 25) Irreplaceable? Or just not indispensable … Substitution and complementarity in lithic raw material management in the Maya lowland (Chloé Andrieu).
BAR S1938 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) Le concept de territoires dans le Paléolithique supérieur européen edited by François Djindjian, Janusz Kozlowski & Nuno Bicho. ISBN 9781407304182. £46.00. x+262 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. Papers in English and French.
Papers from the session ‘Le concept de territoires dans le Paléolithique supérieur européen’ (Vol. 3, Session C16) presented at the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents: 1) Le concept de territoires pour les chasseurs cueilleurs du Paléolithique supérieur européen (François Djindjian); 2) Le concept de territoire au Paléolithique supérieur: la Pologne en périphérie septentrionale de l’oecumène (Janusz K. Kozlowski); 3) Le concept de territoire à partir des données des sites des régions du Dniepr au Paléolithique supérieur récent en Europe orientale (Lioudmila Iakovleva ); 4) Ukrainian Upper Palaeolithic between 40/10 000 BP: Current Insights into Environmental-Climatic Change and Cultural Development (Vadim N. Stepanchuk, Igor V. Sapozhnikov, Mikhail I.Gladkikh, Sergei N.Ryzhov); 5) Mobilité des groupes préhistoriques et approvisionnement en matières premières à la fin du Paléolithique supérieur dans le Petit Caucase : données récentes sur le site de plein air de Kalavan 1 (nord du lac Sevan, Arménie) (Liagre J., Arakelyan D., Gasparyan B., Nahapetyan S., Chataigner C.); 6) Searching for territoriality over a limited territory: the case of Greece (Eugenia Adam ); 7) Cultural regionalization in the Palaeolithic of the middle Danube basin and western Balkans (Dušan Mihailović, Bojana Mihailović); 8) Le concept de territoire dans le Paléolithique supérieur morave (Martin Oliva); 9) Methods of stone raw material characterisation and raw material origins in the Palaeolithic: State of art in Hungary (Katalin T. Biró, Viola T. Dobosi, András Markó); 10) Constancy and change in Upper Palaeolithic, Hungary (V.T. Dobosi); 11) The Lincombian-Ranisian-Jerzmanowician and the limits of Aurignacian expansion on the Northern European Plain (Damien Flas); 12) Le territoire de la basse vallée du Rhin, de la Meuse et de leurs affluents à la fin du paléolithique supérieur (Belgique, Hollande, Allemagne du nord-ouest) (Marcel Otte, Pierre Noiret); 13) Provenance de diverses matières premières: un indice pour définir circulations et territoires au Magdalénien supérieur en Suisse (Marie-Isabelle Cattin, Jehanne Affolter, Nigel Thew); 14) Le territoire des chasseurs aurignaciens dans les Préalpes de la Vénétie: l’exemple de la grotte de Fumane (Stefano Bertola, Alberto Broglio, Giampaolo De Vecchi, Alessandra Facciolo, Ivana Fiore, Fabio Gurioli, Pasquino Pallecchi, Antonio Tagliacozzo); 15) Ressources lithiques en Languedoc-Roussillon et territoires d’exploitations au Paléolithique supérieur (Sophie Grégoire, Frédéric Bazile, Guillaume Boccaccio); 16) Exploitation des ressources et territoire dans le Massif central français au Paléolithique supérieur: approche méthodologique et hypothèses (Laure Fontana, Mahaut Digan, Thierry Aubry, Javier Mangado Llach, François-Xavier Chauvière); 17) Mobilité, territoires et relations culturelles au début du Magdalénien moyen cantabrique: nouvelles perspectives (Mª Soledad Corchón Rodríguz, Antonio Tarriño Vinagre, Jimena Martínez); 18) Territorial patterns during Middle to Upper Palaeolithic Transition in Cantabrian Iberia (Ordoño, Javier Arrizabalaga, Alvaro ); 19) Fashion and glamour: weaponry and beads as territorial markers in Southern Iberia (Nuno Bicho); 20) Ibex as indicator of hunter-gatherer mobility during the Late Palaeolithic and Mesolithic (Paolo Boscato, Ursula Wierer).
BAR S1932 2009: Lithics in the Scandinavian Late Bronze Age Sociotechnical change and persistence by Anders Högberg. ISBN 9781407304144. £49.00. 303 pages; illustrated throughout in colour and black and white, and with fold-out plans and drawings. Indices.
Some time just after 900 BC a tool was introduced with a shaft of wood and a knife blade of flint. It was manufactured and used for cutting and reaping over a large geographical area. It was included in the ritual depositions of the age. Over time the original intention of making knife blades for a composite tool was renegotiated. The tool became part of a dynamic between old and new, for example, through manufacturing sites, use, and deposits. This original study discusses how interaction between actors and ‘actants’ during the Late Bronze Age in the area of modern southern Scandinavia created socio-technical networks of change and persistence. Flint technology was a palpable part of this, contributing to a technical shaping of society. At the same time, there was a social shaping of technology. By focusing on manufacturing sites and different ways of making large flint blade-knives the author emphasizes the dynamic between different claims in society, between two social groups – the institution of the transformer and the institution of the innovator. Large flint blade-knives were a point of reference to certain ideas about new technology in the form of the use of flint and iron. This was the dynamic that gradually marginalized older positions of power, and over a long time it had the effect of shaping society in a new way. The author’s findings show that this was not to do with a direct change between ‘Bronze Age’ and ‘Iron Age’: there was something else in between. This ‘something else’ has not been formulated before and the results demonstrate how intentions and consequences do not necessarily follow straight lines. Nevertheless, a consequence was – just before 500 BC – that society changed: iron attained widespread distribution and the large flint blade-knives disappeared.
 BAR S1931 2009: Nautical Archaeology Society Monograph Series (NAS) 2 Records of Traditional Watercraft from South and West Sri Lanka by Gerhard Kapitän . Edited by Gerald Grainge in association with Somasiri Devendra. ISBN 9781407304137. £45.00. iv+191 pages; illustrated throughout in colour and black and white, and with fold-out plans and drawings. Indices.
Gerhard Kapitän, born in Meissen (Dresden, Germany) on the 23rd April 1924, is a scholar whose main field of
study is maritime archaeology and ethnography. This book is Gerhard Kapitän’s inventory of traditional Sri Lankan watercraft and his great achievement. Prepared for publication by Gerald Grainge, in association with Somasiri Devendra, the volume represents Kapitän’s collection of scale drawings and photographs of traditional watercraft from west and south Sri Lanka. The material submitted consisted of Kapitän’s drawings, photographs and captions – still the centrepiece of the book – together with a brief introductory overview by the author (Chapter 2) and an early draft of his classification of the watercraft of Sri Lanka (Chapter 4) along with brief notes on each of the drawings. The editor has written up a brief introductory comment to each of the chapters, based on what Gerhard Kapitän had previously published. Kapitän passionately believed in the importance of the traditional watercraft of Sri Lanka in terms of heritage, not only for Sri Lanka, but for the world. His vision of a maritime museum to preserve these craft was realized in 1992 in the old Dutch warehouse, situated near the Old Gate of Galle Fort, but unfortunately it was devastated by the 2004 tsunami. This volume, an important contribution to nautical archaeology, presents a unique record of the traditional craft that plied, and in many cases still plies, around the coastal waters of Sri Lanka.
 BAR S1930 2009: The Harbour of Sebastos (Caesarea Maritima) in its Roman Mediterranean Context by Avner Raban . Edited by M. Artzy, B. Goodman and Z. Gal. ISBN 9781407304120. £49.00. xi+222 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, plans, drawings and photographs, including 4 colour plates.
The publication of the late Avner Raban’s wide-ranging work on the harbour of Sebastos (Caesarea Maritima), completed and edited by his colleagues under the aegis of Michal Artzy. Contents: Chapter I) Ancient Harbours of the Mediterranean; Chapter II) Straton’s Tower and its Havens; Chapter III) Sebastos and Caesarea; Chapter IV) Harbour Construction; Chapter V) Sebastos; Chapter VI) Imperial Harbours and Havens; Chapter VII) The Demise of Sebastos and Flourishing Caesarea; Ancient Sources; Bibliography.
 BAR S1929 2009: A Place in Europe: Bulgaria and its Museums in ‘New’ Europe by Gabriela Petkova-Campbell. ISBN 9781407304113. £35.00. vii+157 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, plans, drawings and photographs.
This book explores the origins and development of museums and heritage sites in Bulgaria (1856-2006) in relation to societal change and major historic events. It seeks to determine the key factors that promoted museum building, and pinpoint the key individuals who were involved. Original and archival sources, interviews, observations and field visits have provided a rich dataset which has been analysed to reveal how systems of power, politics and social control affected how museums were created and subsequently managed. Furthermore the Bulgarian case is situated within a broader European context and comparisons are made with the museum institutions in different countries in order to determine any specifics and particularities of Bulgarian museum building and operation. The book demonstrates how different administrations have used museums to promote their own political views of the nation’s cultural identity, and in particular how the strategies employed by the Communist regime continue to influence the museum sector today. The major contribution of this book lies in its use of archival documents. This has resulted in a different account of the formation of Bulgarian museums, on some occasions contradicting accepted histories. It also introduces the little known Bulgarian museology to a wider audience, which is seen to be important at a point in time when Bulgarian has become part of the European Union.
 BAR S1928 2009: The Portuguese City of Braga during the Modern Era Landscape and identity by Gustavo Portocarrero. ISBN 9781407304106. £30.00. v+111 pages; 36 figures, plans, drawings and photographs.
The construction of urban identities through the landscape during the Modern Era in Portugal, is an area of historical research which, so far, has been little explored. In this work, the author develops this theme with an emphasis on the city of Braga (north-west Portrugal). The study is also a ‘humanist’ alternative to the empiricism that is, presently, common in the studies of the cities of that period. Chapter 2 is a critical overview of the study of cities as it is presently conducted in Portugal. Chapter 3 delineates an alternative approach to the study of Modern Era cities in Portugal, with a focus on the concepts of identity and landscape. Chapter 4 offers a brief overview of the sources that were used in the research on Braga, with a particular focus on maps, documents and standing buildings. Chapter 5 is an analysis of what the city’s landscape looked like by the late 15th century and what can be inferred about its identity through it. Chapters 6 and 7 are about the radical changes that took place in the city’s identity and landscape in the early 16th century. Chapter 6 is about the space of the city proper and Chapter 7 discusses the outskirts. Chapter 8 relates the actions that took place in the middle of the 16th century under the initiative of the Church in order to consolidate Braga’s catholic identity. Chapter 9 deals mostly with the actions of Fr. Agostinho da Cruz in the late 16th century in order to reaffirm Braga’s primate status within the Hispanic Monarchy. Chapter 10 covers the years 1620-70, a period of strong political and social turmoil, which caused a crisis of identity in Braga. Chapter 11 argues that this crisis of identity was responsible in the late 17th century for a fragmentation of Braga’s identity into smaller ones among its inhabitants. Finally, Chapter 12 analyses the attempts by Archbishop D. Rodrigo Moura Teles in the early 18th century to create a common identity that again united Braga’s inhabitants.
BAR S1927 2009: Indigenous Archaeology in India: Prospects of an Archaeology for the Subaltern by Ajay Pratap. ISBN 9781407304090. £29.00. xi+89 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, plans, drawings and photographs.
In this book the author presents his findings connected with the archaeology of the Rajmahal Hills (Jharkhand State, north-eastern India), and discusses the wider relevance of his surface archaeology approach to the archaeology of the rest of the tribal areas of India. He also approaches the issue of a gendered study of rock-art and landscape archaeology both of which again fall within the domain of tribal archaeology proper. The author also has a keen interest in the theory of history and archaeology and writes about this subject in several of the chapters. Further sections engage in theoretical debates regarding the relationship between history and archaeology. The study concludes that it may be possible to delineate a separate domain for the archaeology of the tribal areas – called ‘subaltern archaeology’. The present work breaks further new ground in historical and archaeological research in terms of the fieldwork undertaken in the Rajmahal Hills and elsewhere in India: the novel idea being that the tribal population of India does have a long-term past – an issue thus far relatively rarely investigated.
BAR S1926 2009: Cambridge Monographs in African Archaeology 77 Using Stone Tools: The Evidence from Aksum, Ethiopia by Laurel Phillipson. ISBN 9781407304083. £34.00. iv+149 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, plans, drawings and photographs.
In this book the author presents the results of more than ten years of systematic fieldwork and analysis
of the stone tool assemblages in the region of Aksum (Ethiopia). The result is a detailed description and interpretation of the different lithic traditions which were incorporated into the local Pre-Aksumite and Aksumite cultural traditions and represented an important component of the ancient polities in the region, providing a much more complicated picture of the social and economic development of these polities than that so far outlined on the basis of the ceramic and architectural evidence. The study is a very important contribution to the archaeology of Aksum (northern Ethiopia) as well as Ethiopian and African archaeology, as it provides scholars with the first exhaustive analysis and interpretation of the stone tools dating to historical time (1st millennium BC – 1st millennium AD) in the region of Aksum. The book, moreover, is a crucial contribution to the cultural resources management in the archaeological area of Aksum insofar as it provides a complete inventory of all assemblages with stone tools in the region. These assemblages are vanishing very quickly because of the fragility of the archaeological deposits and the urban expansion in the area. Therefore, the descriptions of the sites and their assessments are most likely the last records of this evidence.
BAR S1925 2009: The Past in the Past: The Significance of Memory and Tradition in the Transmission of Culture edited by Mercourios Georgiadis and Chrysanthi Gallou. ISBN 9781407304076. £30.00. 119 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, plans, drawings and photographs.
The present volume is the outcome of a session held at the 12th European Archaeological Association conference at Krakow in Poland, in September 2006. The purpose of this volume is to present several studies related to the issues of memory, tradition and identity, and highlight different dimensions. The aim is to offer fresh views with up-to-date approaches on specific examples which follow different theoretical and thematic paths. The papers in this volume are chronologically diverse, covering prehistory, the classical period, the middle ages and as well as modern times, and are presented in this order. Spatially, they are concentrated in the Aegean and Scandinavia, offering different geographical contexts. Contents: Introduction (Mercourios Georgiadis and Chrysanthi Gallou); 1) Memory and Cultural Values in the Middle Helladic Period Some Preliminary Thoughts (Helène Whittaker); 2) Old Bulls, New Tricks: The Reinvention of a Minoan Tradition (Kathryn Soar); 3) The East Aegean-Western Anatolia in the Late Bronze Age III: what do the tombs tell us about memory, tradition and identity? (Mercourios Georgiadis); 4) Memories of place. Bronze Age rock art and landscape in West Norway (Melanie Wrigglesworth); 5) Living in the mountains, Arkadian identity in the classical period (James Roy); 6) The Formation of Female Identity in Ancient Sparta through Kinetics (Pandelis Constantinakos and Metaxia Papapostolou); 7) Memories, practice and identity. A case of early medieval migration (Magdalena Naum); 8) The Branding of Minoan Archaeology ™ (Anna Simandiraki, Trevor Grimshaw); 9) Material Identity – Archaeology and National Identity (Charlotta Hillerdal).
BAR S1924 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 1 Status of Prehistoric Studies in the Twenty First Century in India / État de l’art d’études réhistoriques au XXIe siècle en Inde Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006), Vol. 1, Session C01 edited by Ranjana Ray and Vidula Jayaswal. ISBN 9781407304069. £27.00. iii+76 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
Papers from the session entitled ‘Status of Prehistoric Studies in the Twenty First Century in India’ presented at the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents: 1) Prehistoric India: Assessment & Prospects in the 21st Century (Vidula Jayaswal); 2) On the status of Indian Hominoid and Hominid Fossils (A. R. Sankhyan); 3) Understanding Acheulian Culture in the Gandheswari River Valley; Bankura; West-Bengal, India (Asok Datta); 4) Prehistoric Research in Bengal - On the threshold (Bishnupriya Basak); 5) The Neolithic Culture in the Northern Vindhyas and the Middle Gangetic Plain (Jagannath Pal); 6) Experimental Study on the Manufacturing process of the Lower Palaelithic implements from Quartz nodules (Krishnendu Polley, Ranjana Ray); 7) Dohkra Craft of West Bengali: A legacy of Indian Archaeometallurgy (Falguni Chakrabarty); 8) Studies on a human skull fossil entombed within the ferricrete (P.Rajendran); 9) Human Bio-Cultural Diversity in Prehistoric-to-Protohistoric India (A. R. Sankhyan); 10) Is Study of Stone Age Cultures Dead in India? (Manoj Kumar Singh).
BAR S1923 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 31 Megalithic Quarrying: Sourcing, extracting and manipulating the stones Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006), Vol 31, Session WS02 edited by Chris Scarre. ISBN 9781407304052. £28.00. iv+92 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
Papers from the session entitled ‘Megalithic Quarrying’ presented at the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents: Preface (Chris Scarre); 1) Stony Ground: outcrops, rocks and quarries in the creation of megalithic monuments (Chris Scarre); 3) The Megalithic Building Site (Torben Dehn); 4) Hunebedden and Hünengräber: the construction of megalithic tombs west of the River Elbe (Jan Albert Bakker); 5) The Gallery Graves of Hesse and Westphalia, Germany: extracting and working the stones ( Kerstin Schierhold); 6) Beyond Stonehenge: seeking the start of the bluestone trail (Timothy Darvill); 7) Architectonique et esthétique des alignements de menhirs
du sud de la Vendée (France) (Gérard Benéteau-Douillard); 8) Technologie des mégalithes dans l’Ouest de la France: la carrière du Rocher Mouton à Besné (Loire-Atlantique, France) (Emmanuel Mens); 9) Exploitation de la pierre et mise en œuvre des matériaux sur le site néolithique du Souc’h en Plouhinec (Finistère, France) (Michel Le Goffic); 10) Transforming Stone: ethnoarchaeological perspectives on megalith form in Eastern Indonesia (Ron L. Adams).
BAR S1922 2009: Fähren, Frachter, Fischerboote Antike Kleinschiffe in Wort und Bild by Arvid Göttlicher. ISBN 9781407304045. £40.00. 207 pages; 217 illustrations. In German.
A fully-illustrated study of small vessels – river and coastal – from prehistoric to Roman times, focussing on the Near East, Egypt and the Mediterranean.
BAR S1919 2009: L'eau dans les espaces et les pratiques funéraires d'Alexandrie aux époques grecque et romaine (IVe siècle av. J.-C. – IIIe siècle ap. J.-C.) by Agnès Tricoche. ISBN 9781407304021. £43.00. iii+222 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs, including 4 colour plates; catalogue. In French with English abstract.
In the cemeteries of Graeco-Roman Alexandria in Egypt, archaeological investigations initiated more than a century ago discovered various water systems adapted for specific funerary purposes. From the foundation of the city in 332 B.C. to the third century A.C., over fifty hydraulic installations have been noted within the records of Alexandria itself and its vicinity. From a corpus that inventories the hydraulic structures identified to this day in the archaeological literature, the different water management systems are described and reasons put forward to explain the presence of these devices (wells, cisterns, basins, etc.). The results show that the cemeteries should not just be considered as a ‘cities for the dead’ but also as places of rebirth and life. Some of the devices discovered within the funerary context have echoes in the libation systems already known in the Mediterranean and lead towards an evaluation, from textual and iconographical documents, of the role of water in the offerings to the Alexandrian dead.
BAR S1918 2009: Proceedings of the Ninth Annual Conference of the British Association for Biological Anthropology and Osteoarchaeology, Department of Archaeology, University of Reading edited by Mary E. Lewis and Margaret Clegg. ISBN 9781407304014. £33.00. 135 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
The Proceedings of the Ninth Annual Conference of the British Association for Biological Anthropology and Osteoarchaeology (BABAO) held at the University of Reading in 2007. Contents: 1) A life course perspective of growing up in medieval London: evidence of sub-adult health from St Mary Spital (London) (Rebecca Redfern and Don Walker); 2) Preservation of non-adult long bones from an almshouse cemetery in the United States dating to the late nineteenth to the early twentieth centuries (Colleen Milligan, Jessica Zotcavage and Norman Sullivan); 3) Childhood oral health: dental palaeopathology of Kellis 2, Dakhleh, Egypt. A preliminary investigation (Stephanie Shukrum and JE Molto); 4) Skeletal manifestation of non-adult scurvy from early medieval Northumbria: the Black Gate cemetery, Newcastle-upon-Tyne (Diana Mahoney-Swales and Pia Nystrom); 5) Infantile cortical hyperostosis: cases, causes and contradictions (Mary Lewis and Rebecca Gowland); 6) Biological Anthropology Tuberculosis of the hip in the Victorian Britain (Benjamin Clarke and Piers Mitchell); 7) The re-analysis of Iron Age human skeletal material from Winnall Down (Justine Tracey); 8) Can we estimate post-mortem interval from an individual body part? A field study using sus scrofa (Branka Franicevec and Robert Pastor); 9) The expression of asymmetry in hand bones from the medieval cemetery at Écija, Spain (Lisa Cashmore and Sonia Zakrezewski); 10) Returning remains: a curator’s view (Quinton Carroll); 11) Authority and decision making over British human remains: issues and challenges (Piotr Bienkowski and Malcolm Chapman); 12) Ethical dimensions of reburial, retention and repatriation of archaeological human remains: a British perspective (Simon Mays and Martin Smith); 13) The problem of provenace: inaccuracies, changes and misconceptions (Margaret Clegg); 14) Native American human remains in UK collections: implications of NAGPRA to consultation, repatriation, and policy development (Myra J Giesen); 15) Repatriation – a view from the receiving end: New Zealand (Nancy Tayles).
BAR S1917 2009: The LMΙΙΙ Cemetery at Tourloti, Siteia The ‘Xanthoudidis Master’ and the Octopus Style in East Crete by Constantinos Paschalidis, with a contribution by P.J.P. McGeorge. ISBN 9781407304007. £31.00. 106 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs, including 4 colour plates. Summaries in Greek and Italian.
Halfway along the mountainous route between the Ierapetra isthmus and Siteia, on the northern limits of the western mountain range of the Siteia province (eastern Crete), is the small village of Tourloti. Approximately 2.5 kilometres north of the village, on the hillside that drops down to the beach at Mochlos, on the site of Plakalona, is a LMIII chamber tomb cemetery. Richard B. Seager was the first to identify and excavate the site in 1900. He collected the LMIII stirrup-jar now in the museum of the University of Pennsylvania. In 1906, Stefanos Xanthoudidis reported that ‘Mycenaean’ copper alloy weapons and tools had been found at Metochia, Tourloti. The first brief archaeological report for investigations in the area was published in 1938 by Manolis Mavroreidis of Siteia, temporary curator of antiquities and schoolteacher, who excavated a rich grave at Plakalona, unpublished to this day. In 1959, Nikolaos Platon identified a further group of rock-hewn chamber tombs, which he never excavated, despite his original intentions. The chance discovery of seven vases from one or more tombs at the end of the 1950s or the beginning of the 1960s once again disturbed the peaceful cemetery. The vases were presented to the Archaeological Service of Siteia, as well as a LMIIIC tub larnax from the same cemetery. In June 1984, after the Town of Tourloti notified the Archaeological Service of antiquities found during construction work and a (looted) chamber tomb was explored at Plakalona, as well as a second, richly appointed chamber tomb. A third looted LMIII chamber tomb was identified in 1990 and recently (2006) another wealthy chamber tomb. This work presents the finds of the chamber tombs excavated and the vases handed over previously. The latter group includes Octopus Close Style stirrup-jar presented in the volume’s second chapter together with a discussion of its attribution to a particular workshop and a distinct vase painter conventionally dubbed the ‘Xanthoudidis Master’. In the absence of petrographic or other analysis, the hypothesis on the vase’s provenance is based on morphological and stylistic criteria and on the fabric’s macroscopic examination. A study of the human bones from the Papadakis excavation by Dr P.J. P. McGeorge completes this volume.
BAR S1916 2009: Social Interaction in the Prehistoric Natufian Generating an interactive agency model using GIS by Carla A Parslow. ISBN 9781407303994. £31.00. vi+120 pages ; 16 tables ; 58 figures; 3 data Appendices.
The objective of this research is to develop a model of social interaction for the Natufian culture in Southwest Asia through interpretation of environmental and material-culture variability. The author achieves this through the development of rigorous systematic grouping and spatial analysis of artifacts. The Natufian culture (approximately 13,000 or 12,800 BP) is critical to our understanding of the transition from mobile hunter-gatherers to sedentary hunter-gatherer-farmers. They are thought to represent one of the final periods of archaeologically known hunter-gatherers in Southwest Asia, preceding the advent of cultivation and agricultural economies. The people who we classify as Natufian are situated in the Levant, which now encompasses Israel, Jordan, Syria and Lebanon. This research is limited to those Natufian sites situated in what is now modern day Israel and Jordan. Characterization of the Natufian is primarily based on the chipped-stone technology. Other distinctive characteristics include material culture of ground stone, marine shell, and bone as well as architecture, bedrock mortars, and burials. The methods for this research include two components: systematics and spatial analysis. The first part addresses the theoretical paradigm and its role in this research. Chapter two explores the origins of agency theory and reviews the history of agency-centered research in archaeology, and discusses the theoretical perspective applied for this research. Chapter three explores the vibrant history of research on the Natufian. Chapters four to six introduce the archaeological data used in this research as well as the first stage of analysis. Chapters seven to nine direct attention to the second stage of analysis: spatial analysis. The last part of this research, chapter 10, tests the previous hypotheses and outlines the construction of an agency-centered model based on the information provided in the second stage of analysis, with the aim of constructing a model proposing social relations for a prehistoric population. Overall the study attempts to incorporate a social agency dimension into Natufian research.
BAR S1915 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 20 Theoretical and Methodological Issues in Evolutionary Archaeology / Questions théorétiques et méthodologiques en archéologie évolutive Toward an unified Darwinian paradigm / Vers un paradigme Darwinien unifié edited by Hernán Juan Muscio and Gabriel Eduardo José López. ISBN 9781407303987. £30.00. vi+110 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
Papers from the session ‘Theoretical and Methodological Issues in Evolutionary Archaeology’ presented at the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents: 1) The Application of Darwinian Cultural Evolutionary Theory to Ceramics: The Case of “Soft Pottery” from Luwu, South Sulawesi, Indonesia (David Bulbeck); 2) Temporal Trends in the Morphometric Variation of the Lithic Projectile Points during the Middle Holocene of Southern Andes (Puna Region). A Coevolutionary approach (Marcelo Cardillo); 3) Interdemic Selection and Phoenician Priesthood. Darwinian Reflections on the Archaeoastronomy of Southern Spain (José Luis Escacena Carrasco, Daniel García Rivero); 4) An Evolutionary Theory of Cultural Differentiation (Agner Fog); 5) A Group Selection Model of Territorial War, Xenophobia and Altruism in Humans and other Primates (Agner Fog); 5) Two Faces of Darwin: On the Complementarity of Evolutionary Archaeology and Human Behavioral Ecology (Kristen J Gremillion); 6) The Study of the archaeological record of Santa Rosa de los Pastos Grandes, Puna of Salta, Argentina, from an inclusive evolutionary perspective (Gabriel López); 7) Finding Concordance in Darwinian Archaeologies: and why an Unified Evolutionary Archaeology is both impossible and undesirable (Herbert D. G. Maschner, Ben Marler); 8) The Experimental Simulation of Archaeological Patterns: A Contribution to a Unified Science of Cultural Evolution (Alex Mesoudi); 9) A Synthetic Darwinian Paradigm in Evolutionary Archaeology is possible and convenient (Hernán Juan Muscio); 10) Niche Construction Applied: Triple-Inheritance Insights into the Pioneer Late Glacial Colonization of Southern Scandinavia (Felix Riede); 11) Acheulean Biface Refinement in the Hunsgi-Baichbal Valley, Karnataka, India (Shipton, C., Paddayya, K., Petraglia, M.); 12) Evolutionary Transitions and Co-Evolutionary Dynamics in Biology and in Culture (Mónica Tamariz).
BAR S1914 2009: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 13 Gestion des combustibles au paléolithique et au mésolithique / Fuel Management during the Palaeolithic and Mesolithic Periods Nouveaux outils, nouvelles interprétations / New tools, new interpretations edited by Isabelle Théry-Parisot, Sandrine Costamagno et Auréade Henry. ISBN 9781407303970. £32.00. 133 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. Papers in French and English.
Papers from the session Fuel Management during the Palaeolithic and Mesolithic Periods New tools, new interpretations presented at the XV UISPP World Congress in September 2006. Contents: 1) La gestion du bois de feu en forêt boréale: problématique archéo-anthracologique et étude d’un cas ethnographique (région de l’Amour, Sibérie) (Auréade Henry, Isabelle Théry-Parisot et Evguenia Voronkova); 2) Gestion des combustibles dans la province de Jujuy (Puna, Argentine) depuis l’Holocène ancien : croisement des résultats ethnologiques et anthracologiques (Delphine Joly, Ramiro March, Dominique Marguerie et Hugo Yacobacc io); 3) Bone as a Fuel Source: The Effects of Initial Fragment Size Distribution (Susan M. Mentzer); 4) Combustible ou non ? Analyse multifactorielle et modèles explicatifs sur des ossements brûlés paléolithiques (Sandrine Costamagno, Isabelle Théry-Parisot, Jean-Christophe Castel et Jean-Philip Brugal); 5) Mise en évidence de l’utilisation d’un combustible osseux au Paléolithique moyen: le cas du gisement de Remicourt « En Bia Flo » I (province de Liège, Belgique) (Dominique Bosquet, Freddy Damblon et Paul Haesaerts); 6) Structures de combustion, choix des combustibles et degré de mobilité des groupes dans le Paléolithique moyen du Proche-Orient (grottes de Kébara et d’Hayonim, Israël) (Liliane Meignen, Paul Goldb erg, Rosa Maria Albert et Ofer Bar-Yosef ); 7) De la forêt aux foyers paléolithiques et mésolithiques dans le sud de la France: une revue des données anthracologiques et phytolithiques (Claire Delhon et Stéphanie Thiébault).
BAR S1913 2009: The Distribution of Bronze Drums in Early Southeast Asia Trade routes and cultural spheres by Ambra Calò. ISBN 9781407303963. £51.00. xiii+206 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
This study focuses on the distribution of early Dong Son bronze drums, from their centres of production in north Vietnam throughout Mainland and Island Southeast Asia, as evidence of cultural contact and cross-regional exchange along river and maritime routes from the late Metal Age to the proto-historic period. This is the period just prior to, and overlapping with, the first Chinese and Indian influences in the wider region. The exchange of bronze drums established alliances between early centres favouring the trade of other goods. Such early centres allow us to identify early cultural spheres which set the stage for the process of state formation in the historic period. Adopting a synoptic view over the entire distribution across present national boundaries, the author analyses the implications of what types of drums are found where. As a working tool towards this goal, she identifies specific regional clusters. Each cluster of drums highlights and clarifies specific questions regarding chronology, routes of transmission, the geographical extent of trade networks, and new local bronze casting traditions arising from the influence of the imported bronze drums.
BAR S1912 2009: The Evolutionary Archaeology of Ceramic Diversity in Ancient Fiji by Ethan E. Cochrane. ISBN 9781407303956. £36.00. ii+167 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; Appendix of clay compositional data.
The research presented here investigates the evolution of material cultural diversity in the Yasawa Islands in the northwestern corner of the Fijian archipelago. This work builds upon several field seasons of basic research in the Yasawas, as well as other large-scale ceramic analyses in Fiji. This study constructs answers using an explanatory framework explicitly designed to account for the evolution of cultural diversity in prehistory. This explanatory framework combines the effects of cultural transmission, selection and other sorting processes, and innovation. Using this explanatory framework this research attempts to answer the following three questions: 1. What domains of ceramic similarity in the Yasawa Islands can be used to define culturally transmitting populations or lineages; 2. What are the spatial and temporal distributions of transmission lineages defined along different avenues of transmission; and 3. What are the possible explanations for the distribution of these lineages? Chapter 2 examines some of the previous archaeological and other research in Fiji that has attempted to explain or document cultural, biological, and linguistic diversity. Chapter 3 more completely develops the theoretical framework used to explain prehistoric ceramic similarities and difference in terms of transmission lineages. An outline of the natural and cultural history of the Yasawa Islands is presented in Chapter 4. Classifications of ceramic variation and other analyses are presented in Chapter 5. In Chapter 6 cladistic and seriation analyses generate hypotheses for the transmission history of Yasawa Islands populations. Chapter 7 reviews the results of this research in the context of other archaeological work in Fiji. The approach to explaining cultural similarities and differences employed in this research indicates that prehistoric cultural diversity can be examined using cultural transmission, selection, and innovation to produce empirically testable hypotheses regarding the historical relatedness of populations. The further development of this approach by scholars will do much to answer long-standing questions.
BAR S1911 2009: Transformation du cuivre au Moyen-Orient du Néolithique à la fin du 3ème millénaire Etude d’une chaîne technologique by Nicolas Gailhard. ISBN 9781407303949. £47.00. xii+247 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs, including two in colour. In French with English summary.
This work details the origins of copper working in the Near East from the Neolithic to the end of the 3rd millennium. Both dates are significant because one marks the apparition of the first villages and the exploitation of copper and the other marks the pathway towards historic times and the beginning of ironworking. Between the two ran the great adventure of copper and bronze. Its mastery never ceased developing – from the outset of this new technological chain, it directly resulted not only in a better knowledge of the natural environment and the development of more important socio-economic ties, but also the effects and the indirect repercussions of these discoveries that required the setting up of new methods and organizations, including workshops, the outcome of which is the apparition of a complex industry at the end of the 3rd millennium. This study is based on a multi-disciplinary approach, associating a set of experimentations on technological problems around the smelting of bronze and a survey of the ethno-archaeological considerations: the near-east is very much a focal point of the project. The survey and analysis of the archaeological data relates to the technical aspects of the metallurgies involved. The three main areas of the study look at development, the concept of ‘the workshop’, and early hints of trade and even perhaps ‘industrialization’.
BAR S1910 2009: Patterns and Corporeality: Neolithic Visual Culture from the Republic of Macedonia by Goce Naumov. ISBN 9781407303932. £34.00. xi+145 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
The numerous Neolithic finds from the territory of the Republic of Macedonia show an abundance of data which can be concentrated into different relations. They all approach certain ideas through which we attempt to learn about the character of Neolithic populations and their way of life. Within the context of the explored Neolithic settlements from the Republic of Macedonia, a large number of ceramic finds (decorated vessels, figurines, seals, models of houses and ‘altars’) are discussed in this study. The first chapter gives a brief introduction and acquaintance with the territory and its condition during the time of all Neolithic phases. Chapter two elaborates the white painted vessels originating from whole territory of the Republic of Macedonia. Chapters three and four deal with the painted compositions from the Middle Neolithic. In the chapter Imprints of the Neolithic Mind the ceramic stamps and the patterns which are usually engraved on them are presented. The second part of the book elaborates the concepts of corporeality present in the several ceramic figurative forms, including burials. Subsequent chapters are dedicated to the anthropomorphic vessels, placed in a wider context with those excavated in the Neolithic from south-eastern Europe, as well as later phases. The last chapter, 'Housing the Dead', completes the concept of burials in vessels, ‘oven’ forms, and ceramic ‘houses’.
 BAR S1909 2009: SOMA 2008 Proceedings of the XII Symposium on Mediterranean Archaeology, Famagusta, North Cyprus, 5-8 March 2008 edited by Hakan Oniz. ISBN 9781407303925. £39.00. ii+206 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
Papers from SOMA 2008 Proceedings of the XII Symposium on Mediterranean Archaeology, Famagusta, North Cyprus, 5-8 March 2008.
BAR S1908 2009: Romanesque Chevron Ornament The Language of British, Norman and Irish sculpture in the twelfth century by Rachel Moss. ISBN 9781407303918. £33.00. 137 pages; 36 pages of plates; 2 Appendices of moulding profiles.
This study deals with the form and development of a single type of architectural ornament, ubiquitous from the late eleventh to the early thirteenth centuries in northwestern Europe. Chevron ornament, or three-dimensional zigzag, has been described as the single most characteristic moulding, or indeed feature of any kind in Norman architecture in England. It is the most enduring of the decorative motifs that formed part of the so-called style géométrique, current in those areas in the earlier part of the twelfth century, and is found most typically decorating arches, stringcourses and columns in a wide variety of structures, from castles, to cathedrals to parish churches to the extent that for a period during the twelfth century its absence is more notable than its presence. Among the major preoccupations of scholarship in medieval art and architecture are the issues of authorship and chronology. Given the potential for a type of ornament such as chevron to reveal etymological characteristics it is surprising that studies of the apparent formal grammars of Romanesque ornament have not been more commonplace. It is with these issues in mind then that the current study sets out to explore the degree to which an architectural motif like chevron can be ‘read’ in a meaningful way.
BAR S1907 2009: Chemical Arts and Technologies of Indigenous Americans by B. L. Gordon. ISBN 9781407303901. £36.00. x+167 pages; 49 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
Written records of knowledge in the pre-Columbian New World are virtually non-existent (in contrast to an abundance of such records for ancient China and the Near East). Consequently chemical knowledge in the Americas, prior to the arrival of Europeans, is poorly documented. The arts and technologies discussed in this volume are those known to have existed in pre-Columbian times, as well as those thought to have been developed by native peoples (independently of foreign influence) during the five centuries since the European conquest of the Americas began. Contents 1) Fire; 2) Preparing, cooking, and preserving foodstuffs; 3) Alcoholic beverages and vinegar; 4) Drugs and poisons; 5) Treatment of plant fibers; 6) Colorants and dyeing; 7) Etching; 8) Processing rubber, chicle, and beeswax; 9) Personal beautification, perfumes and incense, and cleansing agents; 10) Hide curing and feather work; 11) Embalming and mummification; 12) Salt making; 13) Building materials and architectural decoration; 14) Pottery making; 15) Lacquers and varnishes; 16) Metal-working and metallurgy.
 BAR S1905 2009: The Manufacture of Iron in Ancient Colchis by David A. Khakhutaishvili. ISBN . £30.00. 9781407303895.
A study of early Georgian smelting sites. The features described here are remarkably consistent in their layout and the results of the present publication indicate a large, well developed industry. Further survey work should give us a better idea of just how large this prehistoric iron industry was, but it is already clear from the results reported in this book that the furnaces varied in size, with some being very large.
BAR S1903 2009: The Elite Late Period Egyptian Tombs of Memphis by Michael Stammers. ISBN 9781407303857. £38.00. viii+214 pages; 9 maps; 23 tables; 164 figures; 5 data Appendices and with CD.
This study investigates the drivers for the development of the elite Late Period tombs of the necropoleis of Memphis. It studies their conceptual basis in the context of the social and political situation of the Late Period. It examines the landscape of Memphis and explores the geographic, geological and man-made features that encouraged the creation of a ‘sacred landscape’ with a view to discovering what features made this a desirable place for the building of tombs and why Late Period clusters of tombs were built in some parts of that landscape but not in others; it also considers the significance of their alignment. It sets out to discover what religious, social or ancestral factors made the elite choose the location of the individual tombs, what determined their structure and how they relate to older as well as contemporary structures. Finally, the reason for the positions of the different burial grounds of Memphis, and the interrelation between them, is explored in order to establish the socio-political factors influencing that choice.
BAR S1902 2009: Pots, People, and Politics: A Reconsideration of the Role of Ceramics in Reconstructions of the Iron Age Northern Levant by Matthew R. Whincop. ISBN 9781407303840. £70.00. xx+408 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs; 2 data Appendices and data CD.
This study aims to reconsider current reconstructions of the Iron Age Northern Levant and the role that ceramics studies have played in these interpretations. The author presents a regional ceramic typology for the Iron Age (including the Persian period) and undertakes an analysis of the distribution patterns of this typology across the Northern Levant. An alternative interpretation of the ceramic data is offered, before being compared with the conventional historical model. This alternative reconstruction focuses on theories of practice, and foodways, whilst appreciating the dynamic manner by which material culture is used to constantly negotiate and consolidate social structures. In the end, the study offers one perspective on the compatibility of archaeological data and the historical text, and makes some final recommendations for their correlation.
BAR S1901 2009: Estrategias de aprovisionamiento y utilización de las materias primas líticas en el campo volcánico Pali Aike (prov. Santa Cruz, Argentina) by Judith E. Charlin. ISBN 9781407303833. £40.00. vii+240 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs. Data Appendix. In Spanish with English summary.
The main goal of this research is the study of the strategies of provisioning and utilization of lithic raw materials within the Pali Aike volcanic field, Santa Cruz Province, Argentina (South America). The work includes an analysis of the land-use patterns and home ranges of the human populations that inhabited this region during the Late Holocene (ca. last 4000 years BP). The case-study presented here employs a methodology of lithic analysis that is regional and non-typological, which has the potential to be of value in other areas of the world and with other specific research goals.
BAR S1900 2009: SOMA 2007 Proceedings of the XI Symposium on Mediterranean Archaeology, Istanbul Technical University, 24 and 29 April 2007 edited by Cigdem Ozkan Aygun. ISBN 9781407303826. £63.00. vi+469 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
Papers from the 11th Symposium on Mediterranean Archaeology held at Istanbul Technical University, 24 to 29 April 2007.
BAR S1899 2009: A Landscape of Pilgrimage and Trade in Wadi Masila, Yemen: The Case of al-Qisha and Qabr Hud in the Islamic Period by Lynne S. Newton. ISBN 9781407303819. £34.00. ii+186 pages; 8 tables; 52 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
Archaeological excavations were carried out at al-Qisha, located on the Wadi Masila in the Mahra region of the Republic of Yemen. Situated along the Northern Indian Ocean coast, the Wadi Masila is an integral part of the Hadramaut drainage system located within the geological Hadramaut Arch. Regional surveys were carried out between 1997-2000, defining Bronze and Iron Age and Islamic period sites. Al-Qisha is an Islamic period settlement site that spans over 1 km and includes an extensive village (part of which is still inhabited), a cemetery, and a mosque. Al-Qisha as an archaeological site is enmeshed in an historical and ethnographic landscape of trade and mediation. This volume has three goals. The main objective is to present the data collected from excavations at al-Qisha, the first excavated Islamic period settlement site in the Mahra region of Yemen to date. The second goal is to examine this site in its greater cultural and physical landscape. And third, getting to the “route” of the matter, al-Qisha serves as a gateway community linked with the Ba‘Abbad of Qabr Hud, the tomb of the pre-Islamic prophet Hud. This study is unique in that it presents a first attempt to integrate archaeology with the scant history and sparse ethnography of the Mahra and Hadramaut regions.
BAR S1898 2009: Okinawa; the Rise of an Island Kingdom Archaeological and Cultural Perspectives. Proceedings of a Symposium, Kingdom of the Coral Seas, November 17, 2007, at the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London edited by Richard Pearson. ISBN 9781407303802. £29.00. vii+106 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs, including 8 colour plates.
Papers from the Symposium, Kingdom of the Coral Seas, November 17, 2007, at the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London. The symposium and lectures brought Okinawan
archaeology to a wide audience, including many students, professionals and those with an interest in this fascinating part of the Japanese archipelago from across Europe and elsewhere. The current volume represents a full record of the proceedings of the symposium, hopefully bringing the Ryukyus to an even broader readership. Contents: Preface (Richard Pearson); 1) Archaeology of the Ryukyu Islands: Major Themes (Shijun Asato); 2) Okinawa’s Earliest Inhabitants and Life on the Coral Islands (Hiroto Takamiya); 3) Shell Exchange in the Ryukyu Islands and in East Asia (Naoko Kinoshita); 4) Kamuiyaki and Early Trade in the Ryukyu Islands (Akito Shinzato); 5) The Emergence of Ryukyu Royal Authority and Urasoe (Susumu Asato); 6) The Significance of Chinese Trade Ceramics from Ryukyu: Focusing on Yuan Dynasty Blue and White Porcelain (Meitoku Kamei); 7) The Architectural Landscape of the Kingdom of Ko Ryukyu (Takashi Uezato); 8) The Kingdom of Ryukyu: Culture, Politics, Mentality (Arne Rokkum); Appendix 1. Recent Discoveries on Kikai Island (Richard Pearson); Appendix 2. Archaeology of Sakishima (Richard Pearson); Appendix 3. Useful Reference Materials for Ryukyu Archaeology (Richard Pearson) Appendix 4. The Successive Rulers of Chuzan (Ryukyu) (Richard Pearson).
BAR S1897 2009: Shallale; Ancient City of Carmel by Shimon Dar. ISBN 9781407303796. £60.00. xxii+441 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; with data Appendices.
The results of work at Shallale on Mount Carmel, Israel. Content: 1) Shallale: History of Research; 2) Archaeological Sites in the Vicinity of Shallale; 3) Geographical and Physical Features of the Shallale Area; 4) Soil and Water in the Vicinity of Shallale; 5) Residential Building (Area 1); 6) Hewn Oil Press (Area 2); 7) Public and Residential Buildings (Area 3); 8) A Trial Section Near the Ottoman Burj (Area 4); 9) Trial Sections Near an Ottoman Period Storage Building (Area 6); 10) Trial Sections Near Caves (Areas 5, 10, 14); 11) A Potter’s Workshop (Area 7); 12) Water Cistern (Area 9) and Water Ascent Path (Area 17); 13) Lower Shallale – The Installation Area; 14) Stone Quarries on Mt. Carmel; 15) Architectural Elements; 16) Stone Implements from Shallale; 17) The Water Mill in Nahal Oren (Area 15); 18) The Burial Cave in Nahal Oren (Area 13) by Yigael Ben-Ephraim; 19) H. Shallale: Excavation Seasons 2003-2007 – List of Loci by Yigael Ben-Ephraim; 20) The Vicinity of Shallale from the Hellenistic Period to the British Mandate; Bibliography. Appendices 1) Christian Presence on Mt. Carmel in Late Antiquity by Leah Di Segni; 2) A Will that Sheds Light on the Druze Settlements on Mt. Carmel by Shimon Avivi; 3) Pottery Oil Lamps from H. Shallale by Varda Sussman and Einat Ambar-Armon; 4) The Pottery Assemblage from H. Shallale by Miriam Avissar, Yigael Ben-Ephraim and Anna de Vincenz; 5) The Glass from H. Shallale by Gusta Lehrer Jacobson; 6) The Coin Finds from H. Shallale by Ariel Berman; 7) Dendroarchaeological Excavations: H. Shallale, Mt. Carmel by Nili Liphschitz; 8) Human Remains from H. Shallale by Patricia Smith; 9) Roman Through Ottoman Period Fauna from H. Shallale by Liora Kolska Horwitz; 10) Metal Finds from H. Shallale by Shua Amorai-Stark; 11) Chemical Analysis: Results of Selected Metal Finds from H. Shallale by Shua Amorai-Stark and Michael Dvorachek; 12) Metal Weights from H. Shallale by Shimon Dar; 13) A Report Concerning the Shells from the Excavation of H. Shallale by Henk K. Mienis; 14) Terrestrial Snails from a Burial Cave in Nahal Oren near H. Shallale by Henk K. Mienis.
BAR S1896 2009: Image and Ritual in the Aztec World Selected papers of the ‘Ritual Americas’ conferences organized by the Société des Américanistes de Belgique in collaboration with the Red Europea de Estudios Amerindios Louvain-la-Neuve (Belgium), 2-5 April 2008 edited by Sylvie Peperstraete. ISBN 9781407303789. £30.00. 134 pages; Illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures and drawings. Papers in English and Spanish.
Selected papers of the sesion Image and Ritual in the Aztec World from the ‘Ritual Americas’ conferences organized by the Société des Américanistes de Belgique in collaboration with the Red Europea de Estudios Amerindios Louvain-la-Neuve (Belgium), April 2008. Contents: 1) Foreword – Image in Ancient Mesoamerican Ritual (Sylvie Peperstraete); 2) Lenguaje ceremonial en los códices mixtecos (Maarten E.R.G.N. Jansen and Gabina Aurora Pérez Jiménez); 3) El lenguaje ritual de los mexicas: hacia un método de análisis (Danièle Dehouve); 4) Ritos y rituales en torno a Mictlantecuhtli (Nathalie Ragot); 5) Los textiles y el calendario tenochca (Montserrat Bargalló Sánchez); 6) Los tocados de Tlaloc en el Códice Borgia (Karla Rámirez Rosas); 7) 4-Ollin, the Aztec Creation of a Fifth Sun 9Arnold Lebeuf); 8) Los ritos aztecas en imágenes. Textos y representaciones de los dioses y fiestas en la obra de Fray Diego Durán (Sylvie Peperstraete) 9) Importancia e interés del Códice Florentino en la medicina novohispana del XVI (Cristina López Ortego).
BAR S1895 2009: Caribou Inuit Traders of the Kivalliq Nunavut, Canada by Matthew Walls. ISBN 9781407303772. £25.00. iv+73 pages; 26 figures; 11 tables.
In 1717 A.D., the Caribou Inuit of the Kivalliq,
Nunavut were introduced to the Fur Trade through the
Hudson Bay Company. It has been previously posited
that between that time and 1900 A.D., the Caribou Inuit
were drawn out of a traditional subsistence pattern and
into an economy that was a part of a world system.
However, the actual process of how trade goods and
technologies were incorporated into Caribou Inuit society by the Caribou Inuit themselves has received little attention. Using a combination of archaeology, archival history, and oral history to examine the profiles of specific individuals, this report demonstrates the importance of Caribou Inuit families that acted as intermediaries between their culture and European trade in the process of Caribou Inuit economic transition during the early historic period.
BAR S1893 2008: The Iron Gates in Prehistory New perspectives edited by Clive Bonsall, Vasile Boroneanţ and Ivana Radovanović. ISBN 9781407303734. £42.00. iii+260 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs, 4 in colour.
This book had its origins in a symposium held at the University of Edinburgh from 30 March to 2 April 2000, which was attended by archaeologists with a shared interest in the prehistory of the small but distinctive region of Southeast Europe known as the Iron Gates. In the broad sense the area refers to the section of the Danube valley where the river forms the modern political border between Serbia and Romania, and this definition is adopted for the present volume. First and foremost the volume
is intended to illustrate the immense research potential of the Iron Gates region. A second objective is to provide case studies that illustrate the nature of current research and the rich possibilities offered by the growing range of scientific techniques available to archaeologists and their application to existing archaeological collections. Contents: 1) Lithic technology and settlement systems of the Final Palaeolithic and Early Mesolithic in the Iron Gates (Dusan Mihailovic); 2) The development of the ground stone industry in the Serbian part of the Iron Gates (Dragana Antonovic); 3) Sturgeon fishing along the Middle and Lower Danube (Laszlo Bartosiewicz, Clive Bonsall & Vasile Sisu); 4) The Mesolithic–Neolithic in the Derdap as evidenced by non-metric anatomical variants (Mirjana Roksandic); 5) Demography of the Derdap Mesolithic–Neolithic transition (Mary Jackes, Mirjana Roksandic & Christopher Meiklejohn); 6) Approaches to Starcevo culture chronology (Joni L. Manson); 7) Faunal assemblages from the Early Neolithic of the central Balkans: methodological issues in the reconstruction of subsistence and land Use (Haskel Greenfield); 8) Lepenski Vir animal bones: what was left in the houses? (Vesna Dimitrijevic); 9) New-born infant burials underneath house floors at Lepenski Vir: in pursuit of contextual meanings (Sofija Stefanovic & Dusan Boric); 10) DNA-based sex identification of the infant remains from Lepenski Vir (Biljana Culjkovic, Sofija Stefanovic & Stanka Romac); 11) Dating burials and architecture at Lepenski Vir (Clive Bonsall, Ivana Radovanovic, Mirjana Roksandic, Gordon Cook, Thomas Higham & Catriona Pickard); 12) Reanalysis of the vertebrate fauna from Hajducka Vodenica in the Danubian Iron Gates: subsistence and taphonomy from the Early Neolithic and Mesolithic (Haskel Greenfield); 13) Velesnica and the Lepenski Vir culture (Rastko Vasic); 14) The human osteological material from Velesnica (Mirjana Roksandic); 15) The Mesolithic–Neolithic transition in the Trieste Karst (north-eastern Italy) as seen from the excavations at the Edera Cave (Paolo Biagi, Elisabetta Starnini & Barbara Voytek).
 BAR S1892 2008: The Genesis of Early Christian Art Syncretic juxtapostion in the Roman world by Yukako Suzawa. ISBN 9781407303727. £33.00. xii+163 pages; 165 figures, maps, plans, tables, drawings and photographs.
In this wide-ranging study of the beginnings of Christian art, the author takes as her starting point the question of positive assimilation between Christian and non-Christian images in early Christian art. This study attempts to determine whether the theological term of syncretism can be appropriate to the study of early Christian art. During her study of the genesis of early Christian art, the author became aware that her attitude toward the notion of syncretism differs from most of the existing literature on early Christian art history and architecture. Some scholars have avoided using the notion of syncretism, and some have used it pejoratively to describe a mish-mash of religions, perhaps taking their cue from the doctrinal discussion of the term by the Church itself. In contrast, in the literature of the history of Japanese religions and art, religious synthesis has been referred to as ‘syncretism,’ and the term in that literature is defined as a blending of the ideas or practices of different religions that results in a unity of deities.
BAR S1891 2008: Flint Mining in Prehistoric Europe Interpreting the archaeological records edited by Pierre Allard, Françoise Bostyn, François Giligny and Jacek Lech. ISBN 9781407303710. £35.00. 163 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs, 1 in colour.
Papers from the Flint Mining in Prehistoric Europe session held at European Association of Archaeologists 12th Annual Meeting Cracow, Poland, 19th-24th September 2006. Contents: 1) Flint extraction and processing from secondary flint deposits in the north-east of Scotland in the Neolithic period (Alan Saville); 2) Flint working at the early linearbandkeramik settlement of Geleen-Janskamperveld (Marjorie E. Th. de Grooth); 3) An economy of surplus production in the early Neolithic of Hesbaye (Belgium): Bandkeramik blade debitage at Verlaine ‘Petit Paradis’ (Pierre Allard, Laurence Burnez-Lanotte); 4) The prehistoric flint mining complex at Spiennes (Belgium) on the occasion of its discovery 140 years ago (Hélène Collet, Anne Hauzeur, Jacek Lech); 5) A new flint mine at Flins-sur-Seine/ Aubergenville (Yvelines, France) (Françoise Bostyn, François Giligny, Adrienne Lo Carmine); 6) The Krzemionki flint mines latest underground research 2001-2004 (Jerzy Bąbel); 7) Open-cast flint mining, long blade production and long distance exchange: an example from Bulgaria (Laurence Manolakakis); 8) Flint mining in early Neolithic Iberia: a preliminary report on ‘Casa Montero’ (Madrid, Spain) (Marta Capote, Nuria Castañeda, Susana Consuegra,Cristina Criado, Pedro Díaz-del-Río); 9) Intensive extraction of non-metallic minerals during the early protohistory in the northern half of Europe (Yoann Gauvry); 10) Ideology and influences behind the Neolithic flint mines of the Southern Britain (Paul Wheeler).
BAR S1890 2008: The Morocco Maritime Survey An archaeological contribution to the history of the Tangier peninsula by Elarbi Erbati and Athena Trakadas. ISBN 9781407303703. £33.00. xii+126 pages; 5 tables; 78 maps, plans, drawings and photographs. Appendices including catalogue of finds.
The Morocco Maritime Survey (MMS) was initiated in 2001 in order to investigate the coasts of the Tangier peninsula in northern Morocco. This publication serves as a final report of the project, presenting the survey’s findings from the two field seasons (2002-2003), subsequent artefact analyses and overall conclusions. The purpose of the MMS is to investigate the maritime record of Morocco through archaeological survey and historical research. Even though ancient, medieval and historical coastal sites are present, the maritime aspects of these periods remain relatively unknown. The questions for this survey ask: Who was here, and when and where were they present? Are maritime archaeological sites such as shipwrecks and anchorages present? If cultural remains are located, are they related to terrestrial sites, and if so, which ones and how are they linked? Can the survey’s findings reveal anything about the logistics and past levels of navigation and maritime-borne exchange in the region?
BAR S1889 2009: DIOSKOUROI Studies presented to W.G. Cavanagh and C.B. Mee on the anniversary of their 30-year joint contribution to Aegean Archaeology edited by C. Gallou, M. Georgiadis and G.M. Muskett.. ISBN 9781407303697. £53.00. 369 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs, 3 in colour.
This Festschrift celebrates the 30th anniversary of Bill Cavanagh and Chris Mee’s joint contribution to Aegean Archaeology. Contents: A message from Sparti (Metaxia Papapostolou); Bill Cavanagh: A personal appreciation (Stephen Hodkinson); Chris Mee: A personal appreciation (Matthew Fitzjohn); A Shrine - or Shrine Treasury - in the Country House at Myrtos-Pyrgos (Gerald Cadogan); Communal Ceremonies in an Early Minoan Tholos Cemetery (Keith Branigan); A Goddess in a Boat (†Nicolas Coldstream); Mycenaean Cult Practice: ‘Private’ and ‘Public’ Ritual Acts (Christina Aamont); The Tholos Tombs of Messenia: An Overview (Emily Banou); The Ever Intriguing ‘Terracotta Anchors’ of the Early Bronze Age (Jeannette Forsén); Mycenaean Figurines: 50 Years on (Elizabeth French); A Mycenaean Stirrup Jar from Enkomi O.T. 74 (Penelope Mountjoy); The Knossos "Jewel Fresco" Reconsidered (John Younger); Gender Boundaries in Late Bronze Age Greece: The Contribution of Dress (Georgina Muskett); Twin Aegean Seals in Liverpool and Manchester († John Betts); Giorgio De Chirico and Greek Prehistory (Robin Barber); Chamber Tombs, Family, and State in Mycenaean Greece (James Wright); Creation and Expression of Identity in Cyprus at the End of The Late Bronze Age (Louise Steel); Interaction of Large and Small Communities in Arkadia in the Archaic, Classical, Hellenistic and Roman Periods (James Roy); Froggies Round the Pond: La Protohistoire Égéenne en France (Josette Renard); Was There Really a Trojan War? (Oliver Dickinson); A Heifer to Ithaca (George Huxley); Appearance and Reality: Thoughts on the Interpretation of Archaeological Field Surveys (Hector Catling); “In Praise Of The Ancestors”. Catchment and Territory in Agricultural Landscapes: Revisiting the Birth of a Concept in the Light of Current Research in Landscape Archaeology (John Bintliff); Kos in the Bronze Age: The Settlement Pattern and its Significance (Mercourios Georgiadis); Interpreting the Bronze Age Landscape of Kephalonia. A (Preliminary) View from the Livatho Valley Survey (Christina Souyoudzoglou-Haywood); Bronze Age Aphrodisias Revisited (Alan Greaves); Ahhiyawa, Argos and the Argive Plain (Joost Crouwel); Between Admetus and Jason: Pherai in the Early Iron Age (Ioannis Georganas); Pseudo-Skylax on the Peloponnese (Graham Shipley); ‘Between Scylla and Charybdis’: The Archaeology of Mycenaean Vatika on the Malea Peninsula (Chrysanthi Gallou); Ionian Influence on Spartan Architecture? (Richard Tomlinson); A Sixth-Century Kantharos from the Menelaion, Sparta (Richard Catling); Black Sparta(n)? (Paul Cartledge); Lakedaimonian Xenoi in Thessaly: The Onomastic Evidence (Nicholas Sekunda); The Monasteries of Saint Nikon: The Amyklaion, Sparta and Lakonia (Pamela Armstrong).
BAR S1888 2008: South Asian Archaeology 2007 Miscellanies about the Buddha Image edited by Claudine Bautze-Picron. ISBN 9781407303680. £28.00. 124 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
The papers included here address various issues that reflect manifold ways of approaching study of the Buddha image. Most were presented in July 2007 during the Nineteenth International Conference of the Association of South Asia Archaeologists in Europe. This volume intends to cast light on numerous possible ways of looking at the image and as such, should be considered in a sense ‘preliminary’ to further, more specific studies bearing on the topic. Contents: 1) Introduction (Claudine Bautze-Picron); 2) Seeking the Buddha in the American Museum of Natural History’s Collection (Serinity Young and Kate Bollinger); 3) The dāna, the pātra and the cakravartin-ship: archaeological and art historical evidence for a social history of early medieval Buddhism (Anna Filigenzi); 4) Aspects of the Earliest Buddha Images in Gandhāra (Akira Miyaji); The Flaming Protuberance on the Head of Tamil Buddhas, Its representations and concepts (Yuko Fukuroi); 5) New Considerations on some Gandhāran Fasting Buddhas (Anna Maria Quagliotti); 6) The Emaciated Buddha in Southeast Bangladesh and Pagan (Myanmar) (Claudine Bautze-Picron); 7) Gandhāran Bodhisattva Maitreya Image, Soteriological function of Ketos and Eros (Katsumi Tanabe); 8) Māyā, Gandhāra’s Grieving Mother, Part 2 (Doris Meth Srinivasan).
BAR S1887 2008: From Xerxes’ Murder (465) to Arridaios’ Execution (317) Updates to Achaemenid chronology (Including errata in past reports) by Leo Depuydt. ISBN 9781407303673. £26.00. iii+95 pages; 2 Appendices and Indices.
This investigation consists of updates to the chronology of Achaemenid Persia (539 BCE-304 BCE). The state of Achaemenid chronology was the subject of a series of studies published by this writer about ten to fifteen years ago. Newly emerged evidence has necessitated the present updates. Errata in those earlier studies are listed in an appendix. The focus of the present investigation is on what is new. A comprehensive statement on Achaemenid chronology that progresses from first principles and combines all that is new with all that is old remains desirable. Few historical events are as transforming in the history of nations as the death of one ruler and the accession of the next. Accordingly, the chronology of regnal transitions deserves special attention in the study of ancient chronology. This study provides updates for the chronology of nine regnal transitions in the Achaemenid empire: Xerxes I to Artaxerxes I (465); Artaxerxes I to Darius II (424-23); Darius II to Artaxerxes II (405/4); Artaxerxes II to Artaxerxes III (359/58); Artaxerxes III to Arses (338); Arses to Darius III (336/35); Darius III to Alexander III (331); Alexander III to Philip Arridaios (323); and Arridaios to Alexander IV (317). A comprehensive tabulation of the regnal years of the final years of the empire (340-304) is presented at the end.
BAR S1886 2008: Estructura demográfica, estilo de vida y relaciones biológicas de cazadores recolectores en un ambiente de desierto Sitio Chenque I (Parque Nacional Lihué Calel, provincia de la Pampa, Argentina) by Leandro H. Luna. ISBN 9781407303666. £45.00. xvi+363 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, tables, drawings and photographs; 5 data Appendices. In Spanish.
This volume is an important contribution to knowledge of the bioarchaeology of the Argentine Pampas. The author develops a rigorous application of different and actualized methodologies that improve the comprehension of a very rich bioachaeological record of hunter-gatherers, including problems of conservation conditions. The results obtained from the authors data (in part collected from Pampas cemeteries and a study of demographic questions) open a new perspective for our knowledge of these ancient societies.
BAR S1885 2008: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 26 Mountain Environments in Prehistoric Europe Settlement and mobility strategies from Palaeolithic to the Early Bronze Age edited by Stefano Grimaldi and Thomas Perrin . ISBN 9781407303659. £33.00. viii+169 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. Papers in English and French.
Papers from the ‘Mountain Environments in Prehistoric Europe’ session (C31) of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents: 1) Exploitation du milieu montagnard dans le mousterien final: la Grotte du Noisetier a frechet-aure (Pyrenees centrales Françaises) (Vincent Mourre, Sandrine Costamagno, Laurent Bruxelles, David Colonge, Stéphanie Cravinho, Véronique Laroulandie, Bruno Maureille, Céline Thiébaut, Julien Viguier); 2) Late Pleistocene Human Occupation and Large Mammal Distribution in the Eastern Alpine Region (Martina Pacher); 3) The Mousterian of the Vallicelli Cave (Monte San Giacomo, Salerno, Italy), in the pre- and protohistoric settlement framework at the slopes of Mount Cervati (Carmine Collina, Rosalia Gallotti, Marcello Piperno, Nicoletta Santangelo, Antonio Santo); 4) From Lake Chiemsee to the Totes Gebirge – on the Alpine path of the Neanderthals? (Doris Döppes, Wilfried Rosendahl); 5) Adaptation à l'environnement montagneux au Paléolithique en Hongrie (Zsolt Mester); 6) Des caches et entrepots au Paléolithique: une nécessité dans l’exploitation cynégétique saisonnière des milieux montagnards (Thierry Tillet); 7) Locating micro-refugia in periglacial environments during the LGM (Nathan Walker); 8) Processus évolutifs essentiels dans le paléoenvironnement et les industries de la fin du Tardiglaciaire dans les Alpes du Nord françaises et le Jura meridional (Gilbert Pion); 9) Prehistoric reindeer-hunting in the southern Norwegian highlands (Sveinung Bang-Andersen); 10) The first occupation of the Southern Alps in the Late Glacial at Riparo Tagliente (Verona, Italy). Detecting the organisation of living-floors through a G.I.S. integrated analysis of technological, functional, palaeoeconomic and spatial attributes (Federica Fontana, Antonio Guerreschi, Stefano Bertola, Francesca Bonci, Cristina Cilli, Jeremie Liagre, Laura Longo, Giovanna Pizziolo, Ursula Thun Hohenstein); 11) Changes of Geographical Environment in Prehistoric Azerbaijan (Upper Pleistocene and Holocene) (Malahat Farajova); 12) The Palaeolithic naturalistic art at the Dalmeri Rockshelter and climate variability (G. Dalmeri, A. Cusinato, S. Frisia, M. Hrozny Kompatscher, K. Kompatscher, M. Bassetti, R. Belli); 13) The use of mountain sectors during Epipalaeolithic and Mesolithic in the Western Switzerland Prealps (Pierre Crotti, Jérôme Bullinger); 14) Structuring a settlement model for the early Mesolithic in north-eastern Italy (Stefano Grimaldi); 15) The oldest silex and rock crystal mining traces in high alpine regions (Walter Leitner); 16) La néolithisation de la vallée du Rhône et de ses marges (Thomas Perrin); 17) Neolithic in the European Mid-Mountains. Case study from the Polish Carpathians (Paweł Valde-Nowak); 18) A view from the Apennines: the role of the inland sites in southern Italy during the Bronze Age (Alberto Cazzella, Giulia Recchia); 19) Settlement strategies in alpine valleys of Lombardy (Northern Italy) from Neolithic to Early Bronze Age: some examples (Marco Baioni, Raffaella Poggiani Keller); 20) Data on settlement views during Neolithic in prealpin lakes of NW Lombardy (northern Italy) (Daria Giuseppina Banchieri); 21) Mountain environment and landscape in prehistoric Sicily: the Madonie region (Palermo, Italy) (Vincenza Forgia).
BAR S1881 2008: Ancient German Identity in the Shadow of the Roman Empire The impact of Roman trade and contact along the middle Danube frontier, 10 BC–AD 166 by Eric Michael Vrba. ISBN 9781407303611. £48.00. xvi+355 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; with catalogue.
Slovakia is a convergent zone of three interrelated spheres of study in Roman history and archaeology. These three spheres are the frontier, Romanization, and cultural identity. The aim of the project that forms the core of this book is a greater understanding of how identity functions, as reflected in a culture’s material remains, and what affect outside agents have on identity, if any. The primary focus of this project is cultural identity and Part I outlines the ancient German culture along the Middle Danube River using ancient literary evidence and archaeological material. Part II is an account of the archaeological project conducted at Urbárske Sedliská, along with detailed descriptions of specific artifact groups, such as pottery, seen in southwest Slovakia. The final section, Part III, is a synthesis of parts I and II, bringing together the known archaeological data of the region and the theoretical discussions with the new data recovered from the excavations.
BAR S1880 2008: A Thousand Years of Farming: Late Chalcolithic Agricultural Practices at Tell Brak in Northern Mesopotamia by Mette Marie Hald. ISBN 9781407303604. £34.00. x+175 pages; 54 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; 32 tables; 2 data Appendices.
The Late Chalcolithic is a period of far-reaching changes in many aspects of life in Mesopotamia. On the southern alluvial plain (present day Iraq) the first city states appear, among them the city of Uruk, which grows to become the largest of the cities in the south. The growth of cities coincides with evidence for elaborate ritual building complexes, an increasingly class-stratified society, industrial specialisation, and multi-tiered administration, which includes the invention of writing. The present volume focuses on the agricultural developments in Late Chalcolithic northern Mesopotamia from the perspective of a major settlement in the region, Tell Brak in modern northeast Syria. Agriculture formed the basis of the economy of ancient Near Eastern communities; a study of the crop husbandry practices of Tell Brak can potentially identify the plant economy of the site, including the crops present in the settlement, and methods of crop processsing and use. Any agricultural responses to changes in the socio-political system, known from the archaeological evidence to have taken place during the Late Chalcolithic, can also be assessed. These responses may be able to give us an indication of the wider economic responses to societal change during the Late Chalcolithic.
BAR S1879 2008: Rain Harvesting in the Rainforest: The Ancient Maya Agricultural Landscape of Calakmul, Campeche, Mexico by Helga Geovannini Acuña. ISBN 9781407303598. £30.00. vii+141 pages; 62 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; 29 tables. 4 data Appendices.
The main subject discussed in this study is the way in which the ancient Maya of Calakmul (modern Mexico), who thrived between 900 B.C. to A.D. 1000, managed their landscape in order to survive in the tropical rainforest. Their lithic technology, the hot, humid climate with a prolonged dry season, the lack of permanent surface sources of fresh water, and thin soils, considered insufficient for sustained agricultural production, are factors that were addressed successfully by the Maya in developing their complex civilization. The author’s research begins with landscape, archaeological, and edaphological analyses, after which she explores the areas most advantageous to permanent habitation, suitable agricultural zones, land potential of the region and the capability of the area for supporting population. In addition, a complex agricultural channel irrigation system is explored as a critical factor for managing productive terrain for agriculture in karstic depressions (bajos). Similarly, an impressive rain harvesting system is exposed as an option to optimize hydrological resources for canalizing excessive rain during the wet season and storing water during the dry period. Finally, a reconstruction of the agricultural landscape is proposed.
BAR S1878 2008: Freiburg Dissertations in Aegean Archaeology Befestigungsanlagen im griechischen Raum in der Bronzezeit und ihre Entwicklung von neolithischer bis in archaische Zeit by Georgios Kalogeroudis. ISBN 9781407303581. £65.00. iv+486 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, tables, drawings and photographs, 3 in colour; in German.
A comprehensive study of all known fortifications in Neolithic and Bronze Age Greece has so far been lacking. This work attempts to fill the gap and, through individual examinations, to arrive at a complete picture of the development of these sites in prehistoric times. The pivotal questions are the following: Why did people build fortifications and in what conditions were they built?
BAR S1877 2008: ARCHAIA: Case Studies on Research Planning, Characterisation, Conservation and Management of Archaeological Sites edited by Nicolò Marchetti and Ingolf Thuesen. ISBN 9781407303574. £65.00. 470 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, tables, drawings and photographs, including 17 colour plates.
That field archaeological research and the conservation of ancient remains are inseparable actions is now a commonly shared opinion. However, in practice this consensus does not come with a check-list of shared protocols which can help in identifying the best possible solutions in each case. The ways of presenting a site to the public are often conceived a posteriori, after the completion of an archaeological project and without taking advantage of all the data produced by secondary studies and analysis of the excavated materials. Field archaeologists have long been confronted by these problems and this work is the result of a symposium on the topic, now known as the ARCHAIA project, held by group of colleagues from the Universities of Bologna, Copenhagen and Zadar, to which some other key speakers were added. This book contains the results of their joint efforts in highlighting what they think may be some of the most promising avenues for future practice and research. Contents: 1) ARCHAIA: from excavation strategies to archaeological parks (Nicolò Marchetti); 2) Protection of cultural property and archaeological heritage in the European Union and in Italy (legislation and recent case-law) (Guglielmo Cevolin); 3) Towards an international agenda for agreeing on a standard policy of preservation, presentation and management of archaeological sites and parks (Ingolf Thuesen); 4 Survey and technical analysis: a must for understanding monuments (Carla Maria Amici); 5) Image-based 3D recording and modelling of landscapes and large Cultural Heritage sites (Armin Gruen); 6) Multiscale integrated application of geomatic techniques for Cultural Heritage documentation (Gabriele Bitelli); 7) Precise global georeferencing of sites and geodetic techniques for morphological surveys within a common reference frame (Luca Vittuari); 8) Topographi cal field operations in mapping archaeological sites (Enrico Giorgi); 9) Some aspects of close-range photogrammetric surveys for Cultural Heritage documentation (Antonio Zanutta, Gabriele Bitelli); 10) Take a look, make a sketch and re-think it: surveying and 4D models for reconstructing archaeological sites (Moritz Kinzel); 11) Traces of the past: characterising material culture (Luisa Mazzeo Saracino); 12) A mineralogical-geochemical app roach to pottery characterisation (Vanna Minguzzi, Maria Carla Nannetti); 13) A systematic approach for the damage assessment of museum metals collections based on statistics and portable techniques: the case study of ancient Messene, Greece (M. Giannoulaki, V. Argyropoulos, T. Panou, G. Michalakakos, A.G. Karydas, V. Kantarelou, D. Anglos, A. Giakoumaki, V. Perdikatsis, C. Apostolaki, P. Themelis, S. Poulimenea); 14) Characterisation and documentation of material culture (particularly pottery) (Susanne Kerner); 15) Reconstructing hi story from material culture: the case of Etruscan Marzabotto (Elisabetta Govi)16) Material evidence as a vehicle for socio-cultural reconstruction (Alan Walmsley); 17) GIS archi ves for sites and their landscapes (Maurizio Cattani); 18) Semantic profiling to supp ort multi-view and multimodal interaction (Flavio De Paoli, Glauco Mantegari); 19) Computational intelligence in archaeology: the automatic production of knowledge (Juan A. Barceló); 20) Wireless networks in archaeology and Cultural Heritage (Massimo Ancona, Davide Conte, Donatella Pian, Sonia Pini, Gianluca Quercini, Antonella Traverso); 21) NADIR – The Archaeological Research Network of the Department of Archaeology, University of Bologna (Antonio Gottarelli); 22) An introduction to Bioarchaeology through a zooarchaeological perspective (Antonio Curci); 23) Bioarchaeology: the human skeleton as a hi storical source (Maria Giovanna Belcastro, Valentina Mariotti); 24) Faces from the past: the reconstruction of human physical appearance (Niels Lynnerup, Bjørn Skaarup); 25) Palaeoenvironment and subsistence economy through the analysis of botanical macroremains (Marialetizia Carra); 26) The use of archaeobotanical assemblages in palaeoeconomic reconstructions (Mette Marie Hald); 27) An introduction to faunal remains and environmental studies: a mismatch or a match made in heaven? (Pernille Bangsgaard); 28) Conservation and presentation of historical European mining landscapes: the Rammelsberg and Goslar UNESCO World Heritage Site, and the North-Western Harz Mountains in Germany (Christoph Bartels); 29) Ten years of collaboration on cultural landscapes research (Almudena Orejas, María Ruiz del Árbol); 30) From archaeological parks to the enhancement of archaeological landscapes: new directions in Italian heritage management (Andrea Zifferero); 31) Environmental assessment of an archaeological site for the development of an archaeological park (Paola Rossi Pisa, Gabriele Bitelli, Marco Bittelli, Maria Speranza, Lucia Ferroni, Pietro Catizone, Marco Vignudelli); 32) Culture, context, communication: an essay on the museological depth of field (Tim Flohr Sørensen); 33) Global climate change and archaeological heritage: prevision, impact and mapping (Cristina Sabbioni, Alessandra Bonazza, Palmira Messina); 34) The restoration and consolidation of archaeological sites and historical buildings. Science – research – technology (Pasquale Zaffaroni); 35) Modern approaches to archaeological conservation (Giovanna De Palma); 36) The policy for the conservation of the archaeological heritage in Turkey (Abdullah Kocapınar); 37) Low impact restoration techniques, coverings and fixed devices in an archaeological park: a case study at Tilmen Höyük in Turkey (Stefano F. Musso); 38) Preservation and presentation of Neolithic sites: a case study at Shkarat Msaied, Southern Jordan (Moritz Kinzel); 39); Cultural Heritage management: the special case of the World Heritage Site of Petra (May Shaer); 40) The desert and the sown: Islamic cities as a paradigm for sites on the fringe? (Alan Walmsley); 41) The archaeological park and open-air museum at the Middle Bronze Age site of Montale (Modena, Italy) (Andrea Cardarelli, Ilaria Pulini); 42) Strategic management of enhancement projects on urban archaeological sites: the APEAR method (Anne Warnotte, Marianne Tinant, Pierre Hupet); 43) Understanding the historic urban fabric of towns: implications for archaeological research design and public archaeology (Ian Simpson); 44) Late antique mosaics and their archaeological context (Isabella Baldini); 45) Archaeology and its museums: from the excavation to multimedia dissemination (Maria Teresa Guaitoli); 46) The Croatian archaeological heritage: some introductory remarks (Nenad Cambi, Giuseppe Lepore); 47) The archaeological site of Burnum: research perspectives within a protected natural landscape (Igor Borzić); 48) Archaeological diagnostics experiences at Burnum (Federica Boschi, Alessandro Campedelli); 49) Critical approach to the exhibitions of the imperial cult in the Roman Illyricum with regard to its early stage of development (Miroslav Glavičić, Željko Miletić); 50) Archaeological heritage alongside the Krka River (Josko Zaninović); 51) Roman epigraphical monuments from Asseria and Burnum: the role of epigraphy in reconstructing the history of sites (Miroslav Glavičić, Željko Miletić).
BAR S1876 2008: Reconstruction of the Bronze Age of the Caspian Steppes Life styles and life ways of pastoral nomads by Natalia Shishlina. ISBN 9781407303567. £47.00. xiv+299 pages; 140 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; 31 tables; 3 data Appendices.
The Caspian Steppes have been attracting attention in the focus of many scholars for more than a hundred years, because the steppes that lie between the Lower Volga and the Lower Don regions, and border with the North Caucasus is an area where many cultural traditions formed and developed. Multiethnic and multicultural groups are behind such traditions. The objective of this book is to systematize the dating of Caspian Steppes’ sites to different cultures, based on new archaeological sources that have appeared recently as a result of new excavations. The detailed analysis of key features of the burial rite and general categories of the material culture, i.e. grave offerings, provides a possibility to present in Chapter 1 characteristics of archaeological cultures and cultural groups of the Caspian Steppes in the Eneolithic–Middle Bronze Age. Application of the complex method of establishing culture sequence in Chapter 2 is aimed at revealing changes of cultural traditions in the region and establishing their absolute chronology. The database obtained gives grounds to evaluate the ethno-cultural historical process in the region under discussion through models of the economic cycle and production developed by ancient population is presented in Chapter 3. Amongst others, this book is based on the Bronze Age collections from the Eurasian Steppe and the Caucasus of the Archaeology Department of the State Historical Museum in Moscow, and data obtained from the excavation of the Steppe Archaeological Expedition of the State Historical Museum.
BAR S1875 2008: Recent Approaches to the Archaeology of Land Allotment edited by Adrian M. Chadwick. ISBN 9781407303550. £60.00. vi+459 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, tables, drawings and photographs.
The idea of this volume came out of two research gatherings that focused on land allotment and field systems. The first was a day seminar on Ancient Fields, held at the National Monuments Record centre at Swindon, England, in June 2002, and organised. The second was the session on Land Allotment at the 24th annual conference of the Theoretical Archaeology Group, held at Manchester University in December 2002. Contents: 1) Land, landscape and Englishness in the discovery of prehistoric land division (Helen Wickstead); 2) From clearance plots to ‘sustained’ farming: Peak District fields in prehistory (John Barnatt); 3) Commons, fields and communities in prehistoric Cornwall (Peter Herring); 4) Encounters with place in prehistory: writing a case study for Shipman Head Down, Isles of Scilly (Eleanor Breen); 5) The place and materiality of an upland field system at Cwm Ffrydlas, North Wales (Robert Johnston); 6) After the axe: ways into the upland landscapes of Cumbria (Helen Evans); 7) An empty hole, or a meaningful whole? Approaches to the study of pit alignments (John Thomas); 8) Towards a bounded landscape. Excavations at Gonalston, Nottinghamshire, and the development of the earliest field systems in the Trent Valley (David Knight and Lee Elliott); 9) Late prehistoric and Romano-British land division in South and West Yorkshire: an overview of the evidence (Ian Roberts); 10) Fields for discourse? Towards more self-critical, theoretical and interpretative approaches to the archaeology of field systems and land allotment (Adrian M. Chadwick); 11) ‘The pleasant land of counterpane’: linking site-specific archaeological land use to the landscape of prehistoric field systems (Helen Lewis); 12) Mobile and enclosed landscapes on the Yorkshire Wolds (Chris Fenton-Thomas); 13) Stone walls in west Östergötland – their dating and its consequences (Maria Petersson); 14) Unfamiliar landscapes: infields, outfields, boundaries and landscapes in Iceland (Oscar Aldred); 15) Field-names in reconstructing late Anglo-Saxon agricultural land-use in the Bourn Valley, West Cambridgeshire (Susan Oosthuizen); 16) Not so common fields: the making of the East Anglian landscape (Edward Martin); 17) The co-axial field systems of Pembrokeshire revisited: towards an ekistic explanation (Jonathan Kissock); 18) Woodland and Champion: farming, ‘the social’, and the origins of medieval landscapes (Tom Williamson); 19) Parks and perceptions of parkland (Richard Muir); 20) Parliamentary Process: the creation of farming landscapes in eighteenth and nineteenth century Buckinghamshire (Hannah Sackett); 21) The irregularity of fields: historic piecemeal enclosure and dispersed settlement in upland England at the Upper Derwent, Peak District, and Great Langdale, Lake District (Bill Bevan).
BAR S1874 2008: Australia and the Origins of Agriculture by Rupert Gerritsen. ISBN 9781407303543. £37.00. iii+205 pages; 28 figures, maps, plans and drawings.
In this work the author explores issues of the origin of agriculture in Australia such as the “failure” of agriculture to develop indigenously, and its “failure” to diffuse into Australia, despite contact with Indonesian (Macassan) agriculturalists or New Guinean horticulturalists. Although not always explicitly stated or recognised, significant differences probably exist in the factors and dynamics that led to the pristine development of agriculture, as opposed to agriculture that arose as a result of outside influences, as a result of cultural transfers. In addition, a further question is investigated relating to the concept of Complex Hunter-Gatherers and the validity of some of the frameworks, key arguments, and critical evidence, that have been put forward concerning the development of agriculture, animal husbandry and Complex Hunter-Gatherer economies. A corollary of certain additional factors also explored, such as British colonisation, is the recognition that particular geographic, environmental, climatic, demographic and cultural factors, either singly or in concert, must have affected development in this continent.
BAR S1873 2008: Cambridge Monographs in African Archaeology 76 The Archaeology of Tanzanian Coastal Landscapes in the 6th to 15th Centuries AD the Middle Iron Age of the Region by Edward John David Pollard. ISBN 9781407303536. £54.00. xv+367 pages; 147 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; 30 figures; 5 data Appendices, Gazetteer .
This study seeks insights into the peoples and traditions of the Tanzanian coast, East Africa, during the 6th to 15th century through the application of archaeological survey and excavation techniques in the vicinity of the two important trading centres of Kaole and Kilwa. It adopts a maritime cultural landscape perspective, an approach that has seen very limited previous application to the East African coast, despite the central role played by the sea in the development of its port settlements and exploitation of its resources. Six themes are covered, namely the identification of coastal settlement sites and establishment of their chronology; recognition of principal phases in settlement development; exploitation of maritime resources and economy; identification of settlement location in relationship to the physical environment of the coast; establishment of the hierarchical nature of coastal settlement; and recognition of the principal harbour and port types.
BAR S1872 2008: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 16 Prehistoric Art and Ideology Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) / Actes du XV Congrès Mondial (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006) Vol. 16, Session C27 edited by Emmanuel Anati. ISBN 9781407303529. £28.00. v+123 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; papers in English, French and Italian.
Papers from the ‘Prehistoric Art and Ideology’ session (C27) held at the XV UISPP World Congress, September 2006. Contents: 1) Prehistoric art and ideology (Emmanuel Anati); 2) Deciphering mythological narrations in the rock art of Valcamonica: the rock of the phallus (Emmanuel Anati and Ariela Fradkin); 3) Gravettian burial rites: functional analysis of the lithic grave goods (S. Arrighi and V. Borgia); 4) Animal deities and shamans, warriors and Aesir Gods – rock art of the Nothern Countries – Scandinavia, Finland and Russia (Ulf Bertilsson); 5) Dancing scenes and ideology in the Neolithic Near East (Yosef Garfinkel); 6) Patriarchy and ideology in the rock art of the Iberian Mediterranean Basin (Mateu Escoriza); 7) The symbolism and the wearing fashion of jewellery-pendants during the Bronze Age in Hungary (Katalin Jankovits); 8) Les “arts” megalithiques d’Europe Occidentale: pourquoi une telle diversité? (Jean-Pierre Mohen); 9) How the artistic production of a Prehistoric society can suggest cultural changes and everyday life imagery: the case of the Predynastic Nile Valley (Simona Moscadelli); 10) Evidence for a Muelos belief in African and near East Neolithic mortuary rituals? (Estelle Orrelle); 11) Simboli al femminile: linee parallele e a volta nell’arte rupestre Calcolitica (Umberto Sansoni); 12) Idéologie et symbolisme dans l’art nord-thrace (Valeriu Sirbu); 13) Animals as symbols in Upper Palaeolithic art (Christian Zuchner).
BAR S1871 2008: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 9 A New Dawn for the Dark Age? Shifting Paradigms in Mediterranean Iron Age Chronology / L'âge obscur se fait-il jour de nouveau? Les paradigmes changeants de la chronologie de l'âge du Fer en Méditerranée Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) / Actes du XV Congrès Mondial (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006) Vol. 9, Session C53 edited by Dirk Brandherm and Martin Trachsel. ISBN 9781407303512. £34.00. vi+176 pages; v+123 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; papers in English with French and German summaries.
Papers from the ‘A New Dawn for the Dark Age? Shifting Paradigms in Mediterranean Iron Age Chronology’ session (C53) held at the XV UISPP World Congress, September 2006. Contents: 1) Western challenges to East Mediterranean chronological frameworks (Francisco J. Núñez Calvo); 2) Dark Age pottery from southern Aeolis (Kaan İren); 3) The beginning of the Iron Age in Thrace: archaeological evidence and questions of chronology (Elena Bozhinova); 4) Steps towards a revised chronology of Greek Geometric pottery by Martin Trachsel; 5) Italian metalwork of the 11th–9th centuries BC and the absolute chronology of the Dark Age Mediterranean (Christopher Pare); 6) The Iron Age in the Mediterranean: recent radiocarbon research at the University of Groningen (Albert J. Nijboer and Hans van der Plicht); 7) Relative and absolute chronology of Latium vetus from the Bronze Age to the transition to the Orientalizing period (Anna Maria Bietti Sestieri and Anna De Santis); 8) The chronology of the Late Bronze Age in western Iberia and the beginning of the Phoenician colonization in the western Mediterranean (Mariano Torres Ortiz); 9) Greek and Phoenician potsherds between East and West: a chronological dilemma? (Dirk Brandherm).
BAR S1866 2008: Bronze Priests of Ancient Egypt from the Middle Kingdom to the Græco-Roman Period by Barbara Mendoza. ISBN 9781407303499. £56.00. viii+402 pages; 143 plates; catalogues, inscriptions and data Appendices.
Ancient Egyptian bronze sculpture appears in many major European and North American museum
collections, but its inadequate study makes the sculpture very difficult to analyze. The aim of the present study is to analyze and organize the corpus of priestly bronze statuary, a rather large subgroup of non-royal ancient Egyptian bronze statuary. To this end, the author utilizes several factors intrinsic to each three-dimensional figure: epigraphical, stylistical, contextual, and technical, to show the temporal development of the ancient Egyptian priest and priestly figure in bronze. With this study the author provides a foundation for further study in the area of non-royal bronze statuary in general and a clearer view of the artistic contribution of priestly bronze statuary in particular, as well as a better understanding of the role and development of priestly bronze statuary.
BAR S1865 2008: Early Human Impact on Megamolluscs edited by Andrzej Antczak and Roberto Cipriani. ISBN 9781407303482. £41.00. iv+254 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
Papers from an international workshop the Early Human Impact on Megamolluscs (EHIM), held on the Isla de Margarita, in Venezuela, between September 26th and 28th, 2005. Contents: 1) Early Human Impact on Megamolluscs: How Much Do We Know? (Andrzej Antczak and Roberto Cipriani); 2) Trends and Strategies in Shellfish Gathering on the Pacific Northwest Coast of North America (Aubrey Cannon, Meghan Burchell, and Rhonda Bathurst); 3) Human Exploitation of the Quahog Mercenaria mercenaria in Eastern North-America: Historical Patterns and Controls (Harold B. Rollins, Robert S. Prezant, and Ronald B. Toll); 4) Shellfish Use in Pre-Columbian Panama (Diana Rocio Carvajal Contreras); 5) A History of Human Impact on the Queen Conch (Strombus gigas) in Venezuela (Andrzej Antczak, Juan M. Posada, Diego Schapira, Ma. Magdalena Antczak, Roberto Cipriani, and Irene Amarilis Montaño); 6) A Recipe for a Sambaqui: Considerations on Brazilian Shell Mound Composition and Building (Levy Figuti); 7) Exploitation of loco, Concholepas concholepas (Gastropoda: Muricidae), during the Holocene of Norte Semiárido, Chile (Pedro Báez R. and Donald Jackson S.); 8) Qualitative Effects of Pre-Hispanic Harvesting on Queen Conch: The Tale of a Structured Matrix Model (Roberto Cipriani and Andrzej Antczak); 9) Molluscan Archives from European Prehistory (Geoff Bailey and Nicky Milner); 10) Shell Middens (“Køkkenmøddinger”): The Danish Evidence (Søren H. Andersen); 11) Marine Molluscs in Danish Stone Age Middens; A Case Study on Krabbesholm II (Nina Nielsen); 12) Limpet Sizes in Stone Age Archaeological Contexts at the Cape, South Africa: Changing Environment or Human Impact? (John Parkington); 13) From Prehistoric to Present: Giant Clam (Tridacnidae) Use in Papua New Guinea (Jeff Kinch); 14) Palaeobiomass Estimation and Collecting Pressure on Molluscs in Japan (Hiroko Koike); 15) Mediterranean, Red Sea and Nilotic Shell Artifacts in the Levant: Indicators of Trade Routes in the Bronze Age (Daniella E. Bar-Yosef Mayer); 16) Archaeomalacological Research in India with Special Reference to Early Historic Exploitation of the Sacred Conch Shell (Turbinella pyrum) in Western Deccan (Arati Deshpande-Mukherjee); 17. Shell Symbolism in Pre-Columbian North America (Cheryl Claassen); 18) Between Food and Symbol: The Role of Marine Molluscs in the Late Pre-Hispanic North-Central Venezuela (Ma. Magdalena Antczak and Andrzej Antczak); 19) The Study of Ancient Human-Mollusc Interactions as an Interdisciplinary Challenge (Roberto Cipriani, Andrzej Antczak and Ma. Magdalena Antczak).
BAR S1864 2008: Monographs of the Sydney University Teleilat Ghassul Project 2 Chalcolithic Cult and Risk Management at Teleilat Ghassul The Area E Sanctuary by Peta Seaton. ISBN 9781407303475. £62.00. 471 pages; 161 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs, including 2 colour plates; 59 tables; 2 catalogues and index.
This work addresses a number of issues emerging from evidence from Teleilat Ghassul in the south Jordan Valley, incorporating unpublished material from Professor J.B. Hennessy’s excavations in 1967, 1975-1977, and new material from Bourke’s 1994- present campaigns at the site. These include: A report of the excavated material and architecture from Area E, the ‘Sanctuary’ precinct; Justification for the ‘cultic’ attribution of the precinct, and some proposals about the nature of the cult activities and their purpose; The evidence for emerging internal competitive diversity in cult and religious activities at the site, its cause and consequences; Observations on the spatial and temporal place of Teleilat Ghassul, and specifically the Sanctuary, in the broader Chalcolithic and pre-state spectrum; The extent to which cult expression reflects a social response to managing crisis, rather than success; The extent to which the evidence supports conventional paradigms about increasing social, economic and technological complexity in pre-state societies, and the value added by the Ghassul evidence to our understanding of Chalcolithic culture and social systems; Analysis of the extent to which the Sanctuary and the broader site can inform the extension of archaeological analysis, to identify the conscious behaviour and evidence of individuals manipulating social and economic circumstances to alter the power relationships in a community; and the degree to which we can extend recent conceptual frameworks in articulating an ‘Archaeology of Politics’ from pre-literate evidence in cult contexts. Part I presents a full report on the architecture, ceramics and small finds from Area E. The stratigraphy, architecture and phasing of the Sanctuary precinct, including the Sanctuary Courtyard, and the adjacent Industrial Area, reports previously unpublished detail of the excavated remains. This is followed by the ceramics from the Sanctuary precinct, with reference to the Pontifical Biblical Institute material where appropriate and with a broad indication of parallels in the region. The distribution of ceramic forms and wares is presented as the basis of evidence for the unique and specialised nature of the Sanctuary. Objects from the Sanctuary precinct are also presented in a comparable descriptive and statistical format to the ceramics. The architecture of other Chalcolithic sites, cultic and domestic, is discussed in Part II with the aim of drawing conclusions about the function of the Sanctuary, and its relationship with identified comparators at En Gedi and Gilat. Possible links with Mesopotamian, southern Anatolian, Syrian, Egyptian and desert sites are also explored. Part III takes a deliberate context-based approach to cult analysis, drawing together the objects from the Sanctuary Courtyard, Sanctuary Temenos, Industrial Area and Painters Workshop to demonstrate the significance of the components of each assemblage and their relationship to the cult activities. Part III also examines the Ghassul Area E Sanctuary against existing and respected models of cultic criteria and recommends additional criteria to be added to this model. A catalogue of objects from the Sanctuary precinct is presented in the Appendix to emphasise the significance of each assemblage and promote the benefits of context-based publication of objects. Part III draws together current debates and evidence on chronology, environment and economy in the Chalcolithic with specific reference to Ghassul and the Sanctuary, and presents some conclusions about the evidence for risk and crisis, which may have generated the social and political responses by groups and individuals inherent in the Sanctuary evidence. Conclusions in Part IV respond to the aims set out above.
BAR S1863 2008: Conceptualization of ‘Xihuitl’: History, Environment and Cultural Dynamics in Postclassic Mexica Cognition by Mutsumi Izeki. ISBN 9781407303468. £35.00. viii+191 pages; 60 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; 5 data Appendices and catalogues.
This study is concerned with how the Postclassic Mexica people developed their unique perspective of history and environment in a dynamic cultural context. By focusing on the process of conceptualization of the Nahuatl word ‘xihuitl’, the author analyzes the way the Mexica expressed their cognition. Xihuitl covers a range of meanings: ‘turquoise’, ‘grass’, ‘solar year’, ‘comet’, ‘preciousness’, ‘blue-green’ and ‘fire’. The correlations of the meanings of xihuitl can be explained from a structural point of view. However, structural analysis does not reveal the dynamic experiential processes that produced such correlations in the minds of the Mexica. In order to account for this dynamic aspect of the concept, the author employs a theory drawn from cognitive science. This theory argues that the meanings and representations of a concept are metaphoric extensions that derive from the central sense of the concept. Applying this theory, the author examines the metaphoric extension of each xihuitl representation from the central sense. The author also analyzes the four media of expression—linguistic, iconographic, material and ritual—in which representations of xihuitl occur. The representations of xihuitl in each medium embody a particular aspect of the concept. At the same time, the concept as a whole was affected by the Mexica conceptual system—the way the Mexica saw their world—rooted in the connections they believed existed between themselves and those who established earlier Central Mexican civilizations.
BAR S1862 2008: Engendering Social Dynamics: The Archaeology of Maintenance Activities edited by Sandra Montón-Subías and Margarita Sánchez-Romero. ISBN 9781407303451. £26.00. iii+95 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
A selection of some of the papers presented at two international workshops: Women and Maintenance
activities in times of change and Interpreting household practices: reflections on the social and cultural roles of maintenance activities, which were held in Barcelona in November 2005 and November 2007. These two workshops were co-organised by the Centre d’Estudis del Patrimoni Arqueològic de la Prehistòria-CEPAP (Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, Spain) and by the Departament d’Humanitats (Universitat Pompeu Fabra, Spain). Contents: Introduction: Engendering social dynamics. The archaeology of maintenance activities. An introduction (Paloma González-Marcén, Sandra Montón-Subías, Marina Picazo, and Margarita Sánchez-Romero); 2) Chapter 1. Towards an archaeology of maintenance activities (Paloma González-Marcén, Sandra Montón-Subías and Marina Picazo); Chapter 2. Why has history not appreciated maintenance activities? (Almudena Hernando); Chapter 3. Thoughts on a method for zooarchaeological study of quotidian life (Diane Gifford-González); Chapter 4. The technics of the American Home (Francesca Bray ); Chapter 5. Sun Disks and solar cycles: weaving and the down of solar cosmologies in Post-Classical Mexico (Elisabeth Brumfiel ); Chapter 6. Nurturing the dead: medieval women as family undertakers (Roberta Gilchrist); Chapter 7. Maintenance activities in the funerary record. The case of Iberian cemeteries (Antonia García-Luque and Carmen Risquez ); Chapter 8. Greek terracota figurines: images and representations of everyday life (Marina Picazo );
Chapter 9. Grinding to a Halt: Gender and the Changing Technology of Flour Production in Roman Galilee (Carol Meyers); Chapter 10. Changing foodways: new strategies in food preparation, serving and consumption in the Bronze Age of the Iberian Peninsula (Margarita Sánchez-Romero and Gonzalo Aranda); Chapter 11. “Spun on a wheel were women’s hearts”. Women between ideology and life in the Nordic past (Liv Helga Dommasnes).
BAR S1861 2008: Prehistoric Ceramics Research Group: Occasional Paper 6 Breaking the Mould: Challenging the Past through Pottery edited by Ina Berg. ISBN 9781407303444. £28.00. vi+123 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
In October 2006, the 3rd International Conference on Prehistoric Ceramics, entitled ‘Breaking the Mould: Challenging the Past through Pottery’, was hosted by the Department of Archaeology on behalf of the Prehistoric Ceramics Research Group and The Prehistoric Society at the University of Manchester. Contents: 1) Skill amongst the sherds: understanding the role of skill in the early to late Middle Bronze Age in Hungary (Sandy Budden);2) Thinking outside of the pot: what other containers can tell us about the inception of ceramics in the Neolithic Near East (Rachel Conroy); 3) The trajectory of the wheel-coiling technique in the southern Levant: historical scenarios and explanatory mechanisms (Valentine Roux); 4) Undecorated Calatagan pots as active symbols of cultural affiliation (Grace Barretto-Tesoro); 5) Pottery and feasting in central Sweden (Thomas Eriksson); 6) A re-evaluation of the pottery assemblages from Ville-es-Nouaux, Les Platons and La Hougue Mauger, Jersey, Channel Islands (Paul-David Francis Driscoll); 7) Thoughts and adjustments in the potter’s backyard (Olivier Gosselain); 8) The hand that makes the pot…: craft traditions in South Sweden in the third millennium BC (Åsa M. Larsson); 9) The vessel as a human body: Neolithic anthropomorphic vessels and their reflection in later periods (Goce Naumov); 10) Influence from the ‘Group Rhin-Suisse-France Orientale’ on the pottery from the Late Bronze Age urnfields in western Belgium. A confrontation between pottery forming technology, 14C dates and typo-chronology (Guy de Mulder, Walter Leclercq and Mark Strydonck);11) Dating a pot beaker and the surrounding landscape using OSL dating (Simone B.C. Bloo, Frieda S. Zuidhoff, Jakob Wallinga and Candice A. Johns).
BAR S1860 2008: Cambridge Monographs in African Archaeology 75 Holocene Prehistory of the Southern Cape, South Africa Excavations at Blombos Cave and the Blombosfontein Nature Reserve by Christopher Stuart Henshilwood. ISBN 9781407303437. £34.00. xi+171 pages; 121 figures, maps, plans, tables, drawings and photographs.
During 1992/3 nine Later Stone Age (LSA) coastal midden sites ranging in age from 6960 BP to 290 BP, and representing 28 depositional units were excavated in the Blombosfontein Nature Reserve and in the directly adjacent Blombos Estates, situated 20 km to the west of Still Bay, southern Cape, South Africa. This monograph is based on the results derived from the author’s research of these sites, including more recent data. In this monograph the term Blombosfontein i s used to cover both the Blombosfontein Nature Reserve and the Blombos Estates. The original excavations of 1992 revealed Middle Stone Age deposits but excavation in these levels was limited and the age of the deposits could not be determined. Subsequent excavations of the MSA levels show that the BBC deposits range in age from over 140 000 years to less than 300 years. Excavation of these MSA levels is continuing . The primary objectives of the initial research at Blombosfontein were to examine the economic and cultural diversity present within and across these nine coastal middens. The core of the project revolved around the excavation of the 9 sites and the subsequent analysis and interpretation of the recovered data. Contents: Chapter 1. Introduction; Chapter 2. Environment and Palaeoenvironment; Chapter 3. Ethnohistory of the Southern Cape; Chapter 4. Holocene Archaeology of the Southern Cape; Chapter 5. Site Descriptions and Radiocarbon Dates; Chapter 6. Shellfish Analysis; Chapter 7. Fauna: Mammals, Reptiles & Fish; Chapter 8. Cultural Artefacts; Chapter 9. Seasonality and Oxygen Isotope Analysis; Chapter 10. Summary & Discussion.
 BAR S1859 2008: Il Tardiglaciale in Italia – Lavori in corso edited by Margherita Mussi. ISBN 9781407303420. £35.00. vi+155 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs; papers in Italian with English abstracts.
Papers from a symposium held in May 2006 in Rome on the Italian Late Glacial. Contents: 1) Lineamenti della vegetazione tardoglaciale in Italia peninsulare e in Sicilia (Donatella Magri); 2) L’uso degli isotopi nella ricostruzione delle migrazioni delle faune nel Tardiglaciale (Maura Pellegrini, Randolph E. Donahue, Julia Lee-Thorp, Jane Evans, Janet Montgomery, Carolyn Chenery, Margherita Mussi); 3) Il livello di conoscenza sulle strategie di sussistenza e i modelli di insediamento nel Tardiglaciale italiano: un bilancio dopo più di 15 anni (Francesca Alhaique, Amilcare Bietti); 4) Continuità e discontinuità nel panorama funerario del Paleolitico superiore in Italia (Vincenzo Formicola); 5) Evolution des concepts de productions lithiques et artistiques à l’epigravettien recent: analyses de collections des préalpes de la Vénétie et des préalpes du sud Françaises (Cyril Montoya) ; 6) La caccia a Riparo Dalmeri nel Tardiglaciale dell’Italia nord-orientale (Ivana Fiore, Antonio Tagliacozzo); 7) Grotta del Clusantin, un sito inusuale nel sistema insediativo epigravettiano delle Alpi italiane (Marco Peresani, Ornella De Curtis, Rossella Duches, Fabio Gurioli, Matteo Romandini, Benedetto Sala); 8) Madonna dell’Ospedale, un sito epigravettiano antico al margine dell’Appennino Marchigiano: osservazioni sulla produzione litica (Mara Silvestrini, Emanuele Cancellieri, Marco Peresani); 9) Une approche taphonomique de l’occupation humaine au Tardiglaciaire dans la vallée du Gallero (Prov. de Pescara, Abruzzes) (Yann Le Jeune, Monique Olive) ; 10) Tempi e modi del ripopolamento dell’Appennino centrale nel Tardiglaciale: nuove evidenze da Grotta di Pozzo (AQ) (Margherita Mussi, Enzo Cocca, Emanuela D’Angelo, Ivana Fiore, Rita Melis, Hannah Russ); 11) Il Gravettiano di Roccia San Sebastiano (Mondragone, Caserta)( Carmine Collina, Ivana Fiore, Rosalia Gallotti, Massimo Pennacchioni, Marcello Piperno, Loretana Salvadei, Antonio Tagliacozzo); 12) Recenti ricerche sul Tardoglaciale del basso versante tirrenico (Fabio Martini, André Carlo Colonese, Zelia Di Giuseppe, Massimiliano Ghinassi, Lisa Govoni, Domenico Lo Vetro, Silvia Ricciardi).
BAR S1858 2008: The Role of the Religious Sector in the Economy of Late Bronze Age Mycenaean Greece by Susan M. Lupack. ISBN 9781407303413. £34.00. vi+181 pages; 5 figures .
Our conception of the Mycenaean economy has been considerably altered in recent times. The palatial administration has gone from being conceived of as a centralized, almost totalitarian bureaucracy that collected and subsequently redistributed goods to the society at large, to one that is conceived of as predominantly interested in mobilizing resources almost solely for the purpose of producing its own elite goods. Alternative foci of economic power have been recognized, the damos and the religious sector. In this work the author thoroughly explores the clues to the latter’s economic activities as they appear in the Linear B tablets and the archaeological record in order to better understand the economic role of the religious sector in Mycenaean society. In addition, the author bears in mind that economic power can bring social and political power. Indeed, they are very often intertwined; therefore she also examines, where possible, the indications that the religious sector wielded some influence within their communities and with respect to the palatial authority. The early chapters, before delving into the archaeological and Linear B evidence concerning the economic activities of the religious sector, explore exactly what the author means when referring to a site as a workshop or a sanctuary, and the methods used in identifying such places. Chapter 3 is a discussion of the workshop-shrine connection as it is manifested in archaeological contexts outside of Mycenaean Greece. Chapter 4 turns to one of the bodies of evidence that has proved most useful for this study: the Pylos land tenure tablets which deal with the landholdings of Pa-ki-ja-ne. Chapter 5 focuses on the religious sector’s involvement in other economic activities, including shepherding, textile production, bronze working, perfume production, and chariot and armor production. Chapter 6 investigates the Mycenaean archaeological material that appears to support the evidence found in the tablets for the involvement of the religious sector in industrial production.
BAR S1857 2008: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 18 The Early Neolithic in the Iberian Peninsula / Le Néolithique ancien dans la Péninsule Ibérique Regional and transregional components / Les éléments regionaux et transregionaux edited by Mariana Diniz. ISBN 9781407303406. £25.00. illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs; papers in English, French and Italian (with English abstracts).
Papers from the session ‘The Early Neolithic in the Iberian Peninsula Regional and transregional components’ held at the XV UISPP World Congress, September 2006. Contents: 1) The Portalón at Cueva Mayor (Sierra de Atapuerca, Spain): a new archaeological sequence (Ortega, A. I.; Juez, L.; Carretero, J. M.; Arsuaga, J. L.; Pérez-González, A.; Ortega, M. C.; Pérez, R.; Pérez, A.; Rodríguez, A. D.; Santos, E.; García, R. ; Gómez, A.; Rodríguez, L.; Martínez de Pinillos, M. & Martínez, I.); 2) Torca l’Arroyu: A new holocene site in the centre of Asturias (North of Spain) (Rogelio Estrada García, Jesús F. Jordá Pardo, Joan S. Mestres Torres and José Yravedra Sainz de los Terreros); 3) From “Inland Neolithic” to “Neolithic dwelling in the inland”: the role of homogeneous and heterogeneous elements on the explanation of earlier agricultural stages in Central Spain (Enrique Cerrillo Cuenca); 4) Néolithisation et structure sociale: données et discussion dans le nord-est de l’Espagne pour (Clop, Xavier; Gibaja, Juan Francisco); 5) El Valle de Ambrona (Soria, España): un referente cronológico para la primera ocupación neolítica del interior peninsular (Manuel A. Rojo-Guerra, Rafael Garrido-Pena e Íñigo García-Martínez-de-Lagrán); 6) Neolithisation process in lower Tagus valley left bank: old perspectives and new data (César Neves, Filipa Rodrigues, Mariana Diniz); 7) Early Neolithic at the Serpis Valley, Alicante, Spain (J. Bernabeu Aubán, LL. Molina Balaguer, T. Orozco Köhler, A. Diez Castillo, C.M. Barton); 8) Sources of monumentality: standing stones in context (Fontaínhas, Alentejo Central, Portugal) (Manuel Calado, Leonor Rocha); Castelo Belinho (Algarve, Portugal) and the first Southwest Iberian Villages (Mário Varela Gomes).
BAR S1852 2008: Egyptian Tomb Architecture The archaeological facts of pharaonic circular symbolism by David I. Lightbody. ISBN 9781407303390. £25.00. xiii+88 pages; 77 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; 4 data Appendices.
The objective of this monograph is to describe and explain the meanings underlying some otherwise anomalous archaeological data drawn from the study of Ancient Egypt. An explanation for the phenomena observed has hitherto proved elusive. The data is principally concerned with royal funerary architecture from the Old Kingdom, and the underlying systems of measurement and geometry that were employed therein. As well as providing a description and explanation for the data, this work also has the objective of providing the first synthesis of related cultural information drawn from several different textual and archaeological resources. The general subject matter is pharaonic funerary architecture from Old Kingdom Egypt, and the work focuses specifically on the circular proportions deliberately incorporated into the tomb designs by the architects. Contents: Introduction; 1) Fundamentals of Ancient Egyptian mathematics and architecture; 2) The Evidence and facts of Egyptian circular proportions; 3) The symbolism; 4) Methodology, analysis and discussion of mathematics; 5) Arguments from authorities; 6) Archaeology and philology; fieldwork and deskwork; 7) Conclusions; Appendix 1: Secondary Issues; Appendix 2: Social Context of early Egyptology; Appendix 3: Egyptian and Greek Mathematics; Appendix 4: Quotes from the Greeks.
BAR S1851 2008: Wine In Ancient Egypt A Cultural and analytical study by Maria Rosa Guasch Jané. ISBN 9781407303383. £25.00. ix+72 pages; 50 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs, 1 in colour.
Wine is a beverage that belongs to the Mediterranean culture. A study of the origins of wine shows how deep vineyards are rooted in this area from West to East and since antiquity. The oldest and most extensive documentation about viticulture and winemaking comes from Egypt. Vineyards have been grown in the Nile Delta for five thousand years. The historical and archaeological study of documents and paintings related to winemaking coming from walls of Egyptian tombs, still presents nowadays unknown aspects. Thanks to the development of analytical techniques, we are now able to shed light on a new aspect known to us from the first Mediterranean civilization: the wine culture in Egypt. This present study has three objectives: To provide a bibliographical study of viticulture and oenology in ancient Egypt; to verify, in an analytical way, the presence of wine in amphorae of ancient Egypt; and to investigate what kinds of wine were produced in ancient Egypt.
BAR S1850 2008: Amun Temples in Nubia A typological study of New Kingdom, Napatan and Meroitic Temples by Caroline M. Rocheleau. ISBN 9781407303376. £26.00. ix+96 pages; 3 tables; 42 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; Gazetteer of sites.
The aims of this study are to observe patterns in the spatial configuration of Egyptian and
Kushite temples dedicated to Amun in Nubia; to identify architectural models; and finally, to ascribe these models to certain historical periods or specific rulers. The core of the work is a typological study based on the comparison of architectural plans of one type of building dedicated to a particular deity. Although it used two earlier typological studies of Kushite architecture as a stepping stone, this study differed in the definition of its assemblage. the present corpus includes New Kingdom temples in an attempt to follow the architectural evolution of Kushite temples from their source of inspiration. Because ancient Egyptian temples were undoubtedly the prototypes upon which Napatan and Meroitic temples were modelled, it was necessary to include them in the study and classify them together with later temples in order to properly establish patterns. Additionally, the newly uncovered temples at Doukki Gel, Hugeir Gubli, Usli, Soniyat, Dangeil, and el-Hassa offered new material that needed to be included in such a study. As much as the study of Egyptian temples contributed to our understanding of ancient Egyptian civilisation, the study of Napatan and Meroitic temples might just do the same for the Kushite kingdom.
BAR S1849 2008: Animals and People: Archaeozoological Papers in Honour of Ina Plug edited by Shaw Badenhorst, Peter Mitchell and Jonathan C. Driver. ISBN 9781407303369. £36.00. vi+228 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
This collection of papers is dedicated to Dr Ina Plug to celebrate her tremendous contributions to archaeozoology (or zooarchaeology) in a career that has so far spanned more than three decades. Contents: Preface; Ina Plug: A Tribute (Shaw Badenhorst); Zooarchaeology in Southern Africa: A View from the North (Terry O’Connor); Archaeozoology at the Transvaal Museum and Its Future in South Africa (Karin Scott); Models for Zooarchaeologists from Modern Bushmeat Studies (Jonathan C. Driver); The Contribution of Sibudu Fauna to an Understanding of KwaZulu-Natal Environments at ~60 ka, ~50 ka and ~37 ka (Lyn Wadley, Ina Plug, and Jamie L. Clark); Variability and Change in Middle Stone Age Hunting Behaviour: Aspects from the Lithic and Faunal Records (Marlize Lombard and Jamie L. Clark); Archaeobiodiversity of Ichthyofaunas from the Holocene Sahel (Nadja Pöllath, Joris Peters, and Hélène Jousse); Shrews from Ein el Gazzareen, Dakhleh Oasis, Western Desert, Egypt (C.S. Churcher); Human and Animal Interaction on the Shire Highlands, Malawi: The Evidence from Malowa Rockshelter (Yusuf M. Juwayeyi); Early Herders in Southern Africa: A Synthesis (Andrew B. Smith); The Canine Connection: Dogs and Southern African Hunter-gatherers (Peter Mitchell); Fishing in the Senegal River during the Iron Age: The Evidence from the Habitation Mounds of Cubalel and Siouré (Wim Van Neer); Early Iron Age Regional Settlement and Demographic Patterns along the Eastern Seaboard of South Africa: A View from the Lower Thukela River Valley (Haskel J. Greenfield and Leonard O. van Schalkwyk); A Consideration of Livestock Exploitation during the Early Iron Age in the Thukela Valley, KwaZulu-Natal (Elizabeth R. Arnold); Social Memory and the Antiquity of Snake and Crocodile Symbolism in Southern Africa (Kent D. Fowler); Symbolic Animal Burials from the Venda Region in the Limpopo Province, South Africa (Louisa Hutten); Zhizo and Leopard’s Kopje: Test Excavations at Simamwe and Mtanye, Zimbabwe (T.N. Huffman); Subsistence Change among Farming Communities in Southern Africa during the Last Two Millennia: A Search for Potential Causes (Shaw Badenhorst).
BAR S1848 2008: Lenguajes Visuales de los Incas edited by Paola González Carvajal and Tamara L. Bray. ISBN 9781407303352. £35.00. 193 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. Papers in Spanish and English. Abstract in English.
Approaching precolumbian art in all of its various forms as the material expression of interlocking systems of visual communication opens a rich terrain upon which to further our insights into the cultural and symbolic lives of Andean peoples. For archaeologists, ethnohistorians, and anthropologists interested in such studies, however, it is no simple matter to determine how the varied graphic, artifactual, architectural, and spatial systems of visual communication found in the precolumbian world can or should be interpreted. This volume focuses specifically on the various systems of visual communication created by, or associated, with the imperial Inca state. This collection of papers advances understanding of Inca forms of representation, as well Andean systems more generally, by attending to the formal, contextual, functional, and ideological processes through which they are constructed and within which they are embedded. In essence, the volume constitutes a joint reflection on the important themes of representation and material systems of communication in the Andean context. Contents: Introduction Lenguajes Visuales de los Incas/Introduction: Visual Languages of the Inca (Paola González Carvajal y Tamara L. Bray); 1) Las Dimensiones Simbólicas del Poder dentro del Imperio Inca (Tamara L. Bray); 2) Mediating Opposition: On Redefining Diaguita Visual Codes and Their Social Role During the Inca Period (Paola González Carvajal); 3) Espacios Conquistados y Símbolos Materiales del Imperio Inca en el Noroeste de Argentina (Verónica Williams); 4) Insignias para la Frente de los Nobles Incas: Una Aproximación Etnohistórica- Arqueológica al Principio de la Dualidad (Helena Horta Tricallotis); 5) Del Número al Cálculo en el Imperio Inca: El Lenguaje y sus Representaciones (Viviana Moscovich); 6) El Sistema de Ceques como Computadora (R. Tom Zuidema); 7) Arte Rupestre en Tiempos Incaicos: Nuevos Elementos para una Vieja Discusión (Marcela Sepúlveda); 8) Arquitectura, Arte Rupestre, y las Nociones de Exclusión e Inclusión: El Tawantinsuyu en Aconcagua, Chile (Rodrigo Rodrigo Sánchez Romero y Andrés Troncoso Meléndez); 9) Para que la Letra lo Tenga en los Ojos: Tocapu, Emblemas, y Letreros en los Andes Coloniales del Siglo XVII (Rocío Quispe-Agnoli); 10) Pensarse y Representarse: Aproximaciones a Algunas Prácticas Coloniales Andinas de los Siglos XVI y XVII (José Luis Martínez C.); 11) La Historia en los Queros: Apuntes acerca de la Relación entre las Representaciones Figurativas y los Signos “Tocapus” (Mariusz S. Ziółkowski, Jarosław Arabas, y Jan Szemiński); 12) Tocapu in a Colonial Frame:Andean Space and the Semiotics of Painted Colonial Tocapu (Marie Timberlake).
BAR S1847 2008: Cambridge Monographs in African Archaeology 74 Current Archaeological Research in Ghana edited by Timothy Insoll. ISBN 9781407303345. £31.00. iv+149 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
This work presents and evaluates internal perspectives on the profile of archaeology in the University of Ghana, Legon, internationally, and nationally, and also its future.Chapter 1. Archaeology in the University of Ghana, Legon. A Survey of Emic Perspectives on its Profile and Future, with an Etic Commentary (Timothy Insoll); Chapter 2. An Investigation of a Kintampo Complex Site at Boyasi Hill, near Kumasi, Ghana (James Anquandah); Chapter 3. Molluscs in Archaeological Reconstruction: The Kpone Coastline, Ghana, as a Case Study (Fritz Biveridge); Chapter 4. Excavations at Fort Amsterdam, Abandze, Central Region, Ghana (J. Boachie-Ansah); Chapter 5. Researching the Internal African Diaspora in Ghana (Kodzo Gavua); Chapter 6. Current Archaeological Research at the Krobo Mountain Site, Ghana (William Narteh Gblerkpor); Chapter 7. Placing the Tongo Hills, Northern Ghana, in Archaeological Time and Space: Reflexivity and the Research Process (Timothy Insoll); Chapter 8. Rethinking the Stone Circles of Komaland. A Preliminary Report on the 2007/2008 Fieldwork at Yikpabongo, Northern Region, Ghana 9Benjamin W. Kankpeyeng and Samuel Nilirmi Nkumbaan); Chapter 9. The Archaeology of Slavery: A Study of Kasana, Upper West Region, Ghana (Samuel Nilirmi Nkumbaan); Chapter 10. Clay Toys of the Grandchildren of a Potter in Salaga: Insights for Archaeology in Ghana (J. Ako Okoro); Chapter 11. The Late Stone Age in Ghana: The Re-excavation of Bosumpra Cave in Context (Derek Watson).
BAR S1846 2008: Vulvae, Eyes, Snake Heads. Archaeological Finds of Cowrie Amulets by László Kovács with malacological identifications by Gyula Radócz. ISBN 9781407303338. £69.00. xx+512 pages; 196 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; with extensive catalogue.
A comprehensive study of cowries and other shells, including fossilised material. Contents: Chapter 1) Cowries; Chapter 2) Archaeological finds and parallels to cowries; Chapter 3) Summary; Chapter 4) Catalogue.
BAR S1845 2008: L’area ionico-tarantina nel quadro della diffusione neolitica Problematiche e analisi dei rapporti con le culture coeve dell’Italia sud-orientale e del Vicino Oriente edited by Patrizia Lorusso. ISBN 9781407303321. £28.00. iii+115 pages; 43 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. In Italian with English abstract.
The stratigraphic surveys periodically done since the 1980s within the Neolithic settlement of Montedoro (Grottaglie, Taranto, southern Italy), the north-eastern slope of the basin of the ‘Small Sea’ of Taranto, have highlighted aspects and problems about the process of neolithization in an area insufficiently studied. In this work the author has made a detailed analysis of the archaeological and topographic stratigraphy, including the recovery of the geo-paleoenvironmental data and of the archaeozoological data for historic and cultural reconstructions. The documentation includes ceramic and lithic objects, as well as faunal and palinological finds. The contextualized data provide a significant contribution to an area little known from the preclassical viewpoint.
BAR S1844 2008: Current Research in Animal Palaeopathology Proceedings of the Second ICAZ Animal Palaeopathology Working Group Conference edited by Zora Miklíková and Richard Thomas. ISBN 9781407303314. £26.00. vii+98 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings, tables and photographs.
Papers from the Second ICAZ Animal Palaeopathology Working Group Conference held at Nitra, Slovakia in September 2005. 1) Introduction: current research in animal palaeopathology (R. Thomas & Z. Miklíková); 2) Environmental stress in early domestic sheep (L. Bartosiewicz); 3) A developmental anomaly of prehistoric roe deer dentition from Svodín, Slovakia (M. Fabis, R. Thomas, V. Páral & D. Vondrák); 4) A possible case of tuberculosis or brucellosis in an Iron Age horse skeleton from Viables Farm, Basingstoke, England (R. Bendrey); 5) Animal palaeopathology at two Roman sites in central Britain (S. Vann); 6) Understanding past human-animal relationships through the analysis of fractures: a case study from a Roman site in The Netherlands (M. Groot); 7) Pathology in horses from a Roman cemetery (K. Lyublyanovics); 8) Animal diseases at a Celtic-Roman village in Hungary (M. Daróczi-Szabó); 9) Skeletal alterations of animal remains from the early medieval settlement of Bajč, southwest Slovakia (Z. Miklíková); 10) Animal diseases from medieval Buda (P. Csippán & L. Daróczi-Szabó); 11) Broken-winged: fossil and sub-fossil pathological bird bones from recent excavations (E. Gál); 12) Osteoporosis in animal palaeopathology (M. Martiniaková, R. Omelka, M. Vondráková, M. Bauerová, P. Massányi & M. Fabis); 13) Cranial perforations in Armenian cattle (N. Manaseryan).
BAR S1843 : Maison de l’Orient Méditerranéen Le site néolithique de Tell Mureybet (Syrie du Nord) En hommage à Jacques Cauvin edited by Juan José Ibáñez. ISBN 9781407303307. £100.00. 731 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings, tables and photographs. In French; abstracts in English and Arabic. Two volumes.
A major report on the Neolithic site of Tell Mureybet (northern Syria). Contents: Introduction (J.J. Ibánez); Jacques Cauvin, In memoriam (M. Molist ); Historique (M.-C. Cauvin); Chronostratigraphie de Mureybet. Apport des datations radiocarbone (J. Évin et D. Stordeur); Stratigraphie et répartition des architectures à Mureybet (D. Stordeur et J.J. Ibánez ); Foyers et fours du site de Mureybet (M. Molist); Les nouvelles données archéobotaniques de Mureybet et la néolithisation du Moyen Euphrate (G. Willcox); Étude archéozoologique de Mureybet (L. Gourichon et D. Helmer); L’outillage lithique: Introduction (M.-C. Cauvin); Matières premières siliceuses et comportements techniques (F. Abbès et J.A. Sánchez Priego); Analyse technologique (F. Abbès); Analyse du mobilier retouché (M.-C. Cauvin et F. Abbès); Analyse fonctionnelle de l’outillage lithique de Mureybet (J.J. Ibánez, J.E. González Urquijo et A. Rodríguez Rodríguez); Analyse technologique et fonctionnelle des herminettes de Mureybet (J.A. Sánchez Priego); Conclusion sur l’outillage lithique (M.-C. Cauvin, F. Abbès, J.E. González Urquijo, J.J. Ibáñez, A. Rodríguez Rodríguez et J.A. Sánchez Priego); L’industrie de l’os (D. Stordeur et R. Christidou); L’outillage de mouture et de broyage (M.-C. Nierlé); Les récipients en pierre (M. Lebreton); Les éléments de parure de Mureybet (C. Maréchal et H. Alarashi); Figurines, pierres à rainures, « petits objets divers » et manches de Mureybet (D. Stordeur et M. Lebreton); Conclusion (French) (J.J. Ibánez); Conclusion (English); Conclusion (Arabic) J.J. Ibáñez (translated into Arabic by Hala Alarashi); Bibliography.
BAR S1842 2008: La préhistoire du Yémen Diffusions et diversités locales, à travers l’étude d’industries lithiques du Hadramawt by Rémy Crassard. ISBN 9781407303277. £38.00. 227 pages; 168 maps, plans, drawings, tables and photographs; in French with English abstract.
Analysis, carried out within a wide chronological framework, of the variability of technological modalities for the lithic industries known from Yemen to date, has allowed a certain ‘fine-tuning’ in terms of our knowledge of the regional prehistory of Yemen. This research is founded on the definition of the environmental context of the region and the methodologies used for fieldwork and analysis. A focus on the Hadramawt region follows, which is used as a strong model for defining and orienting questions related to the transformations of the role occupied by southwest Arabia throughout prehistory. Starting with the oldest recovered prehistoric lithic artefacts (Acheulian bifaces and Levallois methods) to the youngest (South Arabian microliths), and with an intensive focus on the intermediate Early to Mid- Holocene industries, this work temporally traces a large corpus of prehistoric knapping modalities in Hadramawt and compares these to adjacent regions in Yemen. The temporal and spatial analysis of lithic technologies has enabled for a number of models of prehistoric occupation and dispersal to be proposed for Yemen. At the same time, the discovery and excavation of several stratified prehistoric sites has allowed for a reassessment and restructuring of the chronology and terminology used for the region, as well as introducing new research perspectives that have, until now, been undervalued.
BAR S1841 2008: Atti del 3o Convegno Nazionale di Etnoarcheologia, Mondaino, 17-19 marzo 2004 / Proceedings of the 3rd Italian Congress of Ethnoarchaeology, Mondaino (Italy), 17-19 March, 2004 edited by Francesca Lugli and Alessandra Assunta Stoppiello. ISBN 9781407303260. £38.00. 221 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. Papers in Italian and English.
Proceedings of the 3rd Italian Congress of Ethnoarchaeology held in Mondaino (Italy), 17-19 March, 2004. Contents: 1) Ethnoarchaeology: a new agency (S. di Lernia); Some brief notes on a survey of the Middle Indus Valley: the connection between petroglyphs, foundation myths and the ritual practices of the brok-pas (A. Benassi, I .E. Scerrato); Archetypal logic, rogations, ambarvalia, human sacrifices and … Kyoto Protocols (G. Forni); Traditional tools and techniques to produce the metal vessels: the coppersmith from Roccagorga and the archaeometallurgy (C. Giardino); Wood locks with dropping pivots. an ethnoarchaeological example from north-western Italy (O. Musso); Purun Runa. a brief essay of Andean ethno-history (M.I. Pannaccione Apa); Wool and olive oil, a winning combination in the textile industry (M.R. Belgiorno); Women potters of Notse’ (Togo). Documents in the manufacturing of globe-shaped jars (G. Calegari); Basketry: craftsmanship, experimental archaeology and archaeology (E. Cristiani, C. Lemorini, M. Massussi, I. Piccoli); The end of the typical pottery manufacture of Barrama (Tunisia) (A. Depalmas, F. di Gennaro); The kiln of Montottone (central Italy) - an ethnoarchaeological research (L. Foglini); Ethnohistorical analogies and functional contexts: grinding/pounding tools from the site of Monte Loffa (Monti Lessini, Verona) (M. Migliavacca, A. Atzori, L. Longo); The Tamberma’ Culture between Togo and Benin. Warriors entrenched in clay castles (A. Priuli); Circulation of human groups patterns and raw material strategies in the hunter-gatherer’s society (M.F. Rolfo, A. Spera, G. Reddavide); The wedding trousseau: broom material productions in textile manufacture. The renewal of an ancient tradition (R. Agostino, M. Sica); Ethnoarchaeology of rock shelters (S. Biagetti, C. Delpino, M. Tarantini); Farming in hollow structures (F. Brescia, P. Cerino); What we can learn about the archaeological record combining quantitative analysis and ethnoarchaeology: issues from a work in progress (C. Cortese); Fresh milk from “Malgas” and ethnoarchaeological research: a food for thought? (G. de Angeli, A. de Guio, S. Vicari); « su per i monti che noi andremo… » : war-paths for archaeology (A. de Guio, A. Betto); Nomadic campsites from west-central Mongolia (F. Lugli); Functional interpretation of protohistoric domestic structures remains from an ethno-archaeological research about domestic architecture of south-western Senegal's Peul groups (C. Moffa); Southern Iraq. investigating Magan’s technologies. Boats from “marsh arabs” (L. Bezzi); The fish-well ships: an ethno-archeological study (G. Boetto); Hemp’s craftsmanship in a fishing context of the Picenum region (Marche) (G. Cavezzi); Shipyards in Varazze (Savona, Italy): ethnohistorical analysis of ancient shipbuilding contracts (F. Ciciliot); The dhoni from the Maldives (P. Bell’Amico); Cyclades-Eoliian islands: piracy as a forced option for the population of the lesser islands during the Bronze Age …and in modern times (G. Giorgianni); Practical meteorology and navigation. a comparison between antiquity and tradition (S. Medas, R. Brizzi); Techniques, functions and symbols in ancient and modern ship modeling (V. Li Vigni, S. Tusa); Perforated dolia. New data on the seafaring economy in Dalmatia? (I. Radic Rossi).
BAR S1840 2008: Estudio historiográfico de las investigaciones sobre cerámica arqueológica en el Noroeste Argentino by Paola Silvia Ramundo. ISBN 9781407303253. £52.00. 365 pages; 32 tables, 27 graphs, 11 maps and 30 plans, drawings and photographs. 7 data appendices. In Spanish with English abstract .
This work provides a critical, reflexive panorama of the way archaeological pottery studies in North-western Argentina were carried out throughout the discipline’s history (from 16th century onwards). It evaluates their variation or lack of variation in the different sub-areas in the region (Puna, Valleys, Ravines and Western Forests) and analyzes the development of these studies against the theoretical-methodological changes in national archaeology (thus evaluating how and why these studies have changed). It presents the state-of-the-art view of pottery studies in North-western Argentina discussing their theoretical-methodological frameworks and evaluating the features and associated impact of world archaeological thought. In this research many sources were consulted, such as documental sources, background histories of Argentinean archaeology, printed personal reflections of the protagonists, main periodical journals of Argentinean archaeology (from its origins to nowadays), proceedings of all Argentinean archaeology national congresses, seminars, workshops, regional archaeological congresses proceedings, and proceedings of the International Congresses of Americanists held in Argentina, as well as Argentinean researchers’ papers presented in World Archaeological Congresses and in Spanish publications of the kind (to assess the impact of Argentinean archaeology in Spain), and various Ph.D. and Undergraduate Theses in Argentina. Different specialized conferences were considered and supplemented with interviews to Argentinean and Latino-American archaeologists. References to such documental sources are included, compiling a bibliographic corpus of general Argentinean archaeology.
BAR S1838 2008: Lo Stato egiziano nelle fonti scritte del periodo tinita by Simone Lanna. ISBN 9781407303222. £37.00. xiii+194 pages; 28 tables; 33 plates. In Italian with 11-page English summary.
This work presents the development of a theoretical model of land management (with its resources and inhabitants) for Thinite Egypt (the period when the kings coming from the city of This and buried in Umm el-Qaab cemeteries ruled most of Egypt). This volume is divided into three parts: textual analysis of Thinite inscriptions ; the second part is a synthesis of the data achieved with the former analysis, delineating a historical model of Early Egyptian State. The third part includes an appendix containing 28 tables with a further complete analysis of all the inscriptions in a tabular and really easy-consulting format. Finally there are 33 plates with the figures of almost all the inscription used in the volume.
BAR S1837 2008: 2008 Campaniforme y rituales estratégicos en la Cuenca Media y Baja del Guadiana (Suroeste de la Península Ibérica) by Daniel García Rivero. ISBN 9781407303215. £47.00. 311 pages; 5 tables; 28 figures; 6 maps (1 in colour); 43 plates. Catalogue of sites. In Spanish with English abstract.
This is the first major study on bell beaker pottery in the Middle and Lower Guadiana basin (south-western Iberian Peninsula). Recent archaeological excavations in the area, because of the construction of the Alqueva dam, have provided new and substantial information relating to the 3rd millennium BC. This work contributes not only to the currently known bell beaker pots, but also to information related to their archaeological contexts. There are 54 known sites with beaker pottery throughout the region under study, which is noteworthy if one takes into account that this area was considered as marginal with regards to the beaker phenomenon twenty years ago, when only a few sites had been identified.
BAR S1836 2008: A Critical Exploration of Frameworks for Assessing the Significance of New Zealand’s Historic Heritage by Sara Donaghey. ISBN 9781407303208. £36.00. viii+196; 59 tables; 10 figures; 7 data Appendices.
This study argues that considerations of value and significance are fundamental to sustainable heritage
management practice. It explores critical issues relating to the valorisation of historic heritage in New Zealand and considers whether existing frameworks for evaluation and assessment are effective and appropriate. The two frames of reference comprise: firstly, theoretical principles relating to the nature and qualities of heritage value and secondly, operational strategies relating to the process of assessment. The study integrates current policy and practice within existing epistemology with primary research data using a mixed methodology. A review of international policy and practice contrasts the various approaches used in Australia, Canada, England and the United States of America, and
identifies effective system characteristics. Existing understandings and practice within New Zealand are considered and analogies made between particular elements of the primary research drawn from surveys of professional and non-professional opinion of the heritage assessment process. The New Zealand findings are then set against the review of international evidence and the literature to identify significant strengths and shortcomings.
BAR S1835 2008: Incremental Structures and Wear Patterns of Teeth for Age Assessment of Red Deer edited by Tina Dudley Furniss-Roe. ISBN 9781407303192. £29.00. vi+131 pages; 17 tables; 81 figures, drawings and photographs; 131 pages; 17 tables; 81 figures, drawings and photographs; 5 data Appendices.
The ability to age animals accurately is of great importance both to archaeologists and to wildlife managers. Archaeologists are also particularly interested in the ability to determine the season of death of mammals, in order to reach a greater understanding of how man was exploiting or responding to his environment. A number of methods of age determination are available to wildlife managers, who have the advantage of having an entire animal in good condition at their disposal. Archaeologists, however, have more limited resources, and often wish to attempt age, and even seasonality, assessments using only bones and teeth. Teeth survive very well in the ground, and can often reveal information that would otherwise be lost, such as the species, which were available, and whether they were being hunted, scavenged, or farmed. The principal aim of this research was to examine the scientific basis and methodology of incremental analysis in order to arrive at increased understanding of the British Mesolithic. The approach includes an examination of every aspect of incremental analysis: the scientific basis, the methodology of thin section production, microscopical techniques, and interpretation, in order to obtain the greatest possible amount of information from a rather specialised technique. The species chosen was Red deer, a common animal on archaeological sites in British prehistory.
BAR S1834 2008: An Investigation of the Common Cockle (Cerastoderma edule (L)) Collection practices at the kitchen midden sites of Norsminde and Krabbesholm, Denmark by Eva M. Laurie. ISBN 9781407303185. £47.00. viii+305 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, tables, drawings and photographs; 10 data Appendices.
The aim of this work is to determine to what extent the exploitation of cockles changed across the Mesolithic/Neolithic transition in Denmark. This is an important question for three main reasons: The Mesolithic/Neolithic transition is a key topic in archaeological research; the exploitation of shellfish has been much discussed in terms of environmental and dietary changes over the transition period; wider issues of marine exploitation and human diets have been recently debated for the transition. This research examines these issues through a detailed study of cockles and addresses the following research questions: To what extent did shellfish consumption change through time? What evidence is there for changing cockle exploitation through time? Are there any patterns in the seasonality of cockle exploitation? After the introductory chapter, the first part of chapter 2 briefly explores the relationship between people and sea shells in prehistory and historic times. This is followed by information on the morphology, physiology, habitat and habits of the common cockle. The chapter closes with a review of past mollusc growth line research. Chapters 3 and 4 lays out the methodology followed in the selection and preparation of both the modern and archaeological cockle shells. Chapter 5 introduces background information on the two archaeological sites of Norsminde and Krabbesholm. The archaeological cockle analysis results are presented in chapter 6. Chapter 7 discusses the archaeological results in the context of the questions raised in chapter 1 and chapter 8 draws conclusions and suggests further avenues of research. There are 10 Appendices: 1) A full catalogue of the modern cockle collections from Essex, Lincolnshire, Scotland and Wales which includes individual shell reference numbers, shell measurements, age and growth line counts; 2) A full catalogue of the archaeological cockles containing the same information; 3 A catalogue of the modern cockle acetate peels and growth lines; 4) A full catalogue of the archaeological acetate peels and growth lines; 5) Modern and archaeological cockle age data percentage conversion tables; 6) Modern and archaeological cockle size data percentage conversion tables; 7) Norsminde and Krabbesholm bag lists showing the bag numbers from which the cockle samples were extracted; 8) Norsminde C14 dates; 9) Full cockle and oyster seasonality, age and size comparison figures for Norsminde and Krabbesholm; 10) Species list giving full latin and common names where applicable.
 BAR S1833 2008: The Archaeology of Semiotics and the Social Order of Things edited by George Nash and George Children. ISBN 9781407303178. £36.00. iv+204 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
The Archaeology of Semiotics and the social order of things is edited by George Nash and George Children and brings together 15 thought-provoking chapters from contributors around the world. A sequel to an earlier volume published in 1997, it tackles the problem of understanding how complex communities interact with landscape and shows how the rules concerning landscape constitute a recognised and readable grammar. The mechanisms underlying landscape grammar are both physical and mental, being based in part on the mindset of the individual; the same landscape can thus evoke different meanings for different people and at different times. People’s perception has greatly influenced the construction of landscapes over millennia but, until recently, the potential of this area has been largely untapped.
Apart from chapters focusing solely upon human interaction with landscape, there are several which skilfully integrate artefacts and place with landscape (e.g. Gheorghiu and Sognnes). Other chapters look at the way people have marked the landscape through such mechanisms as rock-art (e.g. Clegg, Devereux, Estévez, Fossati, Kelleher and Skier). Rock-art establishes personal and communal identity in relation to landscape and it is clear that other forms of visual expression were in place which distinctively created special places within the landscape. Landscape constructs can bind cultures together; bringing the old ways of reading the landscape into contemporary life (e.g. Smiseth). Defining early and late prehistoric landscapes and segregating these into, say, mundane domestic and ritualised spaces rely on both clear and subtle archaeologies and in this volume distinct monument clustering and ritualised linearity are considered (e.g. Mason and Nash). A volume such as this cannot escape the influence of New World approaches, such as anthropology, and in many respects chapters by Bender, Muller and Merritt give context to other chapters within the book. Finally, one must consider text as a means of constructing landscape and this is considered by Heyd, who eloquently deconstructs the travel diary of a 17th century Japanese poet.
This will be an important volume for archaeologists, landscape scholars and students. The many approaches used are tried and tested, forming an invaluable resource and not just another edited book.
BAR S1832 2008: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 24 Babies Reborn: Infant/Child Burials in Pre- and Protohistory Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) / Actes du XV Congrès Mondial (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006) Vol. 24, Session WS26 edited by Krum Bacvarov. ISBN 9781407303161. £38.00. x+213 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, mapss, plans, drawings and photographs. Papers in English and French.
Papers from the session ‘Babies Reborn: Infant/Child Burials in Pre- and Protohistory’ held at the XV UISPP World Congress, Lisbon, September 2006. Contents: 1) Early Deliberate Child Burials: Bioarchaeological insights from the Near Eastern Mediterranean (Anne-Marie Tillier); 2) The Gravettian Infant Burials from Krems-Wachtberg, Austria (Thomas Einwögerer, Marc Händel, Christine Neugebauer-Maresch, Ulrich Simon, and Maria Teschler-Nicola); 3) Infant Burials in Pre-Pottery Neolithic Cyprus: Evidence from Khirokitia (Françoise Le Mort); 4) Suffer the Children: ‘Visualising’ children in the archaeological record (Malcolm Lillie); 5) Çatalhöyük’s Foundation Burials: Ritual child sacrifice or convenient deaths? (Sharon Moses); 6) Des morts peu fiables: les sépultures néolithiques d’immatures en Grèce (Maia Pomadère); 7) A Long Way to the West: Earliest jar burials in southeast Europe and the Near East (Krum Bacvarov); 8) Infant Jar Burials – a ritual associated with early agriculture? (Estelle Orrelle); 9) The Jar Burials of the Chalcolithic “Necropolis” at Byblos (Gassia Artin); 10) Mobilier funéraire de nouveau-nés et d’enfants: cas d’étude de la Bulgarie (Yavor Boyadžiev and Maria Gurova); 11) Late Neolithic Boys at the Gomolava Cemetery (Serbia) (Sofija Stefanović); 12) Child Burials in Intramural and Extramural Contexts From the Neolithic and Chalcolithic of Romania: The problem of “inside” and “outside” 9Raluca Kogălniceanu); 13) The Changing Relationship between the Living and the Dead: Child burial at the site of Kenan Tepe, Turkey (David Hopwood); 14) Childhood in Late Neolithic Vietnam: Bio-mortuary insights into an ambiguous life stage (Marc Oxenham, Hirofumi Matsumura, Kate Domett, Nguyen Kim Thuy, Nguyen Kim Dung, Nguyen Lan Cuong, Damien Huffer, and Sarah Muller); 15) A Social Aspect of Intramural Infant Burials’ Analysis: The case of EBA Tell Yunatsite, Bulgaria (Tatiana Mishina); 16) Pre-Adult and Adult Burials of East Manych Catacomb Culture: Was infanticide really impossible? (Marina Andreeva); 17) Infant/Child Burials and Social Reproduction in the Bronze Age and Early Iron Age (c. 2100-800 BC) of Central Italy (Erik van Rossenberg); 18) A Biocultural Study of Children From Iron Age South Siberia (Eileen Murphy); 19) Infant Burials in Iron Age Britain (Belinda Tibbetts); 20) Special Burials, Special Buildings? An Anglo-Saxon perspective on the interpretation of infant burials in association with rural settlement structures (Sally Crawford); 21) Enfants Huaca: Sépultures en Ollas des enfants nés dans des circonstances spéciales selon les extirpateurs d’idolâtries andines du XVIIème siècle (Mariel López).
BAR S1831 2008: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 21 Space and Time: Which Diachronies, which Synchronies, which Scales? / Typology vs Technology Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) / Actes du XV Congrès Mondial (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006) Vol. 21, Sessions C64 and C65. edited by Thierry Aubry, Francisco Almeida, Ana Cristina Araújo, Marc Tiffagom. ISBN 9781407303154. £39.00. ix+222 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. Papers in English and French.
Papers from the session ‘Space and Time: Which Diachronies, which Synchronies, which Scales? / Typology vs Technology’ held at the XV UISPP World Congress, Lisbon, September 2006. Contents: 1) Caracterisation et discontinuites des registres pedo-sedimentaires de l’occident peninsulaire entre 30.000 et 10.000 BP : Implications sur l’interpretation archeologique (Thierry Aubry, Miguel Almeida, Luca Dimuccio, Cristina Gameiro, Maria João Neves, Laurent Klari); 2) Approche pluridisciplinare pour la reconstitution de processus pedo-sedimentaires et anthropiques pendant le pleniglaciaire superieur : Application au occupations solutreennes du site des maitreaux (France) (Thierry Aubry, Miguel Almeida, Morgane Liard, Bertrand Walter, Maria João Neves); 3) Le gisement paleolithique moyen et superieur de Combemenue (Brignac-la-Plaine, Correze). Du microvestige au territoire, reflexions sur les perspectives d’une approche multiscalaire (M. Brenet, C. Cretin); 4) Du silex, de l’os et des coquillages: matieres et espaces geographiques dans le Gravettien Pyreneen (Pascal Foucher, Cristina San Juan-Foucher); 5) L’exploitation des matieres premieres lithiques au Magdalenien final en Estremadure Portugaise : donnees sur les sites de Lapa dos Coelhos et de l’abri 1 de Vale dos Covões (Cristina Gameiro, Thierry Aubry, Francisco Almeida); 6) Big puzzles, short stories: advantages of refitting for micro-scale spatial analysis of lithic scatters from Gravettian occupations in Portuguese Estremadura (Francisco Almeida); 7) L’apport de la methode des remontages dans l’evaluation des processus de formation et d’alteration des depots archeologiques : le cas de Barca do Xerez de Baixo (Portugal) (Ana Cristina Araújo, Francisco Almeida); 8) Les structures de combustion de L’Essart (Poitiers, Vienne, France) : des epandages de pierres au fonctionnement d’un habitat mesolithique (Grégor Marchand, Sylvène Michel, Laurent Quesnel, Farid Sellami); 9) Le "bagage" des magdaléniens: indices d'arrivées et de départs a partir du materiel en silex des campements de Monruz et Champreveyres (Suisse) (Marie-Isabelle Cattin); 10) Typologie et technologie: alliees ou opposees? (Michel Lenoir); 11) Technology vs. Typology: the case for and against a transition from the MSA to the LSA at Mumba Cave, Tanzania (Anthony E. Marks, Nicholas Conard); 12) Technology vs Typology? The Cantabrian Archaic Aurignacian/Protoaurignacian example (Álvaro Arrizabalaga Valbuena, José Manuel Maíllo-Fernández); 13) Gravettian and Solutrean stone tools from Vale Boi (Algarve, Portugal): Techno-Typology vs. Function (Juan Francisco Gibaja, Nuno Bicho); 14) Interpretation techno-economique des presences et absences dans les registres archeologiques Solutreens du centre de la France (Thierry Aubry, Miguel Almeida, Javier Mangado Llach, Maria João Neves, Jean-Baptiste Peyrouse, Bertrand Walter); 15) Typologie et technologie apres le Solutreen / avant le Magdalenien. Reflexions sur la nature des deux approches et sur leur utilisation dans la definition d’une « Phase de transition » (Catherine Cretin); 16) Le Badegoulien du Bassin parisien presente-T-Il des « caracteres regressifs » ? Reflexions a partir de l’etude du gisement de plein air du Mont-St-Aubin a Oisy (Nievre, France) (Pierre Bodu, Lucie Chehmana); 17) Les industries lithiques de la fin du Solutreen et du Salpetrien ancien: apports de l'etude technologique a la comprehension de l'evolution culturelle au pleniglaciaire en Languedoc (France) (Guillaume Boccaccio, Frédéric Bazile); 18) Typologie vs Typologie (SIC !). Comment la technologie contribue a raffiner la typologie des armatures lithiques (Boris Valentin); 19) Which blanks for which tools? Techno-typological analysis of retouched Sauveterrian artefacts at Galgenbühel (Italy) (Ursula Wierer); 20) Human occupation at the Southern Po Plain margin in the Early Mesolithic: the contribution of technological and typological studies (Federica Fontana, Maria Giovanna Cremona); 21) Palimpsests, assemblages, phases & facies: the conundrum of taxonomic generalizations from particular archeological cases (Lawrence Guy Straus).
BAR S1830 2008: Performance and Agency: The DGB Sites of Northern Cameroon by Nicholas David with contributions by Judy Klassen, Scott MacEachern, Jean Maley, Gerhard Müller-Kosack, Andrea Richardson and Judy Sterner. ISBN 9781407303147. £33.00. xii+155 pages; 37 tables; 69 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; with CD.
The dry stone structures that are the subject of this book are located in the Mandara mountains of the Extreme North province of Cameroon and are known to the Mafa who live among them as diy-geδ-bay, best glossed as “ruins of chiefly residence”. From this the term “DGB site” is derived, having the advantages of brevity and of lacking implications regarding function. Following the introduction, chapter 2 presents basic information on all known DGB sites and suggests a typology. Chapter 3 is an account of the excavation and dating of DGB-2 emphasizing its complex sequence of construction and reconstruction. Chapter 4 similarly presents the excavation of DGB-8. In chapter 5 there is an analysis of the artifacts and ecofacts from the excavated sites and the light they throw upon the cultural sequences. Chapter 6 begins by extending the discussion of cultural sequence to the full set of sites. It then briefly evaluates and discards a number of the functional interpretations that were suggested prior to extensive fieldwork and excavation. Finally, by considering the archaeological evidence in the context of regional ethnology and the environmental record, a case is built for their having been centers of community ritual and performance related to water and reproduction. In chapter 7 Gerhard Müller-Kosack investigates concepts and traditions held by the Mafa regarding the population of the region and the builders of the sites. While these traditions throw little or no light on DGB culture, Judy Sterner shows that the DGB sites have had the more recent, turbulent, history of the region projected upon them. Finally, chapter 8 returns to the theoretical questions raised above and, after considering the energetics of DGB site construction, reassesses the sites in terms of the agential processes that brought them into being and the influence that they in turn exerted on their builders. A final section places the DGB culture in its broader archaeological and cultural context.
BAR S1829 2008: Comparative Island Archaeologies edited by James Conolly and Matthew Campbell. ISBN 9781407303130. £38.00. vi+217 pages; illustrated with maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
The four themes of seafaring and voyaging, colonization and abandonment, human ecology, and social interaction are explored in detail in the papers in this volume using data from the Pacific, the Caribbean, the North Sea and the Mediterranean. These papers, both individually and collectively, demonstrate why island archaeology remains a vibrant and relevant part of archaeological discourse. Clearly, islands are neither peripheral nor isolates in the context of their diverse histories, nor are they peripheral in the context of their contribution to archaeological thought. Contents: 1) Risk management and variability in irrigation and agricultural production on Nuku Hiva, Marquesas Islands 9David J. Addison); 2) Resource competition between pigs and humans: isotopic evidence from Aitutaki, Cook Islands (Jacqueline A. Craig); 3) Insular models of technical change: Sumatra, Nias and Siberut (Indonesia) (Dominique Guillaud, Hubert Forestier and Harry Truman Simanjunta); 4) What exactly is a fish trap? Methodological issues for the study of aboriginal intertidal rock wall fish traps, Wellesley Islands region, Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia (Paul Memmott, Richard Robins and Errol Stock); 5) Between the Australian and Melanesian realms: the archaeology of the Murray Islands and consideration of a settlement model for Torres Strait (Melissa Carter and Ian Lilley); 6) Colonization, environment and insularity: prehistoric island use in the Great Barrier Reef Province, Queensland, Australia (Michael J. Rowland); 7) Unravelling ‘mystery’ and process from the prehistoric colonization and abandonment of the Mediterranean Islands (Helen Dawson); 8) What may be learnt about the archaeology of islands from archaeologically derived models of the exploration of Polynesia, 1966–2001? (Doug Sutton); 9) Farmers, fishers and whalemen: the colonization landscapes of Lord Howe Island, Tasman Sea, Australia (Kimberley Owens); 10) Prehistoric sea-faring: Bronze Age sewn plank sea craft from the Humber Estuary, England, UK and their role in an island economy (Malcolm Lillie); 11) The sea is not land: comments on the archaeology of islands in the western Solomons (Peter Sheppard and Richard Walter); 12) Creating connections between Caribbean Islands: an archaeological perspective from northern Cuba (Jago Cooper); 13) Size matters, but so does distance: autochthony and external influence in the cultural development of ancient Sardinia (Stephen L. Dyson); 14) ‘The isles afar off ’: taking a new look at Ireland’s holy islands (Sharon A. Greene).
BAR S1826 2008: Society for Arabian Studies Monographs 7 Intercultural Relations between South and Southwest Asia Studies in commemoration of E.C.L. During Caspers (1934-1996) edited by Eric Olijdam and Richard H. Spoor. ISBN 9781407303123. £54.00. iii+282 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. Papers in English, French and German.
A volume in commemoration of E. C. L. During Caspers. Contents: 1) Towards an Integrated Archaeology of South and Southwest Asia: An Appreciation of E.C.L. During Caspers (Eric Olijdam); 2) Inez at Bampur, 1966 (Beatrice De Cardi); 3) A Bibliography of E.C.L. During Caspers (Eric Olijdam with the assistance of Ellen Raven and Wendy Deitch-Van der Meulen); 4) The Indus-Mesopotamian Relationship Reconsidered (Julian Reade); 5) Indus and Mesopotamian Trade Networks: New Insights from Shell and Carnelian Artifacts (Jonathan Mark Kenoyer); 6) By Land and By Sea: The Circulation of Materials and Peoples, ca. 3500-1800 B.C. (Bertille Lyonnet & Philip L. Kohl); 7) Indische Importe und Einfluße in Mittelasien (Burchard Brentjes†); 8) Central Himalayas and the Ganga Valley: Mutual Interactions (D.P. Agrawal); 9) Materials Used in the Bronze Age (Shereen Ratnagar); 10) Ethnicity or Political Ecology: Making Sense of the Bahrain Bones (Judith Littleton); 11) Trading Mesopotamian Sheep to the Lower Gulf and Beyond? (Hans-Peter Uerpmann & Margarethe Uerpmann); 12) New Discoveries of Mesolithic Sites in the Thar Desert (Upper Sindh, Pakistan) (Paolo Biagi); 13) Putting New Pieces Together: Some Reflections on Prehistoric Socio-Economic Relations in the Arabian Gulf (Richard H. Spoor); 14) Excavations and Ubaid-Period Boat Remains at H3, As-Sabiyah (Kuwait) (Robert Carter); 15) Early Religion in Ancient Arabia (Jocelyn Orchard); 16) A Unique Stone Vessel from a Third Millennium Tomb in Kalba (Hélène David & Carl Phillips); 17) The Early Indus Script at Harappa: Origins and Development (Jonathan Mark Kenoyer & Richard H. Meadow); 18) Copper Tablets from Mohenjo-Daro and the Study of the Indus Script (Asko Parpola); 19) Indus Folklore: An Unknown Story on Some Harappan Objects (Gregory L. Possehl); 20) Issues in the Determination of Ancient Value Systems: The Role of Talc (Steatite) and Faience in the Indus Civilization (Heather M.-L. Miller); 21) Deconstructing the ‘Harappan Courtiers’: A Re-evaluation of Some of the Anthropomorphic Terracotta Figurines from Harappa (Sharri R. Clark); 22) Local Evidence, Interregional Networks: Grave Goods from Bilad Bani Bu Hasan (Sharqiyah, Oman) (Christopher Edens); 23 Ein baktrischer Edelmetall-Hortfund und noch einmal zur Frage der Quellen baktrischer Compartimentsiegel (Sylvia Winkelmann); 24) New Evidence of Funerary Practices at the End of the Early Bronze Age at Hili, United Arab Emirates (Sophie Méry, Kathleen McSweeney, Jérôme Rouquet, Gautier Basset & Walid Yasin al-Tikriti); 25) Magan Shipbuilders at the Ur III Lagash State Dockyards (2062-2025 B.C.) (Juris Zarins); 26) Shipping in the Bronze Age: How Large was a 60-gur Ship? (Tom Vosmer); 27) Some Thoughts on Iconographic Relations between the Arabian Gulf and Syria-Mesopotamia during the Middle Bronze Age (Luca Peyronel); 28) Tilmuniter im Königreich Samsî-Addus (Nele Ziegler); 29) The Murghabo-Bactrian Archaeological Complex and the Indus Script (Elisabeth C.L. During Caspers†); A Possible Central Asian Origin for the Seal-Impressed Jar from the ‘Temple Tower’ at Failaka (Eric Olijdam); 30) Foreign-style Objects and the Jhukar Culture at Chanhu-daro (Heidi J. Miller); 31) Late Bronze Age Farming Communities in North-East Bactria (South Tajikistan) (Natalia M. Vinogradova); 32) Dilmun/Baḥrain und Babylonien im 15.-14. Jahrhundert v.Chr. aus assyriologischer Sicht (Leonhard Sassmannshausen); 33) Zooarchaeological Evidence for Trade in Marine Resources in South-East Arabia (Mark Beech, Peter Hogarth & Carl Phillips); 34) Die Beziehungen Südarabiens zur Halbinsel Oman im 1. vorchristlichen Jahrtausend (Burkhard Vogt); 35) Two seals of the Sasanian Dumbâwand-Wismagân (Rika Gyselen); 36) Image de la réalité politique et représentation de la diversité ethnique: une subtile combinaison donnée par le décor de la terrasse de l’Apadana à Persépolis (Alexander Tourovets); 37) Ctesias on Falconry Revisited (Klaus Karttunen); 38) A Series of Weights from Tissamaharama, Sri Lanka (Harry Falk); 39) The Western Coast of India and the Gulf: Maritime Trade during the 3rd to 7th Century A.D. (Suchandra Ghosh); 40) From Another World! A Possible Būyid Origin of the Decorated Mihrab of Central Oman? (Soumyen Bandyopadhyay).
BAR S1824 2008: Eastern Desert Ware: Traces of the Inhabitants of the Eastern Deserts in Egypt and Sudan During the 4th- 6th Centuries CE by Hans Barnard. ISBN 9781407303109. £50.00. 246 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, tables, drawings and photographs, including 7 colour plates; 12 data Appendices.
This study presents the first comprehensive description of a small corpus of ceramic vessels, now defined as Eastern Desert Ware (EDW). The vessels that comprise this corpus are hand-made cups and bowls, shaped without the use of a potter's wheel, with proportionally thin walls and well-finished surfaces. Larger vessels and closed forms do occur very sporadically, although these forms may so far have escaped recognition. Many of the outside and several inside surfaces of the vessels are burnished and decorated with geometrical patterns impressed or incised in the unfired clay. These patterns are often remarkably asymmetric and frequently enhanced by a white inlay or a partial red slip. Eastern Desert Ware has been found in archaeological contexts predominantly dated to the 4th-6th centuries CE, by associated pottery, coins, and radiocarbon analysis, in the Nile Valley between the Fifth Cataract, just north of
where the Atbara debouches into the Nile, and the First Cataract near Aswan, as well as in the desert to the east, between Quseir and Port Sudan, an area of roughly 350,000 km² . CHAPTER ONE: Historical Background of the Eastern Desert and Eastern Desert Ware; CHAPTER TWO: The Macroscopic Description of Eastern Desert Ware and its Comparison with Associated Pottery Material; CHAPTER THREE: The Provenance of Eastern Desert Ware as Suggested by the Chemical Composition of the Fabric of the Vessels; CHAPTER FOUR: The Use of Eastern Desert Ware as Suggested by Lipid Residues in the Walls of the Vessels; CHAPTER FIVE: The Eastern Desert and the Production of Eastern Desert Ware; CHAPTER SIX: Interpretative Summary and Conclusions.
BAR S1823 2008: Paris Monographs in American Archaeology 22 Homosexualité et imaginaire sexuel chez les Aztèques by Nicolas Balutet. ISBN 9781407303093. £35.00. 193 pages; 204 figures, maps, plans and drawings; in French.
A study of sexuality in Aztec myth and culture.
BAR S1822 2008: Royal Authority in Egypt’s Eighteenth Dynasty by Garry J. Shaw. ISBN 9781407303086. £31.00. xiv+136 pages.
This study highlights and debates the evidence for the king’s personal authority and power within three major spheres of influence: 1) the appointment of officials, 2) the making of commands; and 3) military leadership. The extent to which this evidence can be used to create a historically accurate picture of government practice is a major issue throughout this study. The evidence collected dates to the 18th Dynasty from the reign of Ahmose to the end of the reign of Amenhotep III. Chapter one deals with evidence for the appointment of officials by the king as evidenced by the words dhn, rdi m/r, and sxnt. Chapter two analyses this data. Chapter three presents all evidence of the king making commands, as evidenced by the word wD. Chapter four is an analysis of this evidence. Chapter five presents evidence for the king making military decisions and fighting alongside his army. This evidence is analysed in Chapter six. The final chapter puts into context the difficulties of drawing clear boundaries between the ideological and the real in such material.
BAR S1821 2008: Development of Social Complexity in the Liaoxi Area, Northeast China by Xinwei Li. ISBN 9781407303079. £35.00. viii+155 pages; 35 tables; 98 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; Glossary.
This work is a case study focusing on the long-term unique evolutionary trajectory of the prehistoric Liaoxi area, Northeast China. The emergence and dramatic decline of the Hongshan complex societies forms the core of this interpretation. Research on household and community levels are based previously excavated typical sites. The basic data for the spatial study at the regional level comes from the author’s survey in the Lower Bang River and Upper Laohushan River valleys, Aohan Banner, Inner Mongolia. The structure of the work follows the chronology of the prehistoric cultures in Liaoxi.
 BAR S1820 2008: Wooden Mosques of the Samsun Region, Turkey from the past to the present in the light of surveys carried out in the years 2001-2003 edited by E. Emine Naza-Dönmez. ISBN 9781407303062. £32.00. vi+159; 1 map; 161 figures, drawings, plans, photographs.
A unique study of 26 rare wooden mosques from Samsun, in the Central Black Sea Region, and as much a travel account of the author’s personal ambition to record these vanishing structures as it is a detailed study of these charming monuments themselves. “I began this study with travelling and finished it in the same way. During the journeys I took along the Istanbul-Samsun, Istanbul-Melbourne and Istanbul-Amasya routes, my heavy bag filled up with an ever increasing number of documents that took up the most important corner of the places where I stayed. Even during the times I was not able to work for a number of weeks due to health problems and other reasons, they were always on my mind and before my eyes.” (from the author’s Foreword)
BAR S1819 2008: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 17 The Palaeolithic of the Balkans Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006) Vol. 17, Session C33 edited by Andreas Darlas and Dušan Mihailović. ISBN 9781407303055. £29.00. vi+116 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs. Papers in English and French.
Papers from the session ‘The Palaeolithic of the Balkans’ held at the XV UISPP World Congress, Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006. Contents: 1) The Palaeolithic of the Balkans (A. Darlas and D. Mihailović); 2) End of the Aurignacian and the beginning of the Gravettian in the Balkans (J. K. Kozłowski); 3) Preliminary results of the Aliakmon paleolithic/paleoanthropological survey, Greece, 2004-2005 (K. Harvati, E. Panagopoulou, P. Karkanas, A. Athanassiou, S. R Frost); 4) The mountainscapes of Upper Palaeolithic Epirus in NW Greece: a view from the bones (E. Kotjabopoulou); 5) Middle Palaeolithic exploitation of the lake Plastiras plateau, Western Thessaly – Greece (O. Apostolikas, N. Kyparissi-Apostolika); 6) Middle Palaeolithic industries of Klissoura cave, Greece (V. Sitlivy, K. Sobczyk, P. Karkanas, M. Koumouzelis); 7) Le Paléolithique supérieur dans la péninsule du Mani (Péloponnèse, Grèce) (A. Darlas, E. Psathi); 8) Environnement vegetal des neandertaliens de la grotte de Kalamakia (Areopolis, Grece) (V. Lebreton, E. Psathi, A. Darlas); 9) Upper-Pleistocene bird remains from Kalamakia cave (Greece) (Th. Roger, A. Darlas); 10) Microvertébrés, paléo-environnement et paléoclimat de la grotte de Kalamakia (Péloponnèse, Grèce) (Th. Roger, A. Darlas); 11) First Paleolithic researches in the R. Macedonia (FYROM): the cave Golema pesht near the village Zdunje – Preliminary results (Lj. Salamanov-Korobar); 12) New data about the Middle Palaeolithic of Serbia (D. Mihailović); 13) The Gravettian site Šalitrena Pećina near Mionica (Western Serbia) (B. Mihailović); 14) Middle Palaeolithic and Early Upper Palaeolithic subsistence practices at Vindija cave, Croatia (D. Brajković, P. Miracle).
BAR S1818 2008: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 10 Aesthetics and Rock Art III Symposium Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006) Vol. 10, Session C73 edited by Thomas Heyd and John Clegg. ISBN 9781407303048. £28.00. viii+102 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
Papers from the ‘Aesthetics and Rock Art III Symposium’ held at the XV UISPP World Congress, Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006. Contents: Introduction (Thomas Heyd); 1) The magic of great art: do we have the answers? What makes some rock art unforgettable to some people? Does the magic lie in the mark, the maker or the viewer? (Margaret Bullen); 2) Does aesthetics have perceptual roots? (J. B. Deręgowski); 3) Aesthetics, function, and fashion in rock art: Reactions to ‘Aesthetics and Rock Art’ (John Clegg and Shiv Jamwal); 4) A rock art typology: Narrative and non-narrative figurative representation (Livio Dobrez); 5) Visual images are not always illustrations of texts: The status of Arnhem Land rock art (Michael Eastham); 6) Variabilité stylistique dans la tradition rupestre ‘Planalto’ du Brésil Central: Un même ensemble thématique, plusieurs, esthétiques (Stylistic variability in the Planalto rock art tradition of Central Brazil: Same thematic approach, several aesthetics) (A. Isnardis, V. Linke and A. Prous); 7) Intentions in the engraved stones and standing stones of Pembrokeshire (Anne Eastham); 8) Aesthetics and function: A composite role in Borneo rock art? (Jean-Michel Chazine); 9) The Ethics of transculturation: Cultural appropriation and etiquette in the aesthetics encounter with engravings and paintings on rock (Thomas Heyd); 10) Aesthetics, ethics, and rock art conservation: How far can we go? The case of recent conservation tests carried out in un-engraved outcrops in the Côa Valley, Portugal. (António Pedro Batarda Fernandes); 11) Afterthoughts: What I have learnt (John Clegg); 12) Is there a place for aesthetics in the study of Pleistocene visual cultures? (April Novell).
BAR S1817 2008: Jebel Bishri in Context: Introduction to the Archaeological Studies and the Neighbourhood of Jebel Bishri in Central Syria Proceedings of a Nordic Research Training Seminar in Syria, May 2004 edited by Minna Lönnqvist. ISBN 9781407303031. £31.00. vi+126 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
The papers of a Nordic research training seminar that took place during a NorFA (currently NordForsk) PhD course in Syria in May 2004. These papers offer an introduction to anyone interested in archaeology, history, art history and ethnography of the neighbourhood of Jebel Bishri. They are written so that they are also approachable by a general reader or a non-specialist of a particular period. They are not scientific reports but contribute as a reference source to the previous and forthcoming archaeological publications concerning Jebel Bishri under the study by SYGIS (the Syrian GIS). The papers bring new insights, points of views, and methodological approaches to the already known sites in the vicinity of Jebel Bishri, as well as contexts to the newly studied sites in the area. Contents: Towards a Specialised Food Production – A Look at Jebel Bishri (Nils Anfinset); 2) Nomadic Life in Central and Eastern Syria, A Perspective from the Present Life on Badiyah to the Amorite Nomadism in the Bronze Age (Bonnie Nilhamn); 3) Aspects of Intercultural Relations in the Old Babylonian Period, The Contacts between Mari and Hazor as a Case Study (Kristina Josephson Hesse); 4) The Archaeological Potential of Assyro-Aramaean Hostility on the Euphrates Side of Jebel Bishri, Implications of Battlefield Archaeology (Kim Darmark); 5) Palmyra – Identity Expressed through Architecture and Art (Sermin Anadol); 6) The Tax Law of Palmyra and the Introduction of the Roman Monetary System to Syria – A Re-evaluation (Kenneth Lönnqvist); 7) Eivind Heldaas Seland: Trade Routes of Palmyra, With Special Notes on Western Routes in the Palmyrene Trade (Eivind Heldaas Seland); 8) Dura Europos, The Final Siege and Abandonment (Charlotte Stuhr Børlit); 9) Fortresses and Ecclesiae on the Imperial Frontier of Byzantium, The Architectural Influence of Constantinople on Resafa-Sergiopolis and Zenobia in Syria (Hanna-Riitta Toivanen).
BAR S1816 2008: Bucket-Shaped Pots Style, chronology and regional diversity in Norway in the Late Roman and Migration Periods by Asbjørn Engevik jr. ISBN 9781407303024. £41.00. xiv+240 pages; 19 tables; 250 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. 3 data Appendices.
A study of bucket-shaped pots from 986 Norwegian graves. These graves include altogether 1179 bucket-shaped pots or fragments of pots. Bucket-shaped pots represent a ceramic category that is special to Norway. Other than in Norway, only a few pots have been recorded in Sweden, and only a single find comes from Denmark. The premise of this study is the consideration that a thorough and careful analysis of bucket-shaped pots will provide information about manufacture, specialization and workshops, and indentify regional groups and regional identity in the Late Roman and Migration periods, aspects that so far have received little attention. It also helps better clarify the chronology of some of the important artefact categories in Norway in this period.
BAR S1815 2008: Les enceintes pré- et protohistoriques de Corse : essai de comparaison avec quelques sites de Toscane by Sylvain Mazet. ISBN 9781407303017. £55.00. viii+508 pages; 33 graphics; 43 tables; 310 figures, maps, drawings and photographs; 2 colour plates; 5 data Appendices and Glossaries. In French with abstracts in English and Italian.
This study focuses on the evolution of dry-stone techniques applied to the construction of enclosures in Corsica and Tuscany. Starting from the 5th millennium, the presence of enclosures has been observed in the Western Mediterranean basin. Used to enclose an area with various functions between the Middle Neolithic and the Iron Age, the enclosure can be a ditch, a bank or a dry-stone wall, as in Corsica. With the aim of applying the methodology of study of the Corsican enclosures to those of Tuscany, the geographical framework of this study was extended to include all Tuscany.
1814 2008: Sudan Archaeological Research Society Publication 16 A Neolithic Cemetery in the Northern Dongola Reach: Excavations at Site R12 The cemetery at R12 was one of a number of Neolithic sites found by the Sudan Archaeological Research Society's Northern Dongola Reach Survey edited by Sandro Salvatori and Donatella Usai. ISBN 978140730300. £50.00. xxiii + 404 pages.
The cemetery at R12 was one of a number of Neolithic sites found by the Sudan Archaeological Research Society's Northern Dongola Reach Survey between 1993 and 1997 on the east bank of the Nile.
BAR S1810 2008: Current Research in Sasanian Archaeology, Art and History Proceedings of a Conference held at Durham University, November 3rd and 4th, 2001. Organized by the Centre for Iranian Studies, IMEIS and the Department of Archaeology of Durham University. Sponsored by the Iran Heritage Foundation with additional support by Derek Kennet and Paul Luft. ISBN 9781407302997. £33.00. x+161 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
Papers presented on Current Research in Sasanian Archaeology, Art and History from a Conference held at Durham University, November 3rd and 4th, 2001. Contents: The Functional Layout of the Fire Sanctuary at Takht-i Sulaiman (Dietrich Huff); The Discovery of a Sasanian Period Fire Temple at Bandiyan, Dargaz (Mehdi Rahbar); A Sasanian Site at Barbar, Bahrain (Vesta Sarkhosh Curtis and Søren F. Andersen); Sasanian Coins from ‘Uman and Bairayn (Derek Kennet); Suburb or slum? Excavations at Merv (Turkmenistan) and Observations on Stratigraphy, Refuse and Material Culture in a Sasanian City (St John Simpson); The Destruction of the Late Antique World Order (James Howard-Johnston); Bishops or Bureaucrats?: Christian Clergy and the State in the Middle Sasanian Period (Scott McDonough); History and Historiography: the Court Genre in Arabic and the Fatinamah-i Sind (Valeria Fiorani Piacentini); Iranian Society in the Sasanian Period (Hassan Karimian); The Great Families in the Sasanian Empire: some Sigillographic Evidence (Rika Gyselen); ‘Dionysiac’ Iconographic Themes in the Context of Sasanian Religious Architecture (Pierfrancesco Callieri); A Metamorphosis in Sasanian Silverwork: the Triumph of Dionysos? (Mehdi Moussavi Kouhpar and Timothy Taylor); Royal and Religious Symbols on Early Sasanian Coins (Vesta Sarkhosh Curtis); New Perspectives on Sasanian Rock Reliefs (Hubertus von Gall).
BAR S1809 2008: Dance, Dancers and the Performance Cohort in the Old Kingdom by Lesley Kinney. ISBN 9781407302966. £44.00. xvi+265 pages; illustrated with figures, drawings and photographs. 2 data Appendices.
The purpose of this volume is to reveal as much information as possible on the nature of dance in Old Kingdom Egypt. This is achieved through the thorough examination of the primary evidence pertaining to dance in the old Kingdom, which comes to us in the form of pictures, letters, captions and titles. Scenes of dance abound in tomb decoration, in particular, but can also be found in solar temples attended by the living. Indeed, when a clear definition of what constituted dance in Ancient Egypt is reached, the number of pictorial examples relating to dance became so vast that it necessitated restricting this study to material from the old Kingdom. While the study of pictures of dance reveals much about the history and development of art, much regarding the nature of dance can also be perceived. It is reasonable to assume that much of the information recorded regarding dance; the poses, costumes, props and gender of dancers as depicted in scenes of dance, should reflect the nature of dance as it was performed at the time and even the region in which it was recorded. Therefore, the developments traced in the course of this study relate to the art history record of dance as much as to dance itself.
BAR S1808 2008: Paris Monographs in American Archaeology 21 Étude de la polychromie des reliefs sur terre crue de la Huaca de la Luna Trujillo, Pérou by Véronique Wright. ISBN 9781407302959. £47.00. x+285 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, drawings and photographs. In French with abstracts in English and Spanish .
To the Mochica civilization, a pre-Inca society that developed on the north coast of Peru from the 1st to the 9th century AD, mural art represented an important form of artistic expression. Mainly reserved for cultural buildings and following a codified narrative language, these monumental painted scenes created a privileged means of communication that allowed the rulers to deliver to the people a symbolic message of the established political power and of the social order. The iconographic study of these paintings and reliefs on adobe has allowed us to understand that they were illustrating an ideological discourse essentially dedicated to the worship of divinities and to the associated ritual ceremonies. The identified mythical representations were, in this way, devoted to the Mochica religion and to the political power held by the elite. Thus, mural art not only had a decorative function but also a much more symbolic role: one of ideological vector, which was essential for this civilization without any textual writing. The importance of mural decoration within Mochica society inspired previous research on these rare relics further. In addition to the iconographic interpretations, it seemed essential to take an interest in the creation and elaboration process of these murals. By using archaeometry, rarely employed in Peru, the author has been able to answer not only archeological but also preservation problems. Thus, through the physicochemical study of the polychromy of the Huaca de la Luna on the site of Moche, of the Huaca Cao Viejo on the site of El Brujo, of the monumental complex of Castillo de Huancaco, and of the funeral platform of Sipán, it has been possible to obtain clues to the pictorial techniques used by the Mochicas artists. It was therefore possible to reconstitute the whole process followed in order to manufacture these mural paintings, from the extraction of raw materials to the final panel. By comparing the results from each site, it was possible to work on the spatiotemporal evolution of this artistic technology, to consider the organization of this handcrafted activity and to better understand the social status of Mochicas painter craftsmen. Finally, by following a multidisciplinary approach, carried out jointly in the laboratory and in the field, the author has evaluated the efficiency of the preservation treatments applied today on these relics, in order to optimize the durability of this exceptional painted heritage.
BAR S1807 2008: Charcoals From the Past: Cultural and Palaeoenvironmental Implications Proceedings of the Third International Meeting of Anthracology, Cavallino - Lecce (Italy) June 28th - July 1st 2004 edited by Girolamo Fiorentino and Donatella Magri. ISBN 9781407302942. £48.00. ix+318 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs. Papers in English and Italian.
Papers from The Third International Meeting of Anthracology, entitled “Charcoals from the Past. Cultural and palaeoenvironmental implications”, organized at Cavallino (Lecce) from 28th June to 1st July 2004. Contents: 1) Special techniques for the anatomical study of charcoal (G. Angeles, F. Ortega-Escalona, C. Madero Vega); 2) Archaeo-environmental studies of cultivation terraces in the Enveig Mountain (Cerdagne) in Eastern Pyrenees (France). Use of pedo-anthracology (M.C. Bal, R. Harfouche, P. Poupet, P. Campmajo, C. Rendu); 3) Did calcareous grasslands exist in prehistoric times? An archaeobotanical research on the surroundings of the prehistoric settlement above Kallmünz (Bavaria, Germany) (A. Baumann, P. Poschlod); 4) Charcoals in context: anthracological analysis at Muro Tenente, south-eastern Italy (G.J. Burgers, D. Lentjes); 5) Wood in arid zones’ prehistoric architecture (I. Caneva); 6) A fuoco lento: strutture di combustione nell’abitato dell’età del Bronzo di Coppa Nevigata (Manfredonia - FG) (A. Cazzella, G. Recchia); 7) An approach to Holocene vegetation history in the middle Rhone valley (France): anthracological data from the « TGV-Méditerranée » excavations (C. Delhon, S. Thiébault); 8) Environment and ritual in a late Iron Age context: an example from Raffin Fort, Co. Meath, Ireland (M. Dillon, C. Newman, K. Molloy, M. O’Connell); 9) Charred organic matter and phosphorus in black soils in the Lower Rhine Basin (Northwest Germany) indicate prehistoric agricultural burning (E. Eckmeier, R. Gerlach, U. Tegtmeier, M.W.I. Schmidt); 10) Charcoal as environmental and ethnological evidence from medieval archaeological sites in NW-Italy (I. Ferrari Fontana, B.I. Menozzi, C. Montanari); 11) Pollen and micro-charcoal evidence of vegetation dynamics and human impact along the southern Bulgarian Black sea coast (M. Filipova – Marinova, H. Angelova); 12) Rapid and accurate estimates of microcharcoal content in pollen slides (W. Finsinger, W. Tinner, F.S. Hu); 13) Arts du feu et du forgeron en Mauritanie (C. Fortier); 14) Metallurgy in ancient Lecce: new evidence from the excavations of Piazzetta Epulione and Piazzetta Castromediano (C. Giardino, A. Quercia); 15) La capanna rituale di Serra Cicora (Nardò-LE) (E. Ingravallo); 16) Recenti ricerche sulla produzione di utensili lignei a Karatepe-Aslantas, Turchia (M.R. Iovino, C. Altinbilek); 17) Experimental charcoal-burning with special regard to anthracological wood diameter analysis (T. Ludemann); 18) Gli accampamenti invernali e primaverili dei nomadi dell’Arkhangaï e dell’Ovorkhangaï settentrionale: i ricoveri per gli animali (Mongolia centro-occidentale) (F. Lugli); 19) Two long micro-charcoal records from central Italy (D. Magri); 20) The “fires” of Aeolian villages at the end of Middle Bronze Age: the case of Portella site in the Salina island (ME - Italy) (M.C. Martinelli, G. Fiorentino); 21) Combining charcoal and pollen analysis: Holocene vegetation dynamics, tree species composition and woodland use in the Bavarian Forest (O. Nelle); 22) Environment and agriculture in the early Neolithic of the Arene Candide (Liguria) (R. Nisbet); 23) A contribution to the forest history of the Markstein area in the southern Vosges (France) (W. Nölken); 24) Il controllo delle alte temperature e l’inizio della metallurgia nel Vicino Oriente (A. Palmieri); 25) Food Processing in the Levant during the Middle Bronze Age. Fire installations cooking pots and grinding tools at Tell Mardikh-Ebla (Syria)-Two Case Studies (L. Peyronel, G. Spreafico); 26) High resolution AMS radiocarbon dating of archaeological charcoals (G. Quarta, M. D’Elia, L.Calcagnile); 27) Environmental history in the Mediterranean basin: microcharcoal as a tool to disentangle human impact and climate change (L. Sadori, M. Giardini); 28) Collapsed beams and wooden remains from a 3200 BC temple and palace at Arslantepe (Malatya, Turkey) (L. Sadori, F. Susanna, F. Balossi Restelli); 29) The Use of Wood: Traditional Building Techniques in the Swat Valley (Pakistan). An Ethno-Archaeological Research (I.E. Scerrato); 30) Environmental and cultural history of South American temperate forests: an interdisciplinary approach (M.E. Solari); 31) A critical assessment and experimental comparison of microscopic charcoal extraction methods (R. Turner, A. Kelly, N. Roberts); 32) Domestic fires and vegetation cover among Neanderthalians and Anatomically Modern Human Groups (>53-30 kyr BP) in the Cantabrian Region (Cantabria, Northern Spain) (P. Uzquiano); 33) Fuel Supplies for Pompeii. Pre-Roman and Roman charcoals of the Casa delle Vestali (R. Veal, G. Thompson); 34) Anthracology and Mediterranean landscape, classical and new approaches (J.L. Vernet); 35) Solar influence on Holocene fire history (K.J. Willis, K.D. Bennett, S.G. Haberle).
BAR S1806 2008: The Archaeological Map of the Murghab Delta. Volume II. The Bronze Age and Early Iron Age in the Margiana Lowlands Facts and methodological proposals for a redefinition of the research strategies edited by Sandro Salvatori and Maurizio Tosi with the editorial collaboration of Barbara Cerasetti. ISBN 9781407302935. £40.00. xiv+223 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
Volume II in the series on The Archaeological Map of the Murghab Delta focuses on The Bronze Age and Early Iron Age in the Margiana Lowlands. Contents: In Memoria of Iminjan Suleymanovich Masimov 1940-2006; Introduction (Sandro Salvatori and Maurizio Tosi); 1) Transects and Other Techniques for Systematic Sampling (Maurizio Cattani and Sandro Salvatori); 2) A GIS for the Archaeology of the Murghab Delta (Barbara Cerasetti); 3) The Murghab Delta in Central Asia 1990-2001: the GIS from Research Resource to a Reasoning Tool for the Study of Settlement Change in Long-Term Fluctuations (Maurizio Cattani, Barbara Cerasetti, Sandro Salvatori and Maurizio Tosi); 4) Non-graphic Information Systems and Diachronic Transformations in Margiana (Joshua Wright); 5) The Margiana Settlement Pattern from the Middle Bronze Age to the Parthian-Sasanian: a Contribution to the Study of Complexity (Sandro Salvatori); 6) Cultural Variability in the Bronze Age Oxus Civilisation and its Relations with the Surrounding Regions of Central Asia and Iran (Sandro Salvatori); 7) Unpublished Stamp-seals from the North-western Murghab Delta (Iminjan S. Masimov † and Sandro Salvatori); 8) A New Cylinder Seal from Ancient Margiana: Cultural Exchange and Syncretism in a “World Wide Trade System” at the End of the 3rd Millennium BC (Sandro Salvatori); 9) Excavations at Sites No. 1211 and No. 1219 (Final Bronze Age) (Maurizio Cattani); 10) The Final Phase of the Bronze Age and the “Andronovo Question” in Margiana (Maurizio Cattani); 11) An Aspect of the Early Iron Age (Yaz I) Period in Margiana: Ceramic; 12) Iron-working and Ceramic Recycling on the Surface of a Late Iron Age Fort at the North-eastern Fringe of the Murghab Delta (Massimo Vidale, Enrico Battistella and Giuseppe Guida); 13) An Egyptian Vessel at Site No. 203 (Sabina Malgora).
BAR S1805 2008: Beyond Illustration: 2D and 3D Digital Technologies as Tools for Discovery in Archaeology edited by Bernard Frischer and Anastasia Dakouri-Hild. ISBN 9781407302928. £48.00. xxiv+168 pages; illustrated throughout, including 34 colour plates.
This book is timely. As the contributions in it illustrate, 2D and 3D modeling of cultural heritage is no longer used just to illustrate the location and appearance (past or present) of archaeological sites, but also as a tool to discover and recover data from archaeological remains. There are better ways of predicting where this data might be found under the surface. When applied to the legacy excavation data of a cultural heritage site—or when used to record the progress of a new excavation, 3D modeling has the potential to mitigate the irreversible and destructive nature of archaeological excavation, an unfortunate, ironic, and unavoidable central fact of archaeology as traditionally practiced. With the widespread adoption of 3D technologies to record and reconstruct archaeological sites, the archaeologist can virtually preserve the site through 3D data capture as we dig it up. And, once the 3D data gathered in the field has been modeled, it is possible to retrace decisions and test the validity of conclusions with more precision and confidence. Contents: From digital illustration to digital heuristics (Bernard Frischer); Envisioning explanation: the art in science (David C. Gooding); Virtual archaeology: communication in 3D and ecological thinking (Maurizio Forte); Reasoning in 3D: a critical appraisal of the role of 3D modelling and virtual reconstructions in archaeology (Sorin Hermon); Exploring behavioural terra incognita with archaeological agent-based models (Luke S. Premo); Cost surface DEM modeling of Viking Age seafaring in the Baltic Sea (George Indruszewski and C. Michael Barton); Visualizing DEMs: the significance of modern landscape modifications in the distribution of archaeological finds (Renate Gerlach, Irmela Herzog and Julia von Koblinski); The potential of ancient maps for quantifying slope processes – Comparison of historical and modern elevation models (Jutta Lechterbeck); LIDAR-based surface height measurements: applications in archaeology (Arjan G. de Boer, Walter N. H. Laan, Wouter Waldus and Wilko K. van Zijverden); Voxel-based 3D GIS: modelling and analysis of archaeological stratigraphy (Undine Lieberwirth); A software system to work with 3D models in cultural heritage research (Can Ozmen and Selim Balcisoy); A digital model of the Inca Sanctuary of the Sun (Chris Johanson and Bernard Frischer); Applications of 3D technology as a research tool in archaeological ceramic analysis (Avshalom Karasik); Virtual archaeology and computer-aided reconstruction of the Severan Marble Plan (David R. Koller).
BAR S1804 2008: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 19 Pleistocene Palaeoart of the World Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) / Actes du XV Congrès Mondial (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006) Vol. 19, Session C80 edited by Robert G. Bednarik and Derek Hodgston. ISBN 9781407302911 . £25.00. 75 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, drawings and photographs.
Papers presented at the session entitled ‘Pleistocene Palaeoart of the World’ presented at the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents: Where are the mur-el: A behavioural approach to rock art research (Yann-Pierre Montelle); PHI IN THE ACHEULIAN: Lower Palaeolithic Intuition and the natural Origins of Analogy (John Feliks); The Lower Palaeolithic rock art of India (Robert G. Bednarik and Giriraj Kumar); The origins of ‘modern humans’ and palaeoart reconsidered (Robert G. Bednarik); Neurovisual theory, the visuo-motor system and Pleistocene palaeoart (Derek Hodgson); The archaeology of graphic signs: evolutionary and systemic approaches (Paul Bouissac); Lower Palaeolithic petroglyphs from excavations at Daraki-Chattan in India (Giriraj Kumar).
BAR S1803 2008: POCA 2005. Postgraduate Cypriot Archaeology Proceedings of the fifth annual meetingof young researchers on Cypriot Archaeology, Department of Classics, Trinity College, Dublin, 21-22 October 2005 edited by Giorgos Papantoniou in collaboration with Aoife Fitzgerald and Siobhán Hargis. ISBN 9781407302904. £29.00. vi+104 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
The fifth Postgraduate Cypriot Archaeology (POCA) workshop took place from the 21st to 22nd October 2005, hosted by the Department of Classics, Trinity College Dublin. POCA is a workshop originally designed to provide postgraduate researchers in Cypriot archaeology with a forum in which to present their work, discuss some central themes of their research, meet people who work in the same area and exchange ideas and information in a friendly and collegial environment. Contents: Script in Context: The Cypro-Minoan Script and its Place in Late Bronze Age Cypriot Society (Daisy Knox); The Demographic Minorities of Cyprus during the 12th century (Eleni Christou); Cyprus at the Crossroads: Intercultural Contact on Frankish Cyprus (Jimmy Schryver); Manifestations of Royalty in Cypriot Sculpture (Anna Satraki); Sacred Landscapes from Basileis to Strategos: Methodological and Interpretative Approaches (Giorgos Papantoniou); Female Representation in Hellenistic Cyprus: The Ptolemaic Court (Celine Marquaille-Telliez); Aegean Origin of Aniconic Cult of Aphrodite in Paphos (Katarzyna Zeman); The Wild Goat-and-Tree Icon and its Special Significance for Ancient Cyprus (Lesley Bushnell); The Fish and its Symbolism in the Early Christian Mosaics of Cyprus (Doria Nicolaou and Evi Karyda); Music in Medieval Cypriot Iconography: Evidence from Nativity Representations (Savvas Neocleous); Agios Georgios, Pegeia – Cape Drepanon: Integrating an Excavation Site into an Archaeological Landscape (Konstantinos Raptis and Olga-Maria Bakirtzis); A Comparative Study of Heritage Management in Israel and Cyprus (Deirdre Stritch); An Analytical Approach to the Study of Middle Bronze Age Pottery from Deneia, Cyprus (Maria Dikomitou).
 BAR S1802 2008: Canoes of the Grand Ocean by Anne Di Piazza and Erik Pearthree. ISBN 9781407302898. £37.00. vi+154 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs, including 13 colour plates.
If Oceanic canoes, by their very strangeness were surprising to the earliest European observers, it was not long before their descriptions shifted from being impressed, enthusiastic or fascinated and gave way to detailed observations, measurements, comparisons and representations. Canoes are also the means by which the islanders apprehend space. In this perspective, this interesting volume on the study of canoes of the ‘Grand Ocean’ remains a vehicle for discovery. Contents: 1) Canoes of the ‘Grand Ccean’ (Anne Di Piazza); 2) Early European descriptions of oceanic watercraft: Iberian sources and contexts (Carlos Mondragón and Miguel Luque Talavá); 3) Voyaging exchanges: Tahitian pilots and european navigators (Anne Salmond); 4) Traditional oceanic canoes as seen by Admiral Pâris (Eric Rieth); 5) Polynesian representations of geographical and cosmological space: Anuta, Solomon islands (Richard Feinberg); 6) Origins and relationships of Pacific canoes and rigs (Adrian Horridge); 7) Dugout and sewn plank canoe construction on Raivavae, Austral islands (Robert Veccella); 8) Simulating island discovery during the Lapita expansion (Chris Avis, Álvaro Montenegro and Andrew Weaver); 9) Simulating polynesian double-hulled canoe voyaging. combining digital and experimental data to prepare for a voyage to Rapa Nui (Easter Island) (Bradley M. Evans).
BAR S1801 2008: Time to Quarry: The Archaeology of Stone Procurement in Northwestern New South Wales, Australia by Trudy Doelman. ISBN 9781407302881. £36.00. xiv+179 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
The quarry has been considered a cornerstone in understanding lithic production systems. However, the methodological problems associated with the investigation of a quarry assemblage often leads to inadequate recording. The lack of detailed quarry research in Australia focusing on non-axe quarries has meant that they are poorly understood and for this reason a plethora of potentially valuable research regarding the role of the quarry in the organisation of lithic technology is virtually absent. There is a real need to develop quarry studies in Australia and worldwide. It is hoped that this study aides in the expansion of quarry research by providing a sound methodological and analytical approach to the study of quarry assemblages. A detailed technological and spatial analysis of quarries and occupations sites was used to determine the organisational strategies used to acquire and reduce the stone resources available in the arid zone margin of New South Wales, Australia, and identify the reasons why these particular strategies were employed during the late Holocene. Comparisons are made between quarried and non-quarried stone to identify their ‘role’ in the organisation of lithic technology. The theoretical framework incorporates aspects of non-site distributional archaeology. The individual artefact is the basic methodological and theoretical building block from which greater scales of variation in the distribution and composition of the archaeological record can be examined. This examination uses the concept of ‘risk’ as the heuristic device with which to explore the costs and benefits of employing different technological strategies. Hence the form of an artefact, its position in space and its time in the cultural system, are the key components of this study. By using a combination of these approaches it is possible to identify not only the many factors that contribute to the formation and distribution of stone resources but also the ways Aboriginal people organised their stone technology during the late Holocene.
BAR S1800 2008: La arquitectura sagrada ibérica: orígenes, desarrollos y contextos by Jesús Bermejo Tirado. ISBN 9781407302874. £33.00. 155 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs. In Spanish.
BAR S1796 2008: Beazley Archive - Studies in Classical Archaeology Essays in Classical Archaeology for Eleni Hatzivassiliou 1977-2007 edited by Donna Kurtz with Caspar Meyer, David Saunders, Athena Tsingarida and Nicole Harris. ISBN 9781407302843. £49.00. ix+329 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
A collection of essays dedicated to the memory of Eleni Hatzivassiliou (1977-2007). The range of subjects reflects her broad circle of friends. Many are her contemporaries, but many are very senior scholars; ages range from 25 to 80. It is truly remarkable that someone who had not yet reached her thirtieth birthday could have come to know so many scholars and win their admiration and affection. Contents: Editorial foreword (Donna Kurtz); Biography of Eleni Hatzivassiliou (Donna Kurtz); Tribute (John Boardman); Guide to readers; The origins of Greek myth (John Boardman); Homer and the Solymians (J.J. Coulton); Sapphos sensual world (Thomas Brisart); An early archaic sphinx from the Polis Cave, Ithaka (Stavros 59)(Catherine Morgan); The riddle of the sphinx: a Protocorinthian vase from Perachora and the sphinx in Corinthian art (Catherine Cooper); A Middle Corinthian puzzle from Isthmia (K.W. Arafat); Athens versus Attika: local variations in funerary practices during the late seventh and early sixth century BC (Alexandra-Fani Alexandridou); A chorus of women ololyzousai on an early Attic skyphos (Nassi Malagardis); Dead warriors and their wounds on Athenian black-figure vases (David Saunders); Towers, pillars or frames? (Elizabeth Moignard); Nikosthenes looking east? Phialai in Sixs and polychrome Sixs technique (Athena Tsingarida); Some fictile biographies from Naukratis (Alan Johnston) The painter of Rhodes 13472: observations on a vase-painter of the Leagros Group (Anna A. Lemos); Kalypsos conifers? (Elke Bhr); Attic, Boeotian or Euboean? An orphan skyphos from Rhitsona revisited (Victoria Sabetai); Bird-women on the Harpy Monument from Xanthos, Lycia: sirens or harpies? (Catherine M. Draycott); The asses lot (Louise Calder); The mounds associated with the Battle of Marathon in 490BC and the dating of Greek pottery (Chia-Lin Hsu) A wild goose chase? Geese and goddesses in classical Greece (Alexandra Villing); Prometheus Bound and Unbound: between art and drama (Dyfri Williams); Comedies on South Italian vases (Thomas Mannack); The Derveni Krater (Michalis Tiverios); Private sentiments in public spaces: two votive groups from Epidauros (Olympia Bobou); Cretan nymphs: an Attic hypothesis (Milena Melfi); A banquet relief from Thasos (Konstantina Panousi); Sosilos statue and nudity in public honorific portrait statues in the Hellenistic period (Stella Skaltsa); Ouaphres Horou, an Egyptian priest of Isis from Demetrias (Maria Stamatopoulou); Piecing it together: the fragmentary Hellenistic vermiculatum mosaic from Tel Dor (William Wootton); Designing the landscapes of the Villa of Livia at Prima Porta (Manta Zarmakoupi); The quality of virt and Jos Nicols de Azara in Rome, 1766-1798 (Alexandra Sulzer); Poor architecture of antiquity, what is it doing in such a climate as this? Classical archaeology and its influence on nineteenth-century London monuments (Kate Nichols); Doing business: two unpublished letters from Athenasios Rhousopoulos to Arthur Evans in the Ashmolean Museum, Oxford (Yannis Galanakis); Early visitors to the site of the Perachoran Heraion (Thomas R. Patrick); Sappho (and Sophocles) at Kings College London (Michael Trapp).
BAR S1795 2008: Moving Heaven and Earth: Landscape, Death and Memory in the Aceramic Neolithic of Cyprus by Paula Louise Jones. ISBN 9781407302836. £32.00. vii+162 pages; 2 tables; 48 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
This monograph focuses on the Aceramic Neolithic of Cyprus, and addresses three key theoretical topics; memory, death and landscape. Sites dating from the initial colonisation of the island (the Akrotiri phase) through to Khirokitia and its contemporaries, are contextualised within their spatial and temporal settings, and are presented here taking into consideration recent theoretical developments in archaeology and anthropology. This monograph covers what have traditionally been seen as three distinctive periods: the Akrotiri phase, the Early Aceramic Neolithic and the Late Aceramic Neolithic (sometimes referred to as the Khirokitian). Contents: Chapter 1: Introduction; Chapter 2: Literature Review; Chapter 3: Setting the Scene; Chapter 4: The Aceramic Neolithic of Cyprus; Chapter 5: The Enigma of Insularity; Chapter 6: Ways of Living…; Chapter 7: Ways of Dying; Chapter 8: Lest We Forget…; Chapter 9: Conclusions.
BAR S1794 2008: 2008 An Appraisal of the Skulls and Dentition of Ancient Egyptians, Highlighting the Pathology and Speculating on the Influence of Diet and Environment by Judith Miller. ISBN 9781407302829. £29.00. 143 pages; illustrated throughout with figures and plates.
When first studying Ancient Egyptian History, the author, a dental surgeon, was struck by the fact that, with the exception of a blind harpist or an occasional adipose figure, the Ancient Egyptian, was portrayed as healthy and fit with a superb physique. However, the reality was somewhat different. It has been discovered in previous studies of the mummies and the profusion of skeletal material which are available in many collections that their lives were far from ideal and many died in pain with diseases found in modern man. Then there are the many medical papyri which give prescriptions for treatments. Some were magical and were, in reality, spells to rid the sick individual of possession by a malign spirit. However some were rational and were passed on from doctor to doctor. This research was undertaken to investigate whether changes in the diet over a period of 4000 years had a direct effect on the dentition of the ancient Egyptian. The abundance of specimens in various collections made it possible to examine complete skulls to detect dental and bone pathology which may have been influenced by disease and the environment in which they lived. Analysis of the literature of past surveys carried out in tombs has revealed much information. Tomb paintings symbolised an ideal presentation of food for the afterlife. There are scenes illustrating agriculture and irrigation of the land. In museum collections there are papyri listing rations allotted to workmen and soldiers. Of particular importance are the burial goods. There are flagons containing dried remnants of wine and beer. There are mummified joints of beef. Offerings of fruit and grain are identifiable and have been analysed. Bread offerings, found in abundance, have been investigated to differentiate organic and inorganic components. From archaeological excavations, butchered bones from a variety of animals have been identified and the burial sites give clues as to the extent of the fertile area of the Nile Valley at different periods during the millennia. This historical evidence has been examined to evaluate the extent of medical knowledge at various periods and this has been related to the pathology found.
BAR S1793 2008: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 25 Symbolism in Rock Art Proceedings of the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) / Actes du XV Congrès Mondial (Lisbonne, 4-9 Septembre 2006) Vol. 25, Session WS34 edited by Fernando Coimbra and Léo Dubal. ISBN 9781407302812. £22.00. vi+62 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
Papers from the Symbolism in Rock Art session held at the XV UISPP World Congress, Lisbon, in September 2006. Contents: 1) Faceless anthropomorphic symbols: The shift from men to gods (Léo Dubal); 2) The pentagram in rock art: Some interpretive possibilities (Fernando Augusto Coimbra); 3) A Contribution to the understanding of spirals and lozenges in the rock art of Neolithic Britain and Ireland (G. Terence Meaden); 4) The bull horn symbolism in Dionysus cult as coming out from the prehistoric rock art iconography (George Dimitriadis); 5) Footprint & handprint symbols: Having or Being? (Léo Dubal); 6) Cupmarks and triangles in British Neolithic art with particular attention to three triangular portable stones from Avebury’s eastern hills, each with a cupmark at the apex (G. Terence Meaden); 7) On the symbolism of net patterned and ruled rectangles from the Neolithic to the iron age (Adolfo Zavaroni); 8) Open air rock art in the Ceira and Alva river valleys: Some symbols (Nuno Miguel C. Ribeiro); 9) Mount Pindo in Galicia and the prehistoric petroglyphs (José Luis Galovart Carrera).
BAR S1792 2008: Burning Bulls, Broken Bones: Sacrificial Ritual in the by Robert James Cromarty. ISBN 9781407302805. £31.00. 157 pages; illustrated with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
Although it has received much attention, Minoan religion has never been fully reconstructed, understood or analysed. In this study, with reference to major sites, the author concentrates on the role of sacrificial ritual in the religious organisation of Crete in the Bronze Age. The work points out some of the major problems with previous studies of Minoan religion and goes some way toward indicating possible routes of investigation. Contents: Introduction; Chapter 1: Terms, Conditions and Processes; Chapter 2: Site Catalogue; Chapter 3: Interpretation; Conclusions.
BAR S1791 2008: Arqueologia e Historia del mundo antiguo: contribuciones brasileñas y españolas edited by Pedro Paulo Funari, Glaydson José da Silva and Dionisio Pérez-Sanches. ISBN 9781407302799. £26.00. 103 pages; illustrated with figures, drawings and photographs. In Spanish with English abstracts.
15 essays on the archaeology and history of the ancient world: peripheral and cross-continental approaches. Contents: 1) Antigüedad Clásica en Brasil: la Antigüedad Tardia através de las monedas del Museo Histórico Nacional de Rio de Janeiro (Cláudio U. Carlan); 2) Logos cristiano y logos griego en el universo politico cultural del siglo IV d.C.: apuntes sobre Contra Juliano (Margarida M. Carvalho); 3) El perfomance musical: entre lo sagrado y lo profano (Fábio V. Cerqueira); 4) Identidades y conflictos: la arena romana en discusión (Renata S. Garraffoni); 5) Luchando contra el tiempo: análisis de algunas construcciones severianas en la ciudad de Roma (Ana T.M. Gonçalves); 6) Un estudio hermenéutico de la egiptomanía ya la egiptología (Raquel S. Funari); 7) Brasileños y romanos: colonialismo, identidades y el rol de la cultura material (Pedro P. A. Funari; 8) Ciudadaia, esclavitud y conflicto social en los tiempos de Nerón (Fábio D. Joly); 9) La noción de frontera en Estrabón y Diodoro de Sicilia (Airton Pollini); 10) La moneda romana con mención imperatoria hasta la muerte de César (Pilar R. Gracia); 11) Historia Antigua: nuevas posibilidades de investigación (Ivan E. Rocha); 12) Plutarco y la política imperial (Maria A. O. Silva); 13) Nazismo, Fascismo y vichismo: la Historia ya la Arqueología al servicio de los regímenes autoritarios de Europa (Glaydson J. Silva); 14) Plínio, o Jovem saúda seus caros amigos e familiares: o cotidiano romano através das cartas (Renata L. B. Venturini); 15) Tierra y libertad: libertos e institores en el ager barcinonesis (Barcelona) (Oriol O. Vila/Cèsar C. Monfort).
BAR S1790 2008: Palaeoethnobotany of Princess Point, Lower Great Lakes Region, Southern Ontario, Canada by Della Saunders. ISBN 9781407302782. £27.00. viii+110 pages; illustrated with 22 figures, 89 tables and 27 plates, 3 data Appendices.
This work explores the interrelationship between humans and plants within the Princess Point culture. Princess Point is the archaeological cultural context in which a shift from an economy based on foraging to one that incorporated horticulture occurred in what is now southern Ontario. The earliest dates for evidence of corn horticulture in Ontario are from the Princess Point period (ca. 1570 to 970 B.P.). The basis of this study of the Princess Point is to explore the origins of agriculture, together with plant use generally in southern Ontario, and to gain a better understanding of a time when people were changing their subsistence pattern from one based on wild plant resources during the Middle Woodland to one that incorporated crops. Contents: Chapter One: Introduction; Chapter Two: Princess Point; Chapter Three: Plant Evidence: Sampling and Methods; Chapter Four: Identification and Quantification of Plant Remains; Chapter Five: Princess Point Plant Use; Chapter Six: Discussion and Conclusions.
BAR S1789 2008: 2008 Recherches à la grotte Walou à Trooz (Belgique) / Studies in Walou Cave in Trooz (Belgium) Second rapport de fouille / Second excavation report by I. Crevecoeur, A. Francis, L. Klaric, C. Koziel, O. Le Gall, R. Peuchot, E. Teheux, M. Udrescu and D. Vandercappel . Edited by M. Dewez. ISBN 9781407302775. £24.00. 88 pages; illustrated with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs. In French with English abstracts.
This volume presents recent findings from Walou cave, excavated by the SOWAP (Société Wallonne de Palethnologie, 1985–90), in the municipality of Trooz, about 15 km south of Liege, in Belgium. Contents: Préface (M. Dewez); Introduction. Research in prehistoric cave of Walou (D. Vandercappel and M. Dewez); L’industrie lithique gravettienne de la grotte Walou (couches B5 et B5X) (L. Klaric); Le Paléolithique supérieur final de la grotte Walou (M. Dewez, A. Francis and E. Teheux); Les Lagopèdes de la grotte Walou (I. Crevecoeur); Etude de l’évolution des biocénoses de microvertébrés du Tardiglaciaire de la grotte Walou (C. Koziel and D. Vandercappel); Ichtyofaunes et pêches à la grotte Walou (O. Le Gall); Analyse des coquilles de mollusques trouvés dans la stratigraphie de la grotte Walou (R. Peuchot and A. Francis); Trois cas de paléopathologie animale rencontrés à la grotte Walou (M. Udrescu and A. Francis); Une grande pointe de sagaie des grottes des Fonds-de-Forêt (D. Vandercappel and M. Dewez).
BAR S1788 2008: Stable Isotopic Analysis of Carbon and Nitrogen as an Indicator of Paleodietary Change among Pre-State Metal Age Societies in Northeast Thailand by Christopher A King. ISBN 9781407302768. £29.00. xi+132 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. 3 data Appendices .
Using northeast Thailand as a model, this work uses stable isotopes of carbon and nitrogen to infer paleodietary change in subtropical monsoon Asia. It is hypothesized that in northeast Thailand during the pre-state Metal Age (2000 B.C. to A.D. 500) there are distinct differences among the populations during this time period which coincide with human induced environmental changes and developments of alternative subsistence technologies. It is further hypothesized that female and male diets differed, possibly from social circumstances, such as sex related food accessibility. The archaeological skeletal series is from Ban Chiang, Ban Na Di, Ban Lum Khao, and Noen U-Loke. Stable isotope analysis of local flora and fauna provide a baseline for interpreting stable isotope data from human samples for this and future studies of paleodiet. This work makes a significant contribution to studies of subsistence changes from extensive to intensive agriculture in subtropical monsoon Asia. This research is relevant to debates of agricultural change as well as the effect of cultural changes on subsistence patterns and the evolution of human diet.
BAR S1787 2008: 2008 Fluvial Dynamics and Cultural Landscape Evolution in the Rio Grande de Nazca Drainage Basin, Southern Peru by Ralf Hesse. ISBN 9781407302751. £60.00. xii+136 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs, including 14 in colour and 1 A3 fold-out. 2 data Appendices.
The aim of this research is to reconstruct the landscape evolution in the lower Rio Grande drainage basin during the Late Holocene and to detect interrelations between landscape evolution, cultural development, climatic changes and extreme events. Central to this is to identify and, if possible, quantify factors of landscape change. In doing so, the author differentiates natural from anthropogenic factors, i.e. to determine both the natural and the human impacts on the landscape. An important question is whether climatic changes and extreme events have had an inƒPuence on past societies. To answer these questions, this work goes beyond physical geography approaches to paleoenvironmental reconstruction and includes the wealth of archaeological evidence and interpretations available for the research area. The volume consists of a main section and an extensive appendix containing sketches and detailed interpretations of the investigated sediment proƒOles as well as graphs showing the results of the laboratory analyses.
BAR S1784 2008: Caesarea Reports and Studies: Excavations 1995-2007 within the Old City and the Ancient Harbor edited by Kenneth G. Holum, Jennifer A. Stabler, and Eduard G. Reinhardt. ISBN 9781407302720. £43.00. xi+269 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
The present volume is the fourth to appear, after Caesarea papers in 1992, Caesarea retrospective in 1996, and Caesareav papers 2 in 1999, containing reports and studies of the Combined Caesarea Expeditions along with other scholarship on the site. Contents: The warehouse quarter (area LL) and the Temple Platform (area TP), 1996-2000 and 2002 seasons (J. Stabler, K. G. Holum, F. H. Stanley, Jr., M. Risser, Anna Iamim); Preliminary coin report, areas LL and TP, 1996-2000 and 2002 seasons (P. Lampinen); Amphoras from the abandonment layer in area LL (L 1242, 1335) (M. Oren-Paskal); The belt of Stephanos: gold belt ornaments found in area LL1, 1996 and 1998 seasons (M. K. Risser); A Byzantine/Early Islamic bath on the S flank of the Temple Platform, excavations 1995 (A. Raban, S. Yankelevitz); Ceramic assemblages from the Byzantine/Early Islamic bath (Y. D. Arnon); The Fatimid hoard of metalwork, glass, and ceramics from TPS: preliminary report (Y. D. Arnon, A. Lester, R. Pollack); A market complex on SW flank of the Temple Platform, 1995 season (A. Raban, S. Yankelevitz); Underwater excavations in the Herodian harbor Sebastos, 1995-1999 seasons (A. Raban); The Caesarea Ancient Reservoir Project (CARP): preliminary results (R. J. Fitton, E. G. Reinhardt, H. P. Schwarcz); Site formation and stratigraphic development of Caesarea’s ancient harbor (E. G. Reinhardt, A. Raban); Optical luminescence dating of sediments from Herod’s harbor (W. J. Rink, E. G. Reinhardt); The fishing economy at Caesarea (A. Fradkin, O. Lernau); Archaeobotanical remains from Caesarea: the 1997 and 1998 seasons (J. Ramsay); New inscribed lead weights from Caesarea (Alla Kushnir-Stein, Lionel Holland); The ceramic oil lamps of the transitional and medieval periods (640-1300): a chronological and typological study (Yael D. Arnon); Combined references for the three contributions on ceramics (Oren-Paskal, ‘Amphoras,’ Arnon, ‘Ceramic assemblages,’ and Arnon, ‘Oil Lamps’).
BAR S1783 2008: ‘Prehistoric Technology’ 40 Years Later: Functional Studies and the Russian Legacy Proceedings of the International Congress Verona (Italy), 20-23 April 2005 edited by Laura Longo and Natalia Skakun with the assistance of Massimo Saracino and Martina Dalla Riva. . ISBN 9781407302713. £73.00. xiii+557 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
Papers from the congress: Prehistoric Technology 40 Years Later: Functional Studies and the Russian Legacy held in Verona (Italy), 20-23 April 2005. Sessions: Methodology (seven contributions); Hunter-Gatherers (nine contributions); Food Producers (eight contributions); Complex Polities (six contributions); Burial Context (six contributions); Posters (thirty-two contributions); Round Table (eight contributions).
BAR S1782 2008: New Perspectives on the Ancient World edited by Pedro Paulo A. Funari, Renata S. Garraffoni and Bethany Letalien. ISBN 9781407302706. £40.00. iii+248 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
A volume of 26 contributions related to: The ancient world and modern perceptions: the invention of antiquity in modern times; Ancient economy, politic and society: evidences and interpretive models; Ancient representations: subjectivities and identities in interpreting gender, ethnicity, religion, literature and arts. The result is an innovative collection of chapters, from different standpoints, revealing how classics in general, and classical archaeology in particular, has reacted to the challenges of the recent past in forging a socially relevant study of the ancient world. 1) A Morphology of Ancient History from a tropical, half-European viewpoint (Norberto Guarinello); 2) Eurocentricism and theory in Roman Archaeology: a further contribution to the Romanization debate (Richard Hingley); 3) Post-colonial theory, the Art of the Western Provinces, and the Warrior Reliefs from Osuna (William Mierse); 4) Antiquity serving the “extreme rights” in France: GRECE, Front National and Terre et Peuple (Glaydson Silva); 5) The construction of archaeological identities in Lebanon: archaeology, colonialism, nationalism and Frankenstein (Tamima Orra Mourad); 6) Dom Pedro II visits antique shop in Jerusalem (a controversy around Moabite antique pieces and the “Shapira Affair”)(Reuven Faingold); 7) The Invention of Antiquity in South America through Egyptomania (Margareth Bakos); 8) Egypt and Brazil: an educational approach (Raquel Funari); 9) The symbolic meaning of the Vitruvian city (Alexandros Ph. Lagopoulos); 10) Gladiator fights on the Northwestern frontier of the Roman Empire (Renata Senna Garraffoni and Pedro Paulo A. Funari); 11) Modeling the Macro-Economics of the Roman Empire, or Globalization as World-Systems Without the Guilt (Glenn Storey); 12) Agrarian systems in Roman Spain: archaeological approaches (Victor Revilla); 13) New methods for the study of the social landscape from Laietania wine production region (NE Spain)(Oriol Olesti and César Carreras); 14) The annona militaris in the Tingitana: Observations on the organization and provisioning of the Roman troops (Lluis Pons Pujol); 15) Provincial interdependence in the Roman Empire: an explanatory model of Roman economy (José Remesal-Rodríguez); 16) (Almost) forgotten complicity: Socrates (and Plato) between the Oligarchic Coup of 404 B.C. and the Democratic Restoration of 403. (André Leonardo Chevitarese and Gabriele Cornelli); 17) Power and Solar Cult in Ancient Egypt: An Iconographic and Politic-Religious approach (Júlio Gralha) 18) Concordia, Discord and political legacy: the rule of Geta and Caracalla (Ana Teresa Gonçalves); 19) The erotic collection of Pompeii: archaeology, identity and sexuality. (Marina Cavicchioli); 20) Female and male in Pompeii: Gender relations among the common people Lourdes (Conde Feitosa); 21) The Representation of Age: Towards a Life Course Approach (Mary Harlow and Ray Laurence); 22) Ethnicity and Ancient Judaism: Jewish Identities in 1st Century Alexandria and Antioch (Monica Selvatici); 23) Themistius, the Emperor Julian and a Discussion over the Concept of Royalty in the 4th century A.D. (Margarida Carvalho); 24) Religion, identity and conflict in the Later Roman Empire: Constantine and the contention for the Dominium Mundi (312-324) (Gilvan Ventura da Silva); 25) The literary existence of Polygnotus of Thasos and its problematic utilization in painted pottery studies (Pedro L. M. Sanches); 26) Characteristics and names of the extreme types of speech according to Dionysius of Halicarnassus (Marcos Martinho).
 BAR S1781 2008: Beyond the Palace: Mycenaean East Lokris by Margaretha Kramer-Hajos. ISBN 9781407302690. £34.00. 118 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
archaeological sites in a well-defined area on the northwestern shore of the North Euboean Gulf, an area which roughly corresponds to the southeastern part of East Lokris (Central Greece) and which served as a corridor between northern and southern Greece over land as well as over sea. The first chapter defines the chronological and spatial framework. The following three chapters give factual information and deal respectively with the natural environment, the Mycenaean sites known in the area, and selected significant finds from the area. Part II analyzes these findings against the background of the area’s location in Central Greece, north of the palace of Orchomenos and on the North Euboean Gulf, the northern part of the strait between the Greek mainland and the island of Euboea. Chapters 5 through 7 are interpretative and combine information from the previous chapters in order to, respectively, examine the influence of the landscape on site distribution, write a settlement history of the region, and examine what the finds tell us about the actual people and the society of our area in the Late Bronze Age. The conclusions of the study are briefly summarized in a final chapter.
BAR S1780 2008: The History of Early Medieval Towns of North and Central Italy The contribution of archaeological evidence by Giacomo Gonella. ISBN 9781407302683. £25.00. 84 pages; illustrated with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
This work details current research and the knowledge of the Early Medieval town in Italy. The chronological and geographical limits of this analysis (the regions of Central and Northern Italy between Late Antiquity, c. 4th-5th century, and the end of the Early Middle Ages, c. 10th-11th century) have been selected on the basis of the changes and the solutions that emerged for political, economic, and social aspects, as a consequence of a succession of events that occurred earlier and in a more conclusive way in such contexts, trying then to point out eventual developments until the phases that precede the time of the city-states.
BAR S1779 2008: Paris Monographs in American Archaeology 20 Etude iconographique des sculptures du nord de la péninsule du Yucatán à l’époque classique by Julie Patrois. ISBN 9781407302676. £47.00. 321 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs. 4 data Appendices. In French .
BAR S1778 2008: El hábitat fenicio-púnico de Cádiz en el entorno de la Bahía by Raquel Rodríguez Muñoz. ISBN 9781407302669. £26.00. 98 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs. 4 data Appendices. In Spanish with English abstract.
In this work the author analyses the remains of the settlement of Cádiz (Spain) in the Phoenician and Punic period. Since the discovery of the masculine anthropoid sarcofagus in Punta de la Vaca (Cádiz) in 1887, the investigations into the Phoenician and Punic settlement of Cádiz have shown the magnitude of the site. This volume investigates the excavations made in Cádiz that show evidence of the Phoenician and Punic settlement of Cádiz that was occupied since the 8th century.
BAR S1777 2008: Craft Production in the Western Zhou Dynasty (1046-771BC) A case study of a jue-earrings workshop at the predynastic capital site, Zhouyuan, China by Zhouyong Sun. ISBN 9781407302652. £28.00. vii+127 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs.
This work investigates the craft production system in the Western Zhou (China), through a case study of a ‘jue’-earrings workshop at Qijia in the predynastic capital site of Zhouyuan, excavated in 2002-2003. Conclusions are drawn from several lines of evidence, including spatial relationships of material remains in archaeological context, various stages of ‘jue’ production wasters, the author’s experimental replication of ‘jue’ manufacture, and written texts and bronze inscriptions.
BAR S1776 2008: La Péninsule d'Oman de la fin de l'Age du Fer au début de la période sassanide (250 av. - 350 ap. JC) by Michel Mouton. ISBN 9781407302645. £55.00. iii+500 pages; illustrated with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs. In French with English Foreword and Preface.
This edition of a much-valued work presents a lot of new archaeological material ordered according to a clear chronological scheme that covers what had hitherto been a problematic period spanning the end of the Iron Age and the Sasanian period in and around the Oman Peninsular. The two sites featured, Mleiha and ed-Dur, from which the material comes, are important, not only locally in terms of the history of settlement and society, but also regionally in terms of trade and contact between Arabia and the Mediterranean and Indian Ocean. additionally, the period covered by the two sites is key to some important historical themes, such as the population and culture of pre-Islamic Arabia, the spread of Mediterranean influence into Arabia during the Hellenistic and Roman periods and the general development of Arabia in the centuries before Islam.
 BAR S1775 2008: Holocene Morphogenesis and Anthropisation of a Semi-Arid Watershed, Gialias River, Cyprus by Benoit Devillers. ISBN 9781407302638. £37.00. viii+197 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs. With CD.
Interest in studying historical environments expanded quite rapidly parallel to a passion for romantic landscapes in the 19th century and the knowledge of natural resources among the ecologists of the 20th century. From the point of view of geomorphology, this interest has generated a wealth of research on coevolution between relief and human population. Later, with the study of recent sediment deposits in the Mediterranean Basin, the concept of parallel development between the spread of the Oikumene and erosive phenomena has emerged. Since then, numerous and sometimes contradictory studies have highlighted the diversity of the Holocene sedimentation and morphogenic response to human settlement and population growth according to the geographical variety. With the present work, the author contributes to this line of research by studying a semi-arid Mediterranean environment, the island of Cyprus. The work focuses on the Gialias River watershed which extends from the piedmont of the Troodos range to the Eastern Messaoria plains. The goal is to reconstruct the history of the Holocene morphogenesis in connection with the forms and structures of fluvial landscapes. This work is inscribed in a both geomorpholigical and geoarchaeological perspective and adds to recent advances on the evolution of sub-arid and semi-arid environments in the oriental part of the Mediterranean Basin.
 BAR S1771 2008: Caesarea Maritima, the Late Periods (700 - 1291 CE) by Yael D. Arnon. ISBN 9781407302607. £70.00. 434 pages; 27 figures, maps, plans and drawings and 44 plates, including 16 in colour. With pottery catalogue.
Caesarea Maritima is located on the eastern Mediterranean coast about 50 kilometres north of Tel Aviv, Israel. Between 1992 and 1997, large-scale excavations took place on the site, conducted by the Combined Caesarea Expeditions (CCE) and the Israeli Antiquity Authority (IAA). Thousands of pottery vessels from Post Byzantine levels, either intact or fragmental, were unearthed. Many were retrieved from sealed and homogeneous loci accompanied by coins, inscriptions and other dateable items. The selected samples represent the various types related to the Post Byzantine occupation levels. These are divided into two main historical eras: The Early Islamic (640-1101 C.E.), and the Crusader and Mamlûk periods (1101-1291). 16 strata and 10 phases were identified and each of these can be almost precisely dated and contain an exceptionally rich repertory of local and of imported pottery vessels. The data in this volume is presented consistent with chrono-typological appearance, the assemblages within each stratum being divided into three main categories: table ware, containers, and cooking ware.
BAR S1770 2008: Ayios Dhimitrios, a Prehistoric Settlement in the Southwestern Peloponnese The Neolithic and Early Helladic Periods by Konstantinos Zachos. ISBN 9781407302591. £45.00. v+141 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and plates, 2 in colour; 3 data Appendices.
This study presents the material assemblage of the Neolithic and Early Helladic strata from the excavations at Ayios Dhimitrios, ancient Triphylia in the SW Peloponnese, Greece. One aim of the work is to determine whether and to what extent the finds from Ayios Dhimitrios can first contribute to the building of the missing chronological and cultural bridges connecting western Peloponnese with other areas where similar cultures are identified, and second, furnish the missing evidence that would enable one to conclude that western Peloponnese was not left outside the cultural evolution of the adjacent northern areas, but was involved in and contributed to this evolution. A further goal is to try to identify which cultural subsystems are reflected in the archaeological assemblages of the various chronological stages represented at Ayios Dhimitrios, and whether or not these subsystems or cultural phenomena, like subsistence economy and technology, are in agreement with the corresponding phenomena observed at other sites, where the same artifacts occur. Chapter two gives a description of the site and a short history of the previous investigations into the prehistory of Triphylia. Chapter three deals with the deposits and the pottery of Period I (LN II) at the site. Chapter three also provides a discussion and catalogue of selected small finds found within the Neolithic deposit. In chapter four an attempt is made to relate Period I of Ayios Dhimitrios to contemporary sites in the Peloponnese, and to fix its position within the Peloponnesian sequence, and the sequence of mainland Greece, the Balkans and the Aegean. Chapter five summarizes the quantitative and qualitative aspects of the site. Chapter six begins with a description of the deposits of Period II (EH) and the architectural remains of both phases of this period. The pottery of both phases is subsequently discussed. Chapter six also deals with tools and implements of Period II. Chapter seven correlates the material assemblage from both phases with material from western Peloponnesian and Ionian Sea sites, and also with sites of the rest of the Peloponnese and beyond. Chapter eight deals with conclusions regarding the dimension of the site, its population and economy, and the settlement patterns of the region. There are appendices from Christina Rushe and Paul Halstead on faunal remains, and one from Antikleia Moudrea-Agrafioti on Neolithic and Early Bronze Age flaked stone industries.
BAR S1769 2008: La investigación de la actividad metalúrgica durante el III milenio A.N.E. en el Suroeste de la Península Ibérica La arqueometalurgia y la aplicación de análisis metalográficos y composicionales en el estudio de la producción de objetos de metal by Moisés Rodríguez Bayona. ISBN 9781407302584. £62.00. Xxiii+283pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, tables, drawings and photographs, including 5 colour plates. In Spanish with English abstract. With CD.
Given the need for systematic research into the prehistory of the southwest region of Andalucía in the south of Spain, a comprehensive research proposal has been designed, based on the concept of initial class societies. In this historical dynamic, the south of the Iberian Peninsula, the southwest and the province of Huelva, prove to be the ideal spatial context, as they allow, for the first time, an evaluation of the formation mechanisms of the first stable asymmetric forms of organization by studying the mining-metallurgical activity and the social organization that came with it. The sequential development of this work begins with the definition of its general objectives, in Chapter II, from an archaeometric and archaeometallurgical point of view, supported by the application of metallographic studies within a spatial, chronological and contextual framework and on very specific evidence – metal products and remains – specified in Chapter III. In Chapter IV the conceptual definitions of metallurgy, archaeometallurgy and metallography are discussed, as well as the role played in the development of our discipline by the specific studies here presented and whose application is evaluated in Chapter V, both in the different areas of the specific peninsular geography and, particularly, in the southwest of the Iberian Peninsula. In Chapter VI, through the so-called “Huelva case”, the main features of the archaeological practice and its scientific production in the southwest are evaluated. Chapter VII presents the compositional and metallographic analyses. The results of the tests carried out are given in Chapter VIII. Chapter IX contains a reflection on the assessment of the metallurgical activity in the third millennium B.C.E. as regards the definition of its model of historical interpretation.
 BAR S1768 2008: The Materiality of Death: Bodies, Burials, Beliefs edited by Fredrik Fahlander and Terje Oestigaard. ISBN 9781407302577. £33.00. 160 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, tables, drawings and photographs.
16 papers presented from an EAA session held at Krakow in 2006, exploring various aspects of the archaeology of death. Contents: Chapter 1. The Materiality of Death: Bodies, Burials, Beliefs (Fredrik Fahlander & Terje Oestigaard); Chapter 2. More than Metaphor: Approaching the Human Cadaver in Archaeology (Liv Nilsson Stutz); Chapter 3. A Piece of the Mesolithic. Horizontal Stratigraphy and Bodily Manipulations at Skateholm (Fredrik Fahlander); Chapter 4. Excavating the Kings’ Bones: The Materiality of Death in Practice and Ethics Today 9Anders Kaliff & Terje Oestigaard); Chapter 5. From Corpse to Ancestor: The Role of Tombside Dining in the Transformation of the Body in Ancient Rome (Regina Gee); Chapter 6. Cremations, Conjecture and Contextual Taphonomies: Material Strategies during the 4th to 2nd Millennia BC in Scotland (Paul R J Duffy and Gavin MacGregor); Chapter 7. Ritual and Remembrance at Archaic Crustumerium. The Transformations of Past and Modern Materialities in the Cemetery of Cisterna Grande (Rome, Italy) (Ulla Rajala); Chapter 8. Reuse in Finnish Cremation Cemeteries under Level Ground – Examples of Collective Memory (Anna Wickholm); Chapter 9. Life and Death in the Bronze Age of the NW of Iberian Peninsula (Ana M. S. Bettencourt); Chapter 10. Norwegian Face-Urns: Local Context and Interregional Contacts (Malin Aasbøe); Chapter 11. The Use of Ochre in Stone Age Burials of the East Baltic (Ilga Zagorska); Chapter 12. “Death Myths”: Performing of Rituals and Variation in Corpse Treatment during the Migration Period in Norway (Siv Kristoffersen and Terje Oestigaard); Chapter 13. Reproduction and Relocation of Death in Iron Age Scandinavia (Terje Gansum); Chapter 14. A Road for the Viking’s Soul (Åke Johansson); Chapter 15. A Road to the Other Side (Camilla Grön); Chapter 16. Stones and Bones: The Myth of Ymer and Mortuary Practises with an Example from the Migration Period in Uppland, Central Sweden (Christina Lindgren).
BAR S1767 2008: La ceramica eoliana della facies del Milazzese. Studio crono-tipologico e culturale sulla base dei dati editi da Filicudi, Lipari, Panarea, Salina by Gianmarco Alberti. ISBN 9781407302560. £64.00. ii+420 pages; 60 pages of figures, maps, plans, tables, drawings and photographs. 3 data Appendices and catalogue. In Italian with English summary.
This study deals with the ceramic repertoire of the Aeolian Middle Bronze Age culture, the so called Milazzese facies. The work takes into account the edited documentation from the four main settlements on the Aeolian Archipelago, unearthed by Luigi Bernabò Brea in several excavations between 1940 and 1970. These settlements are on the Montagnola of Filicudi, the Acropolis of Lipari, Capo Milazzese at Panarea, and at Portella on the island of Salina. At the latter site, more recent excavations are also taken into account in this present study. The aim of this work is twofold: to devise a formalized typology for the Milazzese ceramic repertoire (to be used as a basis for the chrono-typological analysis of the pottery assemblages) and to assess the chronological and typological achievements in an historical and, broadly speaking, cultural perspective. Chapter 1 provides a description of the Milazzese facies and of the various aspects of its material culture. Chapter 2 deals with the problem of the stratigraphy of the Aeolian MBA settlements. Chapter 3 looks at Aegean pottery from Milazzese contexts. Chapter 4 devises a formalized typology for the Milazzese pottery assemblage. Chapter 5 deals with the seriation of the Milazzese ceramic assemblage. Chapter 6 describes the Milazzese ceramic repertoire’s development and attempts to read this phenomenon in a cultural perspective. Three data Appendices and catalogue are provided.
BAR S1766 2008: Une anthropologie des manifestations esthétiques du Mésolithique Européen de la fin du Tardiglaciaire et durant le Postglaciaire by Florence Bouvry. ISBN 9781407302553. £70.00. 643 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, tables, drawings and photographs. In French.
This work analyzes the variety of Mesolithic decorated productions, using a variety of ethnographic, sociological and anthropological approaches.
BAR S1765 2008: Graphical Markers and Megalith Builders in the International Tagus, Iberian Peninsula edited by Primitiva Bueno-Ramirez, Rosa Barroso-Bermejo and Rodrigo de Balbín-Berhmann. ISBN 9781407302546. £37.00. x+185 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. In English with Spanish abstracts.
The spectacular physical presence of the rock engravings of the International Tagus raised in the 1970s the need to explain the symbolic expressions of a population that until then had been described as virtually inexistent and, as a matter of course, of little importance to the cultural panorama of Iberian Late Prehistory. This volume gathers together the research effort of the teams that over the past 25 years have developed archaeological interventions in the central area of the International Tagus.
Contents: Preface: Graphical markers and megalith builders in the International Tagus; Chapter 1: Models of integration of rock art and megalith builders in the International Tagus (Bueno Ramirez, P.; Balbin Behrmann, R. de. & Barroso Bermejo, R.); Chapter 2: Antes dos agricultores: Unidade e diversidade da ocupação humana no Médio Tejo durante a Pré-História Antiga (Raposo, L.); Chapter 3: The Palaeolithic occupation of the North-eastern Alentejo (Portugal): a geoarchaeological approach (Almeida, N.; Deperz, S. & de Dapper, M.); Chapter 4: El primer poblamiento agrícola del Tajo extremeño (Cerrillo Cuenca, E.); Chapter 5: The necropolis of Era de la Laguna, Santiago de Alcántara, Cáceres, in the context of the megalithism of the central region of the International Tagus (Bueno Ramirez, P.; Barroso Bermejo, R. & Balbin Behrmann, R. de.); Chapter 6: Direct actions on rock art. One example – two rockshelters containing post-palaeolithic paintings (Carrera Ramirez, F.); Chapter 7: Arte Rupestre do Vale do Tejo, 35 anos depois (Baptista, A. M.); Chapter 8: Carta arqueológica de Vila Velha de Ródão – uma leitura actualizada dos dados da Pré-História Recente (Henriques, F.; Caninas, J., & Chambino, M.); Chapter 9: Tombs and Rock Carvings in the Serra Vermelha and Serra de Alvélos (Oleiros – Castelo Branco) (Caninas, J.C., Sabrosa, A., Henriques, F.A.S.; Monteiro, J.L.; Carvalho, E.; Batista, A.; Chambino, M.; Robles, F.; Monteiro, M., Canha, A.; Carvalho, L. & Germano, A.); Chapter 10: The megalithic tombs of Southern Beira Interior, Portugal: recent contributions (Cardoso, J.L.); Chapter 11: The tombs of the neolithic artist-shepherds of the Tagus Valley and the megalithic monuments of the mouth of the River Sever (Oliveira, J. de.); Chapter 12) Documentación arqueologica obtenida durante los trabajos de consolidación de los dolmenes de Valencia de Alcántara (Enriquez Navascués, J.J. & Carrasco, M.J.); Chapter 13: The Beaker phenomenon and the funerary contexts of the International Tagus (Bueno Ramirez, P., Barroso Bermejo, R. & Vazquez Cuesta, A.); Chapter 14: The Chalcolithic in Beira Interior (Central Portugal): data and problems (Vilaca, R.).
BAR S1764 2008: Du couteau au sabre / From Knife to Sabre Armes traditionnelles d’Afrique 2 / Traditional Arms of Africa 2 by Tristan Arbousse Bastide. ISBN 9781407302539. £33.00. 63 pages; 160 figures, maps, plans and drawings. Text in French and English.
In this second volume dedicated to the study of African edged weapons (see BAR 1098, 2003 for volume 1), the author focuses on short-knives, cutlasses, chopping-knives,machetes, and sabres. These weapons are characterized by a blade with a convex or eventually a straight single edge and sometimes a limited false edge. Also included in this study are weapons with a curved double cutting edge. The typology presents five main categories, the distinctions between them being established according to morphological and metrical evidence based on the observation of 275 weapons. These weapons, collected during the colonial era (mainly at the end of the 19th century and the early 20th century), are held by various European museums and private collections. Several areas in Africa are represented in this study: Northern Africa (from Morocco to Tunisia), Western Africa (countries from the Gulf of Guinea and Sahara), Central Africa (mainly the Democratic Republic of Congo and neighbouring countries), Eastern Africa (the Great Lakes area up to Djibouti, Sudan as a northern limit and Kenya as a southern limit). The categories studied are: short knives, cutlasses, chopping knives, ‘machetes’, and sabers. The work is illustrated with the author’s own highly-detailed drawings.
BAR S1763 2008: Place as Occupational Histories: An Investigation of the Deflated Surface Archaeological Record of Pine Point and Langwell Stations, Western New South Wales, Australia by Justin Shiner. ISBN 9781407302522. £31.00. x+140 pages; 10 figures, 89 tables.
This monograph presents a theoretical and methodological approach to the investigation of deflated surface stone artefact scatters beyond those that emphasise synchronic behavioural interpretations. The study is undertaken on Pine Point and Langwell Stations, two adjoining pastoral leases south of Broken Hill in arid western New South Wales, Australia. The main objective of the study is to investigate long-term accumulated patterns in stone artifact assemblage composition within archaeological deposits with known occupational chronologies. These are derived from the dating of charcoal from heat retainer hearths. It is argued that the Pine Point-Langwell assemblages represent multiple episodes of accumulation over the last 2,000 years. Therefore, the formation of the Pine Point-Langwell assemblages means they are ideal for the investigation of long-term accumulated patterns.
BAR S1760 2008: Rome and the Social Role of Élite Villas in its Suburbs by Geoff W. Adams. ISBN 9781407302492. £30.00. xiv+153 pages; 10 tables, 42 graphs, 4 maps, 67 figures, plans, drawings and photographs.
This study provides the first comprehensive analysis of the various ‘villa’ sites in the region of Rome in order to differentiate the various intentions that lay behind their construction over time. This includes an analysis of the coastal villas near Ostia, the estates in the Alban Hills, the socio-political function of Imperial residences and how each site can be used to understand the social climate of the hinterland beyond the capital up until the end of the 2nd Century AD, but there have also been some examples taken from a 3rd Century context as well, which have been used on a largely comparative basis. The main focus remains the development of villas around the capital into the first two centuries of the Roman principate. The author analyses the chief characteristics of the layout of central Italian villas of the élite, using specific case studies of villas that have been excavated and/or recorded outside the city of Rome. This analysis aims to uncover correlations between the literary definition of “suburbia”, the identification of villas as ‘suburban’ – as opposed to rural or maritime.
BAR S1759 2008: Frauen und Römisches Militär Beiträge eines Runden Tisches in Xanten vom 7. bis 9. Juli 2005 edited by Ulrich Brandl. ISBN 9781407301983. £32.00. 155 pages; illustrated with maps, plans, drawings and photographs. Papers in German and English.
Ten papers from a round-table session presented at a conference in Xanten, Germany in 2005. Contents: 1) ‘. . . intrare castra feminis non licet.’ – Tatsache oder literarische Fiktion ? Ein kritischer Literaturüberblick (Beata Rudan and Ulrich Brandl); 2) ‘Incedere inter milites, habere ad manum centuriones ... iam et exercitus regerent!’ Frauen und römisches Militär - eine schwierige Beziehung? (Oliver Stoll); 3) Uxores, coniuges, libertae. Frauen in Inschriften römischer Legionäre – Versuch einer numerischen Bestandsaufnahme (Ulrich Brandl); 4) ‘Soldatenbräute’ – Ausgewählte epigraphische Zeugnisse zum Verhältnis zwischen römischen Soldaten und Frauen (Ulrich Brandl); 5) Frauen im Lager von Vindolanda? Zur Korrespondenz in den Vindolanda-Tafeln (Renate Lafer); 6) Those who wait at home: the effect of recruitment on women in the Lower Rhine area (Carol Van Driel-Murray); 7) Frauen in römischen Militärlagern? Eine archäologische Spurensuche (Marcus Reuter); 8) Mitten im Lager geboren – Kinder und Frauen im römischen Legionslager Vindonissa (Jurgen Trumm and Regine Fellmann Brogli); 9) The women and children inside 1st and 2nd-century forts: comparing the archaeological evidence (Penelope M. Allison); 10) Die Distelfibeln – Sind sie Männer – oder Frauenfibeln? (Astrid Bohme-Schonberger).
BAR S1758 2008: Hoards from the Neolithic to the Metal Ages Technical and codified practices. Session of the XIth Annual Meeting of the European Association of Archaeologists edited by Caroline Hamon and Benedicte Quillies. ISBN 9781407301976. £23.00. 120 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
Eleven papers from a session held at the EAA conference in Cork, Ireland, in 2005. Contents: 1) Hoards from the Neolithic to the Metal Ages: Technical and Codified Practices – Introduction (Caroline Hamon and Bénédicte Quilliec); 2) ‘Traders’ hoards’. Reviewing the Relationship between Trade and Permanent Deposition: the Case of the Dutch Voorhout Hoard (David Fontijn); 3) The Symbolic Value of Grindingstones Hoards: Technical Properties of Neolithic Examples (Caroline Hamon); 4) Neolithic Depositions in the Northern Netherlands (Karsten Wentink and Annelou van Gijn); 5) Interpretation Elements of Hoards from the Late Bronze Age in Lorraine and Saar through Technical Studies (forming process and metal composition) (Cécile Veber); 6) Iberian Psycho. Deliberate Destruction in Bronze Age Gold Hoards of the Iberian Peninsula (Alicia Perea); 7) Voluntary Destructions of Objects in Middle and Late Bronze Age Hoards in France (Maréva Gabillot and Céline Lagarde); 8) Use, Wear and Damage: Treatment of Bronze Swords before Deposition (Bénédicte Quilliec); 9) Doing away with Dichotomies? Comparative Use-Wear Analysis of Early Bronze Age Axes from Scotland (Shaun Moyler); 10) Hoards and Flint Blades in Western France at the End of the Neolithic (Ewen Ihuel); 11) Other than Bronze: Substances and Incorporation in Danish Bronze Age Hoards (Steven Matthews).
BAR S1757 2008: Folk Beliefs and Practice in Medieval Lives edited by Ann-Britt Falk and Donata M. Kyritz. ISBN 9781407301969. £23.00. iv+91 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
Nine papers from a session held at the EAA conference in Cork, Ireland, in 2005. Contents: 1) Introduction (Ann-Britt Falk and Donata M. Kyritz); 2) Place-names - a possibility of understanding the medieval and early-modern concept of ancient monuments? (Donata M. Kyritz); 3) Myths and folklore as aids in interpreting the prehistoric landscape at the Carrowkeel passage tomb complex, Co. Sligo, Ireland (Sam Moore); 4) Microhistory and Ethnoarchaeology of a cultural landscape: the parish of San Pedro de Cereixa (Galicia, Spain) (Xurxo M. Ayán Vila); 5) Traditions of the Milesian invasion from the medieval Irish text An Lebor Gabála; the context of their survival in connection with archaeological monuments and topographic features on the south-west coast of Ireland (Simon Ó Faoláin) 6) The power of tradition (Ann-Britt Falk); 7) Pre-Christian and Christian: offering practices at two holy stones in Setomaa, south-east Estonia (Heiki Valk); 8) The Medieval Udmurt Sacred Sites – an alternative interpretation (Alexei Korobeinikov); 9) Symbolic meanings in the slip decoration of medieval red-ware pottery Marianna Niukkanen).
BAR S1756 2008: Paleoindian Subsistence Dynamics on the Northwestern Great Plains Zooarchaeology of the Agate Basin and Clary Ranch by Matthew G. Hill. ISBN 9781407301952. £30.00. viii+144 pages; 55 tables; 60 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; 5 data Appendices.
This study illuminates structural variability in hunter/gatherer diet and subsistence behavior under conditions of low population density and rapid ecological reorganization. More specifically, it explores several unresolved issues relating to the diet and subsistence behavior of post-Clovis Paleoindian hunter/gatherers who inhabited the Northwestern Great Plains of North America during the late Pleistocene/early Holocene (ca. 11-8,000 years ago).
BAR S1755 2008: Migdol. Ricerche su modelli di architettura militare di età ramesside (Medinet Habu) by Giacomo Cavillier. ISBN 9781407301945. £25.00. 100 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, drawings and photographs. In Italian.
This study explores the influence of Near Eastern military architecture on the Egyptian 20th-Dynasty ‘castle’ (Migdol) at Medinet Habu.
BAR S1754 2008: Fish-Eating in Greece from the Fifth Century B.C. to the Seventh Century A.D. A story of impoverished fishermen or luxurious fish banquets? by Dimitra Mylona. ISBN 9781407301938. £31.00. vii+171 pages; 13 tables, 45 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs; 5 data Appendices.
This book is about fish and fish-eating in Greece from the Classical period to the Late Roman period (5th c. B.C.–7th c. A.D.). In Classics fish-eating appears to be one of the most prominent and ideologically charged activities related to food. This work is an investigation of the way in which fish and its consumption was incorporated in the economic, social and ideological life of Greeks. It is also an exercise in the integration of different classes of data in dealing with questions about ancient societies. Although the focus of this work is archaeological, it takes advantage of historical, philological, anthropological and ichthyological data and methodologies.
BAR S1753 2008: Prácticas alimentarias en el mundo ibérico El ejemplo de la fosa FS362 de Mas Castellarde Pontós (Empordà-España) edited by Enriqueta Pons Brun and Lluís Garcia Petit. ISBN 9781407301921. £35.00. 218 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs. In Spanish with English abstract.
While excavating the protohistoric settlement of Mas Castellar (Pontós-Alt Empordà, eastern Spain), an interesting pit (FS362) was found that contained many samples of food remains – mammals, birds and fish – as well as various pottery fragments. This present study details all the materials collected and provides an insight into the dietary habits of the Catalan-Iberian world between 500-300 BC. The upper layers sealing the pit contained plentiful remains of wrought iron, enabling the investigators to study the level of ironwork development at the period. The quantity and quality of the materials found suggest that a banquet or special feast may have taken place within a fortified settlement, where a festive event associated with the blacksmiths’ trade might have been celebrated. The work also reviews the historiography of the time, the handling of foods, the utensils and vessels used, as well as food and midden sites found at Catalan-Iberian settlements.
BAR S1752 2008: Les débuts du Paléolithique supérieur dans l’Est des Balkans Réflexion à partir de l’étude taphonomique et techno-économique des ensembles lithiques des sites de Bacho Kiro (couche 11), Temnata (couches VI et 4) et Kozarnika (niveau VII) by Tsenka Tsanova. ISBN 9781407301914. £50.00. ii+326 pages; illustrated throughout with maps, plans, figures, drawings and photographs, including 20 in colour; 4 data Appendices. In French with abstracts in English and Spanish.
“The beginning of the Upper Paleolithic in the East Balkans: A taphonomic and techo-economic analysis of Bacho Kiro (level 11), Temnata (levels VI and 4) and Kozarnika (layer VII)”, presents a thorough documentation and critical analysis of these three important sites located in northern Bulgaria. The archaeological assemblages studied, dated by 14C to between 45 and 32 kyr, have been at the core of discussions concerning the Middle to Upper Paleolithic transition which witnessed the disappearance of the Neanderthals and the dispersal of the first anatomically modern humans into Europe.
BAR S1751 2008: El estudio arqueológico del proceso coevolutivo entre las poblaciones humanas y las poblaciones de guanaco en Patagonia Meridional y norte de Tierra del Fuego by Gabriela Lorena L’Heureux. ISBN 9781407301907. £40.00. 275 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. 4 data Appendices. In Spanish with English abstract.
This study presents a coevolutionary perspective on the interaction between human and guanaco
(Lama guanicoe) populations in Magallania (the area at both sides of the Magellan strait comprising the southernmost part of continental Patagonia and the north of Tierra del Fuego in southern South America (Argentina and Chile)), over the last 12,000 14C years BP. The methodological approach adopted combines the use of morphological, paleoenvironmental, zooarchaeological, and technological data.
BAR S1747 2008: Chasserles chevaux à la fin du Paléolitique dans le Bassin parisien Stratégie cynégétique et mode de vie au Magdalénien et à l’Azilien ancien by Olivier Bignon. ISBN 9781407301891. £34.00. 170 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans and photographs. In French with English Abstract.
The hunting of horses by Magdalenians and Early Aziliens in the Paris Basin has never before been the object of a detailed study. This work thus brings to light the interactions between these human societies and the populations of horses within the palaeo-environmental framework of the Late Glacial. The original approach developed here is based on the elaboration of palaeo-ecological models concerning hunting practices in terms of tactics and strategies of hunting. Analysis of the exploitation of horses allows the author to highlight socio-economic patterns of Magdalenian and Early Azilian groups, and their integration within the Late Glacial regional landscape of the Paris Basin.
BAR S1746 2008: Proceedings of the 4th Symposium of the Hellenic Society for Archaeometry National Hellenic Research Foundation, Athens, 28-31 May 2003 edited by Yorgos Facorellis, Nikos Zacharias and Kiki Polikreti. ISBN 9781407301884. £70.00. viii+688 pages; illustrated throughout (15 in colour) with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs. Papers in English with Greek abstracts.
The 4th Symposium of the Hellenic Society for Archaeometry was held at the National Hellenic Research Foundation in Athens, from May 28 to 31, 2003. The 86 selected contributions presented in this volume, cover a wide spectrum of topics from novel methods in Archaeometry to applications of traditional techniques to various kinds of archaeological material. The thematic sessions of the Symposium included: Dating – Authenticity, Geophysical Prospection, Geoarchaeology, Palaeoenvironment – Palaeodiet, Palaeoanthropology, Material Characterisation Techniques, Ceramics, Glass, Stones, Mortars, Metals, Painting Media, Organics and Conservation.
BAR S1745 2008: The Aegean Bronze Age in Relation to the Wider European Context Papers from a session at the Eleventh Annual Meeting of the European Association of Archaeologists, Cork, 5-11 September 2005 edited by Helène Whittaker. ISBN 9781407301877. £24.00. 105 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
Five papers from the session ‘The Aegean Bronze Age in Relation to the Wider European Context’ presented at the Eleventh Annual Meeting of the European Association of Archaeologists, Cork, 5-11 September 2005. Contents: 1) Late Bronze Age Aegean Trade Routes in the Western Mediterranean (Andrea Vianello); 2) From Diffusion to Interaction: Connections between the Nordic Area and Valcamonica during the First Millennium (Li Winter); 3) On the Alleged Connection between the Early Greek Galley and the Watercraft of Nordic Rock Art (Michael Wedde); 4) Warfare and Religion in the Bronze Age (Helène Whittaker); 5) Perspectives on the ‘Bronze Age’ (Gullög Nordquist).
BAR S1744 2008: Socio-Economic Aspects of Chalcolithic (4500-3500 BC) Societies in the Southern Levant A lithic perspective by Sorin Hermon. ISBN 9781407301860. £36.00. 206 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, tables, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
This work summarizes a techno-typological analysis of Chalcolithic (c. 4500-3500 B.C.) lithic assemblages from Southern Levant (sites from Israel, the Golan heights, the Jordan valley, Southern and eastern Jordan and eastern and north-eastern Sinai). This period witnessed major changes in the lifestyles of inhabitants in this region, representing the peak of a long development in the rural life, a process that started with first Neolithic villages and ended up in the Early Bronze Age period, with the establishment of first towns. All accessible assemblages dated to the above mentioned period have been studied in the laboratory. More than 200,000 flint artefacts were included in this work, among them c. 20,000 tools, the rest being equally divided between debris and débitage.
BAR S1743 2008: Proceedings of the Eighth Annual Conference of the British Association for Biological Anthropology and Osteoarchaeology edited by Megan Brickley and Martin Smith. ISBN 9781407301853. £27.00. iv+120 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, tables, maps, plans, drawings and photographs.
13 papers presented at the Eighth Annual Conference of the British Association for Biological Anthropology and Osteoarchaeology, held at the University of Birmingham in September 2006. Contents: 1) The geographical epicentre of the 1918 influenza pandemic (D. Ann Herring and Janet Padiak); 2) Combining palaeopathological and historical evidence for health in the Crusades (Piers D. Mitchell); 3) When hard work is disease: the interpretation of enthesopathies (Charlotte Henderson); 4) Determination of useful incision mark characteristics for microscopic forensic analysis (Catherine Tennick, Jennie Robinson and Micheal Wysocki); 5) “All the outward tinsel which distinguishes man from man will have then vanished…” an assessment of the value of post-medieval human remains to migration studies (Natasha Powers); 6) Periapical voids in human jaw bones (Alan R. Ogden); 7) Great Chesterford: a catalogue of burials (Sarah Inskip); 8) Rickets in Victorian London: why treatment was ineffective for so long (Lisa Brent and Piers D. Mitchell); 9) A morphometric approach to body mass estimation (Lisa Cashmore); 10) Lacunae to fill: combining palaeopathological and documentary research in investigations of individuals from a post-medieval Swedish cemetery (Caroline Arcini); 11) Tuberculosis of the shoulder in a Victorian girl: how the invention of radiographs overturned a diagnosis of hysteria (Amna Suliman and Piers D. Mitchell); 12) External auditory exostosis “at the end of the world”: the southernmost evidence according to the latitudinal hypothesis (Paola Ponce, Gabriela Ghidini, Rolando González-José); 13) West Butts Street cemetery, Poole: a small 18th century Baptist community (Jacqueline I. McKinley).
BAR S1742 2008: Paris Monographs in American Archaeology 19 Reconocimiento arqueológico en el sureste del estado de Campeche, México: 1996-2005 by Ivan Šprajc. ISBN 9781407301846. £38.00. v+318 pages; (including 6 fold-out plans); 11 papers, 9 in Spanish, 2 in English.
de Campeche: naturaleza e historia (Ivan Sprajc); 2) Trabajo de Campo, (Ivan Sprajc); 3) Definición y erarquización de los sitios arqueológicos (Ivan Sprajc); 4) Descripción de los sitios (Ivan Sprajc y Atasta Flores Esquivel; 5) Rescate de las estelas de Los Alacranes (Ivan Sprajc); 6) Intervenciones en Mucaancah y Altar de los Reyes: un acercamiento a través de sus materiales arqueológicos (Daniel Juárez Cossío y Adrián Baker Pedroza); 7) Análisis del material de superficie (María Isabel García López); 8) Monumentos esculpidos: epigrafía e iconografía (Nikolai Grube); 9) Alineamientos astronómicos en la arquitectura (Ivan Sprajc); 10) GIS and remote sensing analysis (Tomaz Podobnikar and Kristof Ostir); 11) Arqueología del sureste de Campeche: una síntesis (Ivan Sprajc y Nikolai Grube); Appendix 1: Maps; Appendix 2: site Gazetteer; Appendix 3: site plans.
BAR S1741 2008: The Organization of Production among Sedentary Foragers of the Southern Pacific Northwest Coast by Cameron McPherson Smith. ISBN 9781407301839. £32.00. 171 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, photographs and drawings.
The study of Canadian northwest coast complex foragers, and particularly those of the Greater Lower Columbia River region, assists general anthropology and anthropological archaeology in several ways: it identifies material correlates of one example of complex foragers, which may be useful in other analytical contexts, it assist in understanding the origins of inequality on the Northwest Coast and elsewhere by describing the precontact organization of labour, and it also assists in the understanding of how the unique sedentary foragers of the Lower Columbia region were economically organized in the early-contact period, partially as a test of the accuracy of historical reports. This report investigates the relationship between the organization of labour and usewear and artefact distributions from the floor areas of three aboriginal plank houses excavated in the Greater Lower Columbia River region. These houses date to the late precontact/early contact period, from ca. 1400 AD to 1830 AD. Lithic usewear analysis on tools excavated from these houses was used to identify the range and nature of extractive and maintenance activities carried out within the houses during occupation.
BAR S1740 2008: L’introduction et la diffusion de la technologie du bronze en Syrie-Mésopotamie Genèse d’un artisanat by Virginia Verardi. ISBN This study looks at the introduction of bronze tec. £35.00. Appendices and Glossary. In French.
This study looks at the introduction of bronze technology in Syria/Mesopotamia and its subsequent diffusion and social consequences for the history of the region in the second millennium BC.
BAR S1739 2008: SOMA 2005 Proceedings of the IX Symposium on Mediterranean Archaeology, Chieti (Italy), 24-26 February 2005 edited by O. Menozzi, M. L. Di Marzio, D. Fossataro. ISBN 9781407301815. £53.00. 609 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, photographs and drawings. Papers in English and Italian.
84 papers representing the proceedings of the IX Symposium on Mediterranean Archaeology held in Chieti (Italy), 24-26 February 2005. The main session categories are: 1) Projects, activities and studies of members of the Department of Antiquities; 2) Art & Iconography; 3) Death & Burial; 4) Literary and Epigraphic Sources; 5) Maritime Archaeology; 6) Coins, Economy and Trade; 7) Warfare; 8) Archaeometry and Remote Sensing; 9) Landscape Archaeology; 10) Religion and Sacred Space; 11) In situ Museums; 12 Reports and Excavations.
BAR S1738 2008: Functional Analysis of Space in Syro-Hittite Architecture by Marina Pucci. ISBN 9781407301808. £38.00. 257 pages; 108 tables; 66 figures, maps, plans, drawings and photographs, including 6 fold-out plans; catalogues of architectural features and finds.
This work focuses on the analysis of the architecture in the Syro-Hittite centres that developed in northern Syria and south-eastern Turkey from the early Iron Age until the Assyrian conquest of the area. A circumwalled lower town and an upper fortified acropolis constituted the usual layout of these centres. These sites were excavated and most of the reports were published between the end of the 19th century and the beginning of the 20th century. The scope of this study is to analyse the architecture of this period in relationship to all archaeological finds (decoration, inscriptions, objects and installations) as part of an organised space, with the purpose of understanding the spatial organisation of the towns and identify general patterns that may support the existence of a cultural ‘koiíç’.
BAR S1737 2008: Proceedings of the XV World Congress UISPP (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006) 23 Cognitive Archaeology as Symbolic Archaeology edited by Fernando Coimbra and George Dimitriadis. ISBN 9781407301792. £23.00. iv+69 pages; illustrated throughout with figures, maps, plans, photographs and drawings.
10 papers from the session entitled Cognitive Archaeology as Symbolic Archaeology presented at the XV UISPP World Congress (Lisbon, 4-9 September 2006). Contents: 1) ‘In the eye of the beholder’: a re-evaluation of passage tombs in the Irish Neolithic landscape through the integration of spatial, visibility and archaeoastronomical data (Frank Prendergast); 2) The significance of the sun, moon and celestial bodies to societies in the Carpathian Basin during the Bronze Age (Emilia Pasztor); 3) The “domestication” of the world into a house and a home: Cosmographic symbolism as a basic expression of the human mind (Michael Rappenglück); 4) The ship and its symbolism in European prehistory (Andrea Vianello); 5) Cognitive archaeology, rock art and achaeoastronomy: interrelated disciplines (Fernando Coimbra); 6) Space Analysis as Cognitive Approach to Prehistoric Mentality (George Dimitriadis); 7) Fertility kits. A possible approach of the female representations in Precucuteni - Cucuteni cultures (Romeo Dumitrescu); 8) Symbolic technologies in Chalcolithic Clay Cultures (Dragos Gheorghiu); 9) Organisation d'un sanctuaire rupestre: les rochers de Creysseilles (Ardèche) (Philippe Hameau); 10) Simbologie du Métal: le cas des dépôts dans les Alpes de l’Ouest au Bronze Final (Davide Delfino).
BAR S1736 2008: Cambridge Monographs in African Archaeology 73 Archaeological Investigations of Iron Age Sites in the Mema Region, Mali (West Africa) by Tereba Togola. ISBN 9781407301785. £26.00. vi+105 pages; 13 tables; 66 figures; 2 data Appendices and Gazetteer.
The African region traditionally known to Malians as the Méma is a plain of deep alluvial deposits that lies west of the current seasonally flooded Inland Delta of the Niger River and southwest of the of the Lakes Region. As for most traditional regions in Mali, its geographical borders are loosely defined. Nampala, the biggest town of the area, is located at 15o 16' north and 5o 35' west. The Méma is also sometimes referred to in the literature as the "Dead Delta", a name that evokes the presence of a dense network of dry watercourses. Due to the dearth of information on both the history and archaeology of Méma, the Méma archaeological research program was designed as an exploratory inquiry. The primary objective of the archaeological research program executed from December 1989 to June 1990 was to collect basic data that will permit a preliminary analysis of settlement pattern and radiocarbon and ceramic chronology as well as a careful description of the material culture of the Méma during the Iron Age (IA). Research comprised two components: a) a regional site survey and b) the excavations at the IA site complex of Akumbu. These two components were intended to complement each other. They also had the broad common goal to collect basic information from which future research questions and research strategies could be derived. The specific survey and excavation methodologies were developed to begin the process of answering the unresolved questions of Méma prehistory and early history. Of fundamental importance was the question of the kinds of archaeological sites present in the Méma, their chronology and distribution within the landscape. To answer this question, the research team needed to develop a survey of regional scope that would gather basic data on the nature, location, and distribution of archaeological sites (of all periods) in relation to the different geomorphological zones of the Méma.
BAR S1733 2008: Patterns and Process in Late Roman Republican Coin Hoards, 157-2 BC by Kris Lockyear. ISBN 9781407301648. £45.00. xii+238 pages; illustrated throughout with figures and tables. Catalogue of hoards .
In this study of Late Roman Republican coin hoards (157–2 BC), the author, rather than taking a specific testable hypothesis such as ‘hoards from Spain have more coins of type A than hoards in Italy’, prefers to tackle the question: ‘what patterning is there in the hoard data?’ Just as there are schools of archaeological thought there are schools of statistical thought. It is not uncommon for statistics to be viewed as a way of testing a quite specific hypothesis which is accepted or rejected on the basis of the results. An alternative approach is to view statistics as a method for exploring data. With the development of computers, the application of more complex multivariate tools has grown, but the aim of ‘exploring’ the data is similar. The methods chosen by the author in this study are mainly Correspondence Analysis and Cluster Analysis; these were selected as those most likely to answer his initial question. What those patterns mean take us from the realm of statistics into the realm of numismatic and archaeological interpretation. Archaeologically and historically, the principal aim is to examine the reasons for the differences between hoards such as the pattern of supply of coinage, or differences in the use of coinage.
BAR S1732 2008: Patterns of Imports in Iron Age Italy by R. N. Fletcher. ISBN 9781407301761. £32.00. 168 pages; 216 figures, maps and plans. Appendix of topographical considerations. CD of data and colour figures.
During the Early Iron Age and the Archaic period, the central Mediterranean was the scene of revolutionary changes and rapid development within the various cultural entities of Italy, Sardinia, and Sicily. It was this region that saw Greek settlement in South Italy and Sicily, Phoenician colonization in Sicily and Sardinia, and the beginnings of trade and contact between the cultures of the region and those of the East, with a subsequent exchange of technology, material, and ideas. The purpose of this study is twofold. Firstly, it centres upon a database of imported material in the Italian peninsula, Sardinia, and Sicily dating from approximately 800 to 500 BC, which has been constructed in order to study trade in this region. The database upon which this work is founded stands at a little over 50,000 objects. Making a database of imported objects into the central Mediterranean region, and undertaking a study of the methodology dealing with the statistical problems of such an endeavour, is an attempt to rectify a few of the shortcomings of past scholarship. It is the basis for a re-examination of the problem of the beginnings of trade and contact. The second major intention of this study reflects the necessity to ensure that applied theory remains embedded in data, and the potential for Iron Age and Archaic data, if handled appropriately, to form a fertile theoretical bed. The primary purpose of this work is to expand the range, the transparency and the flexibility of data not only for the short-term reason of admitting new questions, but also with the longer view of strengthening the soundness of applied theory in this field. Over and above the evaluation of current ideas and the illumination of new ones, this study is an open demonstration of the utility of databases of archaeological material as a tool for further research.
BAR S1731 2008: The Romano-African Domus: Studies in Space, Decoration, and Function by Margherita Caru | | | |
